Zhu Tiancai birthday

Oggi è il compleanno del Gran maestro Zhu Tiancai! Auguri da tuttli gli allievi e gli amici italiani! 今天就是朱天才老师生日!意大利学生朋友都祝生日快乐! Today’s Grandmaster Zhu Tiancai birthday! All Italian disciples and friends wishing a happy birthday!

L’articolo Zhu Tiancai birthday proviene da 意大利天才太极院.

Istituto Italiano Taijiquan Tiancai: pubblicazione del sito

Il sito dell’Istituto Italiano Taijiquan TIancai hosted by Aruba.it è stato realizzato il 12/07/2018 con piattaforma WordPress 4.2 XL su server Linux (mySQL 5.6.40; Php 5.5) by 羞龍 Xiulong | www.xiulong.it  

L’articolo Istituto Italiano Taijiquan Tiancai: pubblicazione del sito proviene da 意大利天才太极院.

Corso Taijiquan stile Chen – Istituto Italiano Taijiquan Tiancai

Scuola di Taijiquan ortodosso di Chenjiagou (stile Chen) di Livorno, secondo il metodo della famiglia di Zhu Tiancai (XIX Generazione Chenjiagou – Henan)

Referenti: Fabio Smolari e Marco Pinzani  – Istituto Italiano Taijiquan Tiancai

Incontri presso Oriente ASD www.orienteolistica.it Via Francesco Mimbelli, 5, 57127 Livorno (LI)

Martedì 20:00 – 21:30

Giovedì 21:30 – 23:00

 

 

 

 

WHITE APE STEALS A PEACH

白猿偷桃
WHITE APE STEALS A PEACH
順德黃漢勛編述
by Huang Hanxun [Wong Honfan] of Shunde
山東蓬萊羅師光玉授
as taught by Luo Guangyu of Penglai, Shandong
攝影者:黃子英
photographed by Huang Ziying
校對者:黃翔
text proofread by Huang Xiang
[published 35th year of the cycle, 10th month, 10th day (Nov 20, 1958)]

[translation by Paul Brennan, June, 2018]

白猿偷桃
White Ape Steals a Peach
黃電明題
– calligraphy by Huang Dianming

目錄
CONTENTS

第一式:中平雙蓄勢
Posture 1: STANDING STABLY, BOTH FISTS STORING POWER
第二式:入環單臂爪
Posture 2: KNEELING STANCE, SINGLE CLAW-ARM
第三式:提步右挫捶
Posture 3: LIFTING LEG, RIGHT SUBDUING PUNCH
第四式:穿手右統捶
Posture 4: THREADING HAND, RIGHT THRUST PUNCH
第五式:登山右挫捶
Posture 5: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, RIGHT SUBDUING PUNCH
第六式:扭步左黏肘
Posture 8: TWISTING STANCE, LEFT STICKY ELBOW
第七式:劈圈右仰膀
Posture 7: CHOPPING SWING, RIGHT PRESSING FOREARM
第八式:囘身刁踢腿
Posture 8: TURN AROUND, HOOKING HAND, SNAPPING KICK
第九式:圈捶連環腿
Posture 9: SWINGING PUNCH, CONTINUOUS KICK
第十式:入環右仰膀
Posture 10: KNEELING STANCE, RIGHT PRESSING FOREARM
第十一式:撤步掛統捶
Posture 11: WITHDRAWING STEP, HANG & THRUST PUNCH
第十二式:登山右劈軋
Posture 12: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, RIGHT ROLLING CHOP
第十三式:蹤步穿梭式
Posture 13: LEAPING STEP, SENDING THE SHUTTLE THROUGH
第十四式:封手雙飛腿
Posture 14: SEALING HANDS, FLYING DOUBLE KICK
第十五式:登山掛統捶
Posture 15: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, HANG & THRUST PUNCH
第十六式:登山右劈軋
Posture 16: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, RIGHT ROLLING CHOP
第十七式:橫圈大擺蓮
Posture 17: SWINGING PUNCH, LARGE SWINGING LOTUS KICK
第十八式:登山掛統捶
Posture 18: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, HANG & THRUST PUNCH
第十九式:蹤步右統捶
Posture 19: JUMPING STEP, SEALING, THRUST PUNCH
第二十式:登山番車式
Posture 20: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, ROLLING PUNCH
第二十一式:登山掛統捶
Posture 21: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, HANG & THRUST PUNCH
第二十二式:封手右撐腿
Posture 22: SEALING HANDS, RIGHT BRACING KICK
第二十三式:囘身掛統捶
Posture 23: WITHDRAWING BODY, HANG & THRUST PUNCH
第二十四式:跨虎挑統捶
Posture 24: SITTING-TIGER STANCE, CARRY & THRUST PUNCH

螳螂國術學院第十一屆畢業禮
SPEECH FROM THE 11TH GRADUATION CEREMONY OF THE MANTIS MARTIAL ARTS ACADEMY
黃院長漢勛演詞 受業黃漢超節錄
by director Huang Hanxun (recorded by your student, Huang Hanchao):

五七年十月廿三日,螳螂國術學院第十一屆畢業典禮於東方體育會禮堂舉行,是晚,特級並高中初三級畢業同學四十餘人,曁新舊同學於會後舉行聯誼,會前,院長致詞,勗勉諸生,語多切中近來國術界之弊病,指出國術衰落之原因,並提出救正之方法,其言亟宜錄出以作改進國術者之參考,以下是院長演詞之節錄:
On Oct 23, 1957, the 11th Graduation Ceremony for the Mantis Martial Arts Institute was held in the assembly hall of the Far East Athletic Club. On that evening, there were more than forty students graduating, from the beginner, intermediate, and advanced levels, as well as the special instructor level. At the close of the event, students old and new joined in camaraderie to give a demonstration. At the beginning of the event, the director of the school gave a speech to encourage all the students, in which he particularly discussed the problems currently facing the martial arts community, pointing out the causes of the decline of martial arts and putting forward methods of rescuing them. His important words should serve as a reference for how to improve the state of martial arts. Below is an excerpt from his speech:

國術衰落之原因
Causes for the decline of martial arts:

(一)病在學者好為人師,以致師道不尊:
1. There is a problem of students trying to be teachers, resulting in real teachers no longer being respected.

由於靑年多缺乏正確的練習國術認識,在未習拳以前,已懷有為人師的念頭,這不是說學者不應為人師,乃是說不應好為人師。蓋習拳者、日久功深,所謂三年一小成,十年一大成,未嘗無理,然在小成大成之期間,若不能大殺(苦練也)一番,功力必不進;苟無良師益友,技亦停滯不前,蓋拳技之道,泳涵愈久,功力愈精到。有習拳三年五年者,卽自視甚高,以為可以應世致用,為人師表;實不明拳理,不諳武術之興替。家法不明,而沾沾以將為人師而喜。懷此輕浮之心,國術何得不衰?
Young people typically lack proper martial arts knowledge, and yet before they have even begun training in a boxing art, they already have it their heads that they want to teach it to others. I am not saying that students should not become teachers. What I am saying is that they should not be using the art just to have something to teach.
  Practicing boxing arts requires a long time for skill to deepen, hence the expression “three years will give you a small achievement, ten years a large achievement”. This is not an unreasonable plan, but in the time between the small achievement and the large achievement, if you cannot fight your way through it (i.e. endure bitter training), your skill will most assuredly not progress the rest of the way. Or if you are without a close mentor, your skill would again stagnate and cease to move forward.
  It is the way of any boxing art that the longer you swim in it, the more refined your skill will become. Those who have practiced a boxing art for three to five years think highly of themselves and believe that they can function for others as a model teacher. But actually they still do not understand the boxing theory and are not experienced in the ups and downs of martial arts. Even though the methods of the art are not yet fully understood, they are nevertheless steeped in their happy plans of teaching these methods to others.
  With this kind of frivolous attitude, how could our martial arts not be in decline?

(二)雜誌、報章、電影、武俠小說之過事渲染:
2. Magazines, newspapers, films, and martial arts novels do a lot of exaggerating.

以上諸出版物並電影,本可以作復興國術之用,以前精武體育會就有此等組織,迺使國術一道,風靡全國,以實事求是,非投機取巧。可惜今日所見所聞,多以奇技相標榜,以異術相眩博,言過其實,描寫一人,務以出神入化之筆以吸引讀者觀衆。觀者不知,誤認天下間竟有如此奇人,學技之心隨之而興,以為自己亦可致此也。彼纔入學,則所親炙者多平平無奇,與傳聞所說大異,尋轉他學,亦復如此。輕蔑國術之心亦因之而起,彼習技之一股勇氣,化為子虛烏有,國術界因此而喪失不少人才。空腹高論,其不俾實際如此,國術何得不衰?
All of these forms of media have the potential to rejuvenate our martial arts. When the Jingwu Athletic Association made use of these kinds of media to make martial arts fashionable throughout the nation, they did so in order to show the reality of these arts and were not seeking to make a profit. Unfortunately what we see and hear nowadays is usually the flaunting of bizarre skills and the glorifying of crazy stunts. Depictions of individuals are exaggerated caricatures, and the writing is pushed to be as exciting as possible in order to attract audiences.
  Spectators do not understand and mistakenly think that people with such strange abilities exist. They are then inspired to learn those skills in the belief that they themselves can achieve them. Once they join a school, they discover that what they are being personally taught is average and unremarkable, vastly different from what they had heard about, and so they seek out other teachers to learn from in the hopes that it will be more like what they had expected. Then in their disappointment, they will consequently start to have contempt for martial arts, going from being mesmerized by the thought of the training to realizing it was all a hoax. Because of this, the martial arts world has lost many talented people.
  To have such “lofty dreams on an empty stomach” and not be able to make any of it come true, how could our martial arts not be in decline?

(三)不願公開獨到的拳術:
3. There is an unwillingness to publicly share unique boxing arts.

習拳技者知拳技易學難精,學者幾經苦練而後有所得,故任敎後,每想及得技非易,苟輕易以之授徒,心有不甘。的確,如果無心向藝,目拳術為交易之物者,自不應以高深之法理授之,然百人中豈無好學者?故不以獨到之技傳粗心浮意者可,不以獨到之技傳好學深思者則失之矣。俗謂說:「求師難,求徒更難。」若人人存有不傳獨得之技的念頭,而持之以終老,亦老死而矣。懷此自私之心,國術何得不衰?
Those who practice boxing arts know that these arts are easy to learn but difficult to master. Students have to go through a great deal of hard training in order to make any gains. Once practitioners start teaching, they constantly fret over how difficult it is to achieve skill, and so they sour to the idea of teaching just anyone. Indeed if a student does not care about the degree of craftsmanship involved and looks upon boxing arts as easy things, it seems natural that he should not be given instruction in advanced theories.
  But it’s a numbers game: among a hundred people, there is bound to be one who appreciates knowledge. Therefore while it is reasonable not to teach unique skills to those who are indifferent or impatient, it is a mistake not to teach these skills to those who love learning and contemplating. There is a common saying: “It’s hard to find the right teacher, but even harder to find the right student.” However, if everyone decided to keep their art to themselves and hold onto it until they die, it would also die with them.
  With this kind of selfishness, how could our martial arts not be in decline?

院長又提出救正國術衰落的幾點意見,他說:
Director Huang then put forth these suggestions for rescuing our martial arts:

(一)敎者應以身作則,應有實在之經驗及拳術修養:
1. Teachers should set an example by actually going through the training process and mastering a boxing art.

濫竽充數者不論,有名師授受矣,如彼自以為名師而輕視他人,不屑與後生小子羣,授技只敷衍了事,不能做到學不厭,敎不倦,學者受此影響,亦會走上其師的老路,轉相授受,敎者卒不能以身作則,立定規模以示後學。故在為師者言,應有學不厭,敎不倦的精神,期以收默化潛移之效;另一方面言,本身亦應有實在之經驗及拳術修養,始能肩師道之任。故救正國術之病,不得不從為師者之以身作則起。
It means nothing to just fill up teaching positions. There are “famous teachers” giving instruction. If an instructor considers himself to be a famous teacher and looks down on other people, disdaining to be in the presence of the students, the instruction he gives will be barely mediocre. He has not been able to achieve the condition of [quoting from the Lun Yu, 7.2:] “learn insatiably, teach tirelessly”. Students will be influenced by this and instead only learn how to behave like that teacher. Such a teacher ultimately cannot set an example and ceases to be a good model for the students.
  Therefore to be considered a teacher, one should have the mindset of “learn insatiably, teach tirelessly”, which will have the effect of subtly influencing the students. On the other hand, he should also have actually gone through the experience of mastering a boxing art, and then he will be able to shoulder the responsibility of being a teacher in the first place.
  Thus rescuing our martial arts has to start with teachers setting an example.

(二)學者應走鈍的一路,不應走巧的一路:
2. Students should tread the boring path, not the exciting one.

心躁氣浮,為練拳術者之大忌,此一點使學者好為人師外,更阻碍拳術之進步。常見初習拳術者,每見老同學之演習,輒嘖嘖稱羨,彼不知練者費幾許精神時間,始克至此。於是每多蹈蠟等之弊,一技未了,又見異思遷,以巧的方法去獵取;不肯勤練,以鈍的方法去涵泳。拳術之道,易得易失,不經體驗,不知其中痛癢,而臨淵羨魚,不如退而結網,是待學者之善學而後國術有救正之可言。
A boxing arts practitioner is not allowed to have an impetuous mind and distracted temperament. That kind of thing is an even bigger hindrance to making progress than wanting to hurry up and be a teacher.
  Often when we see beginners watching their older classmates practicing, we hear them express their envy. But they do not understand how much determination and time was required to attain such a level. Therefore they tend to make the error of skipping steps. Before they have developed even a single skill, they see something different and their attention shifts, always in pursuit of exciting material, never willing to put in the hard training, which involves wading through the boring stuff.
  Boxing arts methods are easy to obtain and easy to lose. Unless you go through the experience, you will have no idea of the ordeals within the training. [from the Books of Han, bio of Dong Zhongshu:] “To stare at the water and wish for a fish is not as good as stepping back and making a net.”
  Only when the student has learned how to learn will he then be of use in rescuing our martial arts.

(三)應不畏艱難,多發明前人所未發的拳術眞理:
3. We should not shy away from the hard work of expressing boxing arts knowledge that previous generations did not.

欲使國術成為一門學,非要找出其能成為學的關鍵不可,是則有待於國術界同人之努力,而撰著專籍,尤為切要。從來拳術授受,多憑口耳,載籍實不足,而晚近有關國術之書籍,以排比編纂,鈔襲陳言為多,能有眞正經歷其境而登其堂而筆之於書者,實不多覩,以今日論,欲救正此等風氣,非用大心力以從事研究不可。發明前人所未發,實為當前國術界應有之責任,是亦為救正國術之一大方針也。
If we wish for martial arts to become a field of learning, we cannot do it unless we find out what the keys are to such knowledge. It then depends on the hard work of our colleagues in the martial arts community to carry out the crucial task of putting all that knowledge into specialized books.
  However, learning martial arts always requires some personal instruction, for books themselves are insufficient. In recent years, martial arts books have been getting systematically compiled, but they are usually just the copying of arcane texts. To be able to actually go through the training that those texts describe and then write books that are also based on one’s own experience of that training is something that is rarely seen. If we wish to fix this current trend, it cannot be done without a great deal of effort.
  To express what earlier generations did not is a duty of the martial arts community, and is also a major guiding principle in rescuing our martial arts.

自序
PREFACE

余自出版螳螂拳術叢書以來,經十餘年之努力,至今已二十三種矣,惟不論拳與械均在數十式之間者,此拳僅得二十四式,得毋太短乎?曰:此拳原本如是,實無能使之為長也。螳螂拳是以一氣呵成見稱於世者,拳式長,動作多固然使練之者增加氣力於不知不覺間,但勿以拳式短,動作少而輕視其用氣用力必少也,苟能每拳俱認眞用力發勁亦頗使練之者大費精神矣。
此拳與「白猿出洞」正如牡丹之與綠葉互為襯托乃有益彰之妙也。卽亦如「螳螂出洞」「螳螂偸桃」之並重,故余以之緊隨白猿出洞之後而出版者,意卽使之易於相生相成之效也,余將賡續努力於螳螂拳之著述,成敗利鈍固所非計矣,幸海內外同道時錫南針為幸。
黃漢勛螳螂樓 戊戌年重陽
Since starting to publish the “Mantis Boxing Art Book Series”, I have given it more than a decade of effort, and there are now twenty-three volumes in it. Regardless of boxing set or weapon set, all of the sets contain a large number of postures, except the boxing set in this book, which has only twenty-four. If this seems too short, I can only say that this is the way the set was originally designed, and so I have no right to lengthen it.
  Mantis Boxing is consistently regarded as being comprised of boxing sets that are long and have many movements. Practitioners take it for granted that working on such sets will increase energy and strength, and they then think that one should not bother with boxing sets that are short and have few movements, dismissively assuming that they must be of little use for the training of energy and strength. But if we can wholeheartedly exert ourselves and express power in all of the sets, we will gain enormously in the development of spirit.
  This set and White Ape Leaves the Cave are as intimately connected as a peony tree and its leaves, benefiting each other wondrously, which is likewise true of Mantis Leaves the Cave and Mantis Steals a Peach, and for this reason the publication of this book follows close upon the publication of White Ape Leaves the Cave [although it actually ended up getting published before it], in hopes that this will more easily produce the effect of the two sets developing and fulfilling each other.
  I will continue to put effort into writing about Mantis Boxing, ignoring all thoughts of success or failure, for my hope is only to provide material that will serve as a guide for my fellow practitioners both within the nation and overseas.
  - Huang Hanxun at the Mantis School, 35th year of the cycle, Double Ninth Festival, [Oct 21, 1958]

第一式:中平雙蓄勢
Posture 1: STANDING STABLY, BOTH FISTS STORING POWER

說明:
Explanation:
假如我以東方作起式,則應是右東,左西,面北,背南矣。雙足合攏直立,雙拳收束至胸平齊以蓄中平之氣,目向左視,以俟拳式之展閉焉。
If you begin in the eastern part of the practice space, then the east should be to your right, the west to your left, north in front of you, south behind you. With your feet together, stand straight, your fists pulled up to chest level in order to store a balanced power. Your gaze is to the left, and you are ready to begin the boxing postures. See photo 1:

功用:
Application:
螳螂派各拳多為中平作起式者,其次為四平式及背轉式,所謂中平,四平,背轉等皆是方向之區別耳!其雙拳之蓄勢則一,中平開始者是表示敵方將由我左方而來,因此要注視左方。四平則敵自我正面來故向前面視。背轉是敵由我右攻來,故亦向右注視焉,三式之區別處在此,祈留意及之。
The boxing sets in the Mantis system usually begin with this posture of “standing stably”, but sometimes there is the “four-level posture” and also the “back-turning posture”. They are different in terms of the direction they are facing, though they are the same in that the fists are storing power. When beginning in the posture of standing stably, I am showing that there is an opponent who is about to attack from the left, and thus I should be looking to the left. In the four-level posture, an opponent is attacking from in front of me, and thus in that case I should be looking forward. In the back-turning posture, an opponent is attacking from my right, and thus in that case I should be looking to the right. These are the distinctions of these three postures. Take note of them.

第二式:入環單臂爪
Posture 2: KNEELING STANCE, SINGLE CLAW-ARM

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,左脚向西開出,右脚曲而跟進以成入環式,右拳化刁手,左手化掌隨步由下橫斜而出,如『定式』。
Continuing from the previous posture, your left foot steps out to the west and your right foot follows it forward, the leg bending, to make a kneeling stance, as your right fist changes to a hooking hand and your left hand becomes a palm, your hands going along with your feet by going across diagonally from below. See photo 2:

功用:
Application:
彼自我中部攻來一拳,我撥消來手,右手反爪直取其下陰部,斯手極毒輕易不可用之,有人以為此式何必捨拳不用而用爪,此正是其妙處所在也,蓋襠下位置是下濶上窄者,若用拳旣勢不順而又出發點與終點大相逕庭,用爪則自下而上恰如彼特異之位置,斯為此式之妙處所在也。
An opponent attacks my middle area with a punch, so I deflect his incoming hand while my right hand goes out as a reverse claw [i.e. using the back of the wrist] to attack his groin. This technique is very cruel and so you must not use it rashly. Some people wonder why this posture requires a claw-hand rather than using a fist, but this is in fact the key to the technique. The area below the crotch is wider below and narrower at the top. Using a fist will not work as well going from the previous posture into this posture, but a claw-hand coming upward from below will fit just right into that particular place, and this is why it is key to the posture.

第三式:提步右挫捶
Posture 3: LIFTED LEG, RIGHT SUBDUING PUNCH

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,先提右後脚以成獨立式,左掌向前由上封下,右拳從內穿出乃成挫捶如『定式』。
Continuing from the previous posture, your right foot lifts to make a one-legged stance as your left palm goes forward, sealing downward from above, and your right fist threads out from the inside with a subduing punch. See photo 3:

功用:
Application:
彼以我低馬沉手取其下路,立卽轉取我上路,我乃提步使高,先封去來手,再用挫捶法自下逆抽而上,耑擊其頷下,登山挫捶為螳螂拳極普遍之拳法,提步挫捶不單是使勢高己也,譬諭我剛封來手而欲挫捶之俄頃,彼勉强軋我一脚以求解圍,我亦已捉住來手勢難縱之者,因亦提步卸去來脚而强用捶挫之。
The opponent takes advantage of my low stance and low hands attacking to his lower body by immediately changing to attack my upper area, so I lift a leg to make my stance taller while sealing off his incoming hand, then counter by sending a subduing punch upward from below to strike to his chin. A subduing punch in a mountain-climbing stance is a very common technique in Mantis Boxing, but a subduing punch with a lifted leg happens just this once. In the moment that I firmly seal off his hand to then do a subduing punch, the opponent does an emergency crushing kick to my leg to try to keep me from reaching him, so when I grab his incoming hand to make it difficult for him to get away, I also lift my leg to avoid his incoming foot and can then powerfully apply the punch.

第四式:穿手右統捶
Posture 4: THREADING HAND, RIGHT THRUST PUNCH

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,左捶自下穿出,至右拳鋒外為止,時右拳亦可收回腰部矣,右脚落下以成騎馬式,右拳乃自腰部直統而出,左掌則貼於右肩之上如『定式』。
Continuing from the previous posture, your left fist threads out from below, and once it is to the outside of your right knuckles, your right fist can then withdraw to your waist. Then your right foot comes down to make a horse-riding stance as your right fist thrusts out from your waist, your left palm touching at your right shoulder. See photo 4:

功用:
Application:
彼手來搭我之挫捶,我先用左手穿去之,乘勢落馬用統捶法反攻其中部,此式驟視之旣似「黑虎偸心」或「馬式補捶」,其練時固不必以右拳擦過左掌而出也,此式比平常之統捶更能增高其力道之處,厥惟由提步踏下標馬之勢,旣有居高臨下之佳妙,又有如波浪之滾進也。
The opponent blocks my subduing punch, so I first use my left hand to thread out and take it aside, then come down into a horse-riding stance to attack his middle area. This posture resembles BLACK TIGER STEALS THE HEART or HORSE-RIDING STANCE, FILLING PUNCH. When practicing it, it is not at all necessary for your right fist to scrape past your left palm as it goes out, and thus this posture can be a better means of increasing your power than with the ordinary thrust punches. Due to the lifted leg coming down darting into a horse-riding stance, this technique has the elegance of descending from a height and also has the quality of rolling forward like an unstoppable wave.

第五式:登山右挫捶
Posture 5: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, RIGHT SUBDUING PUNCH

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,撑直左後脚以成右登山式,左手向前由上封落,右拳收近腰部,再反拳由下抽上如『定式』。
Continuing from the previous posture, your left leg presses straight to make a right mountain-climbing stance, your left hand going forward, sealing downward from above, as your right fist withdraws almost to your waist and then goes out upward from below with the fist turned over. See photo 5:

功用:
Application:
彼招去吾統捶後,另以一手打來,我卽以左手封住來手,右拳由下逆衝而上,專擊其下頷,第三式提腿之功用已述之如上,登山之特長是進退之間旣靈活而又穩健,且由騎馬轉為登山步之間,亦標進同具有衝擊之無比力道也。
The opponent deflects my thrust punch, then sends his other hand to strike, so I use my left hand to seal off his incoming hand, and my right fist turns over and thrusts upward from below, striking to his chin. The application is the same as in Posture Three, in which it is performed with a lifted leg, but the advantage of performing this technique in a mountain-climbing stance is that within the nimbleness of advance or retreat there is also more firmness, and furthermore, the switch from horse-riding stance into mountain-climbing stance darts you forward to make this thrusting strike overwhelmingly powerful.

第六式:扭步左黏肘
Posture 6: TWISTING STANCE, LEFT STICKY ELBOW

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,原步往右方一扭卽成扭步之勢,右拳改為刁手,往後一拉,左拳自下曲肘而上,與「崩步之第二十二式相同」如『定式』。
Continuing from the previous posture, your feet twist to the right to make a twisted stance as your right fist changes to a hooking hand and pulls to the rear, your left fist going upward from below with the elbow bent, the same as in Posture 22 of the Avalanche Steps set. See photo 6:

功用:
Application:
彼欲以手來挑高我之挫捶,我食住其手刁之,往後一拉,左手自下曲肘托上以斷其臂部,此是合兩手之勢與力及上下分勢之法去應付對方一隻手乃佔有絕大優勢也,若對方見機則不俟合力分勢之成而先曲肘卸去之,乃可脫離險境也。(見領崩步法)
The opponent tries to send out a hand to carry my subduing punch upward, so I receive his hooking hand and pull it to the rear, and my left forearm goes upward from below, elbow bent, to break his arm. This is a method of both hands working together to apply force upward and downward [i.e. your right hand bracing downward as your left elbow props upward], against a single arm, thus putting you in the superior position. If the opponent notices an opportunity, you will not have time for your hands to apply force together to make this technique, and you will instead have to pull your elbow back to keep yourself out of a dangerous situation. (It is the same technique as in the Avalanche Steps set.)

第七式:劈圈右仰膀
Posture 7: CHOPPING SWING, RIGHT PRESSING FOREARM

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,先進左脚,右拳自後劈前向下如「過渡式圖」,
Continuing from the previous posture, first your left foot advances as your right fist chops forward and downward from the rear [your left hand now touching the elbow area]. See photo 7a:

再進右脚以成入環步,手自右向左轉,復由內反出推前,右拳曲肘而向內,左拳貼於右腕之下如『定式』。
Then your right foot advances to make a kneeling stance as your [right] hand arcs to the left and then turns over from inside to push out forward, the center of your right fist facing inward, elbow bent, your left fist now touching below your right wrist. See photo 7b:

功用:
Application:
彼沉肘避過我黏肘,再漏手攻我肘之下,我乃先劈去來勢,再進馬用仰膀法緊貼而傾跌之。
The opponent sinks his elbow to evade my sticky elbow and then slips the hand through to attack under my elbow, so I first chop away his incoming attack, then advance while using a pressing forearm technique to crowd him and make him topple.

第八式:囘身刁踢腿
Posture 8: TURN AROUND, HOOKING HAND, SNAPPING KICK

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,自左轉身,先收右拳於腰部,左刁手與左脚同時向後東方而出,如『定式』。
Continuing from the previous posture, your body turns around to the left, your right hand withdrawing to your waist, as your left hooking hand and left foot go out in unison to the east behind you. See photo 8:

功用:
Application:
彼閃身過我後方,自我頭上劈來一捶,我若俟轉身迎架則失去主動與時間矣,因此乃用手腿合一之法破之,卽是以刁手搭去來手,脚則取其下路也。
The opponent dodges around behind me and attacks with a chopping punch toward my head. If I wait until I have turned around to block it, then I will have missed the moment, so I use a technique of sending out a hand and a foot in unison to defeat it, using a hooking hand to connect to his incoming hand while sending a foot to attack his lower area.

第九式:圈捶連環腿
Posture 9: SWINGING PUNCH, CONTINUOUS KICK

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,不俟左脚落地,卽全身凌空踢出右脚,同時右拳亦自腰部橫圈過左方,如『定式』。
Continuing from the previous posture, without waiting for your left foot to come down, your whole body leaps into the air and your right foot kicks out, your right fist at the same time going from your waist and swinging across to the left [to strike against your left palm]. See photo 9:

功用:
Application:
吾不俟彼招迎躱避卽以右脚繼出,使彼無從容應付之時間也,且恐威力不足更以右圈捶同時使用,以便威脅其上路也。
此法受之者固然認為險着,且用之者亦同具有冒險性之存在,是以非必用此法之時則以避免為佳。
Before the opponent has a chance to deflect or evade my kick, I immediately continue into sending out my right foot, causing him to have no time to deal with it. The power of this kick may be insufficient, so I add a right swinging punch at the same time into order to threaten his upper area. A training partner on the receiving end of this technique will consider it to be very dangerous, and the one performing it will also feel that it is too risky to apply. Therefore when it is not necessary to actually use this technique, it may be better to avoid doing so.

第十式:入環右仰膀
Posture 10: KNEELING STANCE, RIGHT PRESSING FOREARM

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,落下踢出之右脚,拉埋左脚以成入環步,手則按照圈捶之勢不變,轉歸內復轉推出,如『定式』。
Continuing from the previous posture, your right foot comes down and your left foot pulls forward to make a kneeling stance, your hands staying in their swinging-punch position as they arc inward and turn over to push outward. See photo 10:

功用:
Application:
彼欲以手來捉我脚,我不俟其捉卽落步用仰膀力推之,使解我危。
上式是絕高及全身凌空出擊之法,此式則是極低之法,合兩式卽成如波浪之形矣,絕高與極低俱不可能連續數式者乃勢之所然與必然之理也,仰膀是合兩手分壓推之勁道為用其勢至强也。
The opponent tries to send a hand to grab my foot, but I bring it down before he has the chance and use a pressing-forearm technique to strongly push forward, thereby keeping myself from falling into danger. The previous posture is very high, involving the whole body leaping into the air while sending out an attack, whereas this posture is very low. The two postures combined make an effect of a wave crashing down. Alternating between very high and very low cannot be continued through many postures, or what you are doing would become predictable to the opponent. The pressing forearm is a very powerful technique as it involves the pushing power of both hands combined.

第十一式:撤步掛統捶
Posture 11: WITHDRAWING STEP, HANG & THRUST PUNCH

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,兩脚左右不變,往後一撤便成右登山式矣,右拳橫架於頭上,左拳直衝而出,如『定式』。
Continuing from the previous posture, without switching your feet, withdraw smoothly to the rear and make a right mountain-climbing stance as your right fist blocks across higher than your head and your left fist thrusts straight out. See photo 11:

功用:
Application:
彼避過我仰膀,再自我頭上劈來一捶,我卽撤步以成登山勢,右手橫架來手,左拳直取其中路,忽進忽退,飄忽無定,使敵難於捉摸,斯為拳術之為拳術也,倘呆板進擊又有何術之可言哉!標前撤後,左右橫跨等均為攻守上不可缺小之法。
The opponent evades my arm and then does a chopping punch toward my head, so I withdraw a step to make a mountain-climbing stance as my right hand blocks his incoming hand and my left hand attacks straight to his middle area. By suddenly advancing as I suddenly retreat, I appear to be acting without any pattern, causing him to have difficulty understanding what I am doing. This is a primary technique in the art, but if you attack stiffly, it will be no technique at all. Seek forward while withdrawing to the rear, your feet stepping evenly so that your offense and defense will leave no gap.

第十二式:登山右劈軋
Posture 12: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, RIGHT ROLLING CHOP

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,原步不變,僅全身向前一標約有半步之遙,右上手由上向前劈落,將至定點時與左掌相碰,而有「必卜」之聲如『定式』。
Continuing from the previous posture, with your stance not changing, your whole body shifts forward about a half step with your right hand going forward, chopping down from above, your left hand striking against it with an audible crack just before it reaches its final position. See photo 12:

功用:
Application:
彼漏手殺落我左手處,我隨卽以上手反劈其手,其勢至快而力猛也,上式是倒撤而退後,此式是標前而進,退進之間純賴步法之精純方克置之於實用,若欲求進退迅速之法必先瞭解其原理,然後力行之乃克有成。
The opponent sends out a hand to smash down onto my left hand, so I then use my upper hand to chop down at his hand, an action that is fast and fierce. The previous technique involved withdrawing and now this one involves shifting forward. The switch from retreating to advancing depends entirely on skillful footwork in order for it to be effective. If you wish for your advancing and retreating to be done swiftly, you must first understand this principle, and then you will be able to succeed at performing these techniques with vigor.

第十三式:蹤步穿梭式
Posture 13: LEAPING STEP, SENDING THE SHUTTLE THROUGH

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,小跳進前仍為登山式,先左後右兩手刁自上刁下,如「過渡式」甲、
Continuing from the previous posture, hop forward to again make a mountain-climbing stance as both hands, your left hand still behind your right hand, hook downward from above. See photo 13a:

再右前刁手不動,左後手化成兩指直向前揷出,作取眼法,如「過渡式」乙,
With your right hooking hand not moving, your left hand changes to a double finger position and shoots out forward to do an eye attack. See photo 13b:

再原步不變,左指復化成刁手往後一拉,右刁手順手撞出如『定式』。
With your stance not changing, your left fingers than switch back to being a hooking hand, which pulls to the rear as your right hooking hand strikes out [with the wrist area]. See photo 13c:

功用:
Application:
彼欲作撤退之勢,我追踪跟之,先以兩手封閉其手,然後用取眼法搶攻之,彼必以手來招吾之險着,我卽順手刁之,再以撞爪法攻其肋內肺腑焉。
The opponent tries to retreat, so I follow him, first using my hands to seal off his hand, then doing a snatching attack to his eyes. He is sure to send out a hand to deflect my dangerous technique, so I use my hands to hook onto it, then use a crashing claw-hand maneuver to attack his ribs and thereby his lungs underneath them [although the photo seems to show that the throat may be the target instead].

第十四式:封手雙飛腿
Posture 14: SEALING HANDS, FLYING DOUBLE KICK

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,先原步不動,右前手化作封手,由前陽手封後,左後手由後往前以陰手封落,如「過渡式圖」,
Continuing from the previous posture, with your stance not changing, your right hand goes to the rear as a sealing hand, the palm facing upward, while your left hand goes forward and downward, also as a sealing hand, the palm facing downward. See photo 14a:

再全身往前跳起,當蹤之至高時右脚亦隨之撑起,但兩手仍不變原來狀態,如『定式』。
Then your whole body jumps forward [kicking out with your left foot] and your right foot goes out with a bracing kick when the jump is reaching its peak of height, your hands maintaining their position. See photo 14b:

功用:
Application:
彼擬自我中下路攻來,我卽分陰陽手封閉之,彼以手為我控制,於是極力謀解脫,且欲退馬避我,我乘其退馬之際,空卽全身騰起用雙飛腿襲之。
The opponent tries to attack my middle or lower area, so I perform a sealing action with the palm of one hand facing downward, the other facing upward. Realizing I will now have control over his arm, he does his utmost to pull it back, trying to retreat away from me, so I ride along with his retreating by jumping into the air and surprise him with a flying double kick.

第十五式登山掛統捶
Posture 15: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, HANG & THRUST PUNCH

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,將踢起之脚由原位置着地,以成右登山式,右拳曲肘橫架於頭上,左拳向前統出,如「定式』。
Continuing from the previous posture, your kicking leg comes back down to make a right mountain-climbing stance as your right fist blocks across higher than your head, the elbow bending, and your left fist thrusts our forward. See photo 15:

功用:
Application:
彼避過我仰膀,再自我頭上劈來一捶,我卽撤步以成登山勢、右手橫架來手,左拳直取其中路,忽進忽退,飄忽無定,使敵難於捉摸,斯為拳術之為第術也,倘呆板進擊又有何術之可言哉!標前撤後,左右橫跨等均為攻守上不可缺小之法。
The opponent evades my arm [leg] and then does a chopping punch toward my head, so I withdraw a step to make a mountain-climbing stance as my right hand blocks his incoming hand and my left hand attacks straight to his middle area. By suddenly advancing as I suddenly retreat, I appear to be acting without any pattern, causing him to have difficulty understanding what I am doing. This is a primary technique in the art, but if you attack stiffly, it will be no technique at all. Seek forward while withdrawing to the rear, your feet stepping evenly so that your offense and defense will leave no gap.

第十六式:登山右劈軋
Posture 16: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, RIGHT ROLLING CHOP

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,原步不變,僅全身向前一標約有半步之遙,右上手由上向前劈落,將至定點時與左掌相碰,而有「心卜」之聲如『定式』。
Continuing from the previous posture, with your stance not changing, your whole body shifts forward about a half step with your right hand going forward, chopping down from above, your left hand striking against it with an audible crack just before it reaches its final position. See photo 16:

功用:
Application:
彼漏手殺落我左手處,我隨卽以上手反劈其手,其勢至快而力猛也,上式是倒撤而退後,此式是標前而進,退進之間純賴步法之精純方克置之於實用,若欲求進退之迅速之法必先瞭解其原理,然後力行之乃有成。
The opponent sends out a hand to smash down onto my left hand, so I then use my upper hand to chop down at his hand, an action that is fast and fierce. The previous technique involved withdrawing and now this one involves shifting forward. The switch from retreating to advancing depends entirely on skillful footwork in order for it to be effective. If you wish for your advancing and retreating to be done swiftly, you must first understand this principle, and then you will be able to succeed at performing these techniques with vigor.

第十七式:橫圈大擺蓮
Posture 17: SWINGING PUNCH, LARGE SWINGING LOTUS KICK

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,先右拳不動,左掌化刁手往後刁去,如「過渡式圖」
Continuing from the previous posture, with your right fist not moving, first your left palm becomes a hooking hand and hooks away to the rear. See photo 17a:

再起右後脚至直橫向前掃去,同時右後捶則橫圈而前,以成如『定式』。
Then your right foot lifts and sweeps across in front of you as your right hand goes forward and across with a swinging punch. See photo 17b:

功用:
Application:
彼自我腦後襲來一捶,我不待轉身卽先以手刁之,再乘全身轉過之勢疾起右脚用擺蓮腿法,橫掃彼腰脅之間也。
An opponent suddenly punches from behind, so without waiting to turn my body, I send a hand to hook onto his attack, then spin my whole body around with the action of quickly lifting my right foot into an [inward] swinging lotus kick to sweep across to his rib area.

第十八式:登山掛統捶
Posture 18: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, HANG & THRUST PUNCH

〔說明:〕
[Explanation:]
循上式,先將擺起之脚轉過左方至正後方為止,身再從左轉便成為左登山式矣,左捶橫上曲肘架於頭上,右拳直統而出,如『定式』。
Continuing from the previous posture, your swinging kick arcs all the way through to the left and comes down behind you, your torso at the same time spinning around to the left, and you make a left mountain-climbing stance, your left fist blocking across higher than your head, the elbow bending, your right fist thrusting straight out. See photo 18:

功用:
Application:
與第十一及第十五式相同。
Same as in Postures 11 and 15.

第十九式:蹤步封統捶
Posture 19: JUMPING STEP, SEALING, THRUST PUNCH

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,全身往前小跳,着地時仍為左登山式,兩手同時作雙封勢由上封下,如「過渡式圖」,
Continuing from the previous posture, your whole body goes forward with a hop to come down into another left mountain-climbing stance, your hands at the same time sealing downward from above. See photo 19a:

再直統出右拳如『定式』。
Then your right fist thrusts out. See photo 19b:

功用:
Application:
彼往後小跳,並出手攻我,我卽跟入先封來手,然後用統捶法攻之。
The opponent hops away to the rear and sends out a hand to attack me, so I follow him while first sealing off his incoming hand and then use a thrust punch to attack him.

第二十式:登山番車式
Posture 20: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, ROLLING PUNCH

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,原步不動,右拳向上拉起,左拳由面前曲肘而出,如『定式』。
Continuing from the previous posture, with your stance not changing, your right hand pulls upward and your left fist goes out from in front of your face, the elbow bending. See photo 20:

功用:
Application:
彼手來招,我卽順手一扣,再以左捶迎面打去。崩步拳之番車式為跨虎步。十八叟拳之番車式乃七星步,三套之同一手法而以步區別之,如要分別其佳劣,余曰:各擅勝場而已。跨虎是虛式隨時俱可出脚者,七星則易於變化換步,此式之登山步是穩健之步法也。
The opponent deflects my incoming hand, so I cover his hand and then use my left fist to strike to his face. (The rolling punch in the Avalanche Steps set is in a sitting-tiger stance. The rolling punch in the Eighteen Elders set is in a big-dipper stance. These three sets use the same hand technique in different stances. If you want to know which version is best, I say that each is the best for its particular situation. A sitting-tiger stance is an empty stance and is thus easy to kick from, a big-dipper stance is an easy position for switching into another position, and the mountain-climbing stance is a stance of solidity.)

第二十一式:登山掛統捶
Posture 21: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, HANG & THRUST PUNCH

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,原步不變,左拳轉上曲肘橫架於頭上,右拳轉至腰部再直統而出如『定式』。
Continuing from the previous posture, with your stance not changing, your left fist arcs upward to block across higher than your head, the elbow bending, as your right fist arcs to your waist and then thrusts straight out. See photo 21:

功用:
Application:
與第十一,十五,十八等式同。
Same as in Postures 11, 15, and 18.

第二十二式:封手右撑腿
Posture 22: SEALING HANDS, RIGHT BRACING KICK

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,原步不變,兩手同時化成封手,分右陽左陰向左封去,如「過渡式圖」,
Continuing from the previous posture, with your stance not changing, your hands both switch to sealing, your right hand with its palm facing upward, left hand with its palm facing downward, sealing away to the left. See photo 22a:

再撑起右脚,如『定式』。
Then your right lifts and does a bracing kick. See photo 22b:

功用:
Application:
彼漏手攻我腰部,我卽用封手緊扣其腕肘之間,再以撑腿擊之。
The opponent evades my hand and attacks my waist, so I use sealing hands to close off his forearm, then attack him with a bracing kick.

第二十三式:囘身掛統捶
Posture 23: WITHDRAWING BODY, HANG & THRUST PUNCH

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,先將撑起之脚往左後轉,轉至後方然後着地仍成左登山式,左拳橫架於頭上,右拳直統出,如『定式』。
Continuing from the previous posture, your kicking foot arcs to the left rear [with your body spinning leftward], coming down to again make a left mountain-climbing stance, as your left fist blocks across higher than your head and your right fist thrusts straight out. See photo 23:

功用:
Application:
與第十一、十五、十八、二十一等式同。
Same as in Postures 11, 15, 18, and 21.

第二十四式:跨虎挑統捶
Posture 24: SITTING-TIGER STANCE, CARRY & THRUST PUNCH

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,拉起左前脚以成左跨虎步,右拳自前化掌撇落右大腿之上,然後轉往頭上斜斜架起,左拳轉去腰部再統出,如(揷捶之收式)如『定式』。
Continuing from the previous posture, your left foot pulls back to make a left sitting-tiger stance as your right fist becomes a palm, swings down against your right thigh, then arcs upward higher than your head to block away diagonally, and your left fist arcs to your hip and then thrusts out. It is the same as in the closing posture of the Charging Punches set. See photo 24:

功用:
Application:
彼以脚撩陰,我先用掌拍消之,然後架於頭上以資掩渡,左拳直取中上路。
(全拳完)
The opponent does a raising kick toward my groin, so I first use my [right] palm to slap it away, then bring it up to guard my head as my left fist attacks to his middle or upper area. (This completes the entire set.)

Taijiquan Evolution 6 – Taijiquan returns to Chen Village | 太极拳回到陈家沟

Bellissimo articolo su un brano di storia del Taiji della famiglia Chen e della Cina: sorgente Taijiquan Evolution 6 – Taijiquan returns to Chen Village | 太极拳回到陈家沟

Taijiquan Evolution 6 – Taijiquan returns to Chen Village | 太极拳回到陈家沟
Tuesday, 12 June 2018 17:00

1970’s Chenjiagou Taijiquan returns
The sixth entry in the coverage of Taijiquan styles development. As our Taijiquan history section denotes, Xi’an is the home of our Taijiquan (inclusive of Zhaobao and Chen Style) , in addition to the Beijing (Chen Style). The reasons for this are understood in the context of history and how Taijiquan became almost extinct in its homes of origin. We therefore outline the important return of Taijiquan to Chenjiagou (Chen Family Village).

Tang Hao visits Chen Family Village

In 1932, Tang Hao together with Chen Ziming journeyed to Chenjiagou. Chen Ziming was Chen Xin’s nephew and used to teach in Shanghai at the time. Tang Hao (1887-1959) was from humble beginings but worked hard in practising Six Harmonies Boxing (Liuhe Men, 六合门) and becoming a Lawyer. Tang Hao also studied many other martial arts including Chen Taijiquan, and Japanese styles during his time there. He was one of the editors of the publication department of the Nanjing Guoshu Academy.

When they arrived to the Chenjiagou, Chen Chunyuan (the nephew of Chen Xin) had a copy of a set of manuscripts that were written by his uncle over the course of 12 years. This text [Taijiquan Illustrated, 陈鑫陈氏太极拳图说] was published in 1933 and whilst it outlined the practice of Chen Style Taijiquan in the past (today it is known as Small Frame Taijiquan), it became a classic for all Chen Style Practitioners. At the time the practice of Taijiquan in Chenjiagou was still flourishing and the expression that almost everyone in Chenjiagou could practice some martial arts was evident. After just a few years little did people expect chaos an catastrophe to hit Chenjiagou.

The disasters of the 1940’s across the western areas of Henan Province

In 1938, Henan province was the centre of an ongoing effort by the Nationalist Government (Guomingdang, KMT) to stop the advance of the Japanese troops. Many local young men were conscripted into the army. The combination of natural and human factors ravaged Henan proivince.  In 1941, locusts plagued Wen county and the Guomingdang (KMT) had taken controls over the area. Henan province was divided into the eastern half (under Japanese occupation) and the western half which was supposed to be under the Nationalist Government (based in Chongqing after fleeing Nanjing).

In 1942, the seasonal rains failed, causing severe drought. Combined with the ongoing locust plagues the harvests were destroyed and there was little food supply. The culmination of no local produce and the inability to obtain supplies from elsewhere during the conflict led an unfathomable situation of famine that started to cause great grief to the people during the winter of 1942. The famine caused significant tragedies with rising starvation and ongoing rise in diseases. In such dire situations families would sell their children in the hopes that would have a better chance elsewhere and some starving people had to resort to cannibalism or eating bark of the trees to try to survive. During the time an estimated 2 to 3 million people died from starvation or disease, and over 4 million people fled Henan province. Chenjiagou was in the centre of this drastic situation and of the 4,000 or so residents many suffered and over 800 fled (typically to Xi’an). During those years, many people left Chenjiagou (e.g. to Xi’an), many passed away in the wars, disease and famine.

Chen Family members and their demise through affiliation with KMT

After those years the situation improved ever so slowly in terms of famine and sino-japanese war, but the civil war between the CCP and the KMT continued. Since Chenjiagou was a part of the early movement into the area by the KMT, many of the villagers were associated with the KMT and reprimanded by the CCP. Some examples include Chen Zhaoxu (1912-1959) was the second son of Chen Fa’ke. Since Chen Zhaoxu was connected to the local militia affiliated with the KMT, he was jailed in 1955 and eventually passed away.  Chen Zhaohai (1899-1950) was Chen Zhaopei’s brother. Chen Zhaohai fought in the nationalist army under Fan Tinglan. Later he relocated to Zhengzhou. In 1949, he was imprisoned and then under the Repression of Anti Revolutionists movement in 1950 was executed.

The New Large Frame of Taijiquan returns to Chenjiagou

Today’s what he could call mainstream Chen Style Tajiquan is derived mostly from the teachings of two key teachers that originated at Chenjiagou but resided elsewhere. These were Chen Fa’ke (1887-1957) who brought Chen Style Taijiquan to Beijing in 1928 and Chen Zhaopei (1893-1972) brought Chen Style Taijiquan to Nanjing in 1930 (originally was in Beijing then invited Chen Fa’ke to take over) and taught for over eight years.

In 1958, Chen Zhaopei whom resided in Zhengzhou at the time visited Chenjiagou for Chinese New Year. It was his first time back in decades. Chen Zhaopei whilst advanced in years (65) felt that it was a shame that there were no longer any practitioners in Chenjiagou. He was saddened that there were no successors in the birthplace of Taijiquan and no serious practitioners left in Chenjiagou. It was a difficult decision because at the time both his wife (second wife) and son (whom had a good job and family in Zhengzhou) were against him returning to Chenjiagou. He also had to retire from his work (Flood Control Committee) earlier foresaking an increase in his pension. Chen Zhaopei however against all odds felt a sense of responsibility and returned to the Chenjiagou during his retirement years. Unfortunately this was not going to be an easy quest for there were still a number of CCP initatives that impacted the ability to propagate and teach Taijiquan during those years. The Great Leap forward was distracting and in 1966-1976, The Cultural revolution saw the repression of traditional teachings including martial arts. Facilities were closed down and practitioners were prosecuted. Chen Zhaopei was said to have been persecuted by the red guards and even attempted suicide during those years. His legs were injured for almost two years and had to use a stool/walking assistance during the time. Much of the training had to be conducted in secret and many elements (eg weapons) a challenge to practice in confined space so mostly only the laojia yi lu was taught.  After Chen Zhaopei’s death, Chen Zhaokui (Chen Fa’ke’s youngest son) continued teaching at Chenjiagou. The local secretary of the CCP for Wen County, Zhang Weizhen also invited Feng Zhiqiang to teach. Feng Zhiqiang visited three times for short intensive teaching sessions.

As a result the teachings at Chenjiagou were distinguished into the old (Chen Zhaopei’s) and the new (Chen Zhaokui’s) frame of practice. The Taijiquan practiced by the older generations would find a new home in Xi’an and become known as Chen Small Frame Taijiquan. Whilst the descendants of Chen Fa’ke would derive a number of different versions of Taijiquan practice (sometimes called Beijing Chen Style Taijiquan) including Li Jingwu, Lei Muni, Tian Xiuchen and Feng Zhiqiang amongst others.

Last modified on Sunday, 24 June 2018 17:28

WUDANG SWORD NOTES

武當劍法筆記
NOTES ON THE WUDANG SWORD ART
(浙江温嶺胡子謨記)
(Recorded by “The Beard” of Wenling, Zhejiang [Yi Fanzhai])
[1939]

[translation by Paul Brennan, May, 2018]

[This text which began simply as a document for personal reference survives as an invaluable record of the sword art that had been handed down from Li Jinglin, presenting the five-section two-person sword set in much greater detail than the meager outline in Huang Yuanxiu’s 1931 manual, and Huang quite rightly decided to include it in the expanded version of his Martial Arts Discussions, which was later published in 1944. It is not clear whether Huang made any adjustment to Yi’s text, with only the parenthetical comment at the end of movement 2.4 seeming a likely addition on his part.
  To make this text more functional, I have also plugged in all forty-one photos from Chapter Four of the 1931 book, showing Huang Yuanxiu (in the lighter outfit) and Chu Guiting (in the darker outfit) demonstrating the core techniques. These photos can be slightly confusing because Huang and Chu do not stay consistent in their roles as Person A and Person B, and the view is often shown from the reverse profile (Section Four being the only section where the roles and the view in the photos remain consistent). It is best to ignore their identities as Huang and Chu in each photo, and to pay attention only to who is portraying A and B based on their actions within any given photo. There is unfortunately not a photo for each movement, but there are enough of them to be very helpful for adding clarity to many of these movement descriptions.]

第一路
SECTION ONE

預備式(上手稱甲下手稱乙)
PREPARATION POSTURE (The person who makes the first move is called A, and the person who responds to it is called B.)

甲乙各執劍就位――
[1.1] A and B, each of you stand holding your sword.

左手執劍反貼左臂外方,右手垂直貼右胯傍,兩足平立,離開之距約與肩等,身體正直,目平視前方。
Your left hand is holding your sword backwards, touching the outside of your left forearm. Your right hand hangs down close beside your right hip. Your feet are standing parallel about shoulder width apart. Your body is upright and your gaze is forward.

出劍式
SENDING OUT THE SWORD [This posture is comprised of movements 1.2 and 1.3. (After PREPARATION POSTURE and SENDING OUT THE SWORD, none of the subsequent movements are grouped under specific names.)]

甲乙各交劍與右手――
[1.2] Both of you, switch your sword to your right hand.

右手戟指掌心向上,屈右腕與腰平,伸右臂向右與肩水平,頭向右轉目視右手,轉左足向左方,轉身上右足,左足微屈,右足着地,同時右手戟指向前一指,目視敵方。退右足同時轉身,兩手自左上向右後方畫一大圈,左右各收至胸前,右掌向上,左掌向下,將劍交與右手,斯時身體作勢下挫,重心寄於右足,目仍視敵方。
Your right hand forms a “spearing finger”, the center of the hand facing upward, your right wrist bent and level with your waist. Extend your right arm to the right to be at shoulder height, your head turning to the right, your gaze toward your right hand. Then your left foot turns to the left, your body turning, and your right foot steps forward, your left leg slightly bending, your right foot [toes] touching down, as your right hand’s spearing finger points forward and your gaze goes toward the opponent. Then your right foot retreats, your body turning [to the right], and both hands make a large circle from the upper left to the right rear until in front of your chest, your right palm facing upward, left palm facing downward, and you send the sword into your right hand. Your body is now squatting, the weight on your right leg, your gaze still toward the opponent.

甲乙各伸劍平刺――
[1.3] Both of you, extend your swords at each other with horizontal-blade stabs.

斯時左足在前,右足在後,成弓箭步,左手戟指在左額前方,右手極力伸劍平刺,太陽劍。
With your left foot forward, right foot behind, make a bow and arrow stance, your left hand’s spearing finger going in front of the left side of your forehead, your right hand putting all its energy into extending with a horizontal-blade stab, using a “full active grip” [i.e. tiger’s mouth facing to the right]. [The photo for this moment shows A and B closer to each other than they would be yet, with B already stepping his right forward to begin the next movement.]

[photo for movement 1.3, showing A on the left, B on the right]

甲乙對反繃――
[1.4] Both of you, do an overturned flick to each other.

右足進一步立定左足作探步,蹲身向下,左手戟指微屈臂向左,右手以中陽劍反繃,頭向右,轉目注對方之腕。
Advance your right foot a step, stand firmly on it, and make a reaching step with your left foot, squatting your body down, as your left hand’s spearing finger goes to the left, the arm slightly bent, and your right hand uses a half active grip [tiger’s mouth facing downward] to do an overturned flick. Your head is turned to the right, your gaze turned to your opponent’s wrist.

[photo for movement 1.4, showing A on the left, B on the right]

甲點腕――
[1.5] A, tap to B’s wrist.

突然起立轉身收左足,向左斜後方,半步着地,卽出右足,作預備姿勢,足尖點地,右手以中陰劍尖點敵腕,左手戟指微扶劍柄,目注敵腕。
Suddenly rise up, turning your body, withdrawing your left foot a half step diagonally to the left rear and then putting out your right foot the same as in the preparation posture, toes touching down, as your right hand uses a half passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing upward] to tap your sword tip toward B’s wrist, your left hand’s spearing finger slightly assisting at your sword handle [raised to the left in the photo]. Your gaze is toward B’s wrist.

[photo for movement 1.5, showing A on the left, B on the right]

[Huang later had another photo made of this situation, which appeared in his 1936 publication of Martial Arts Discussions, again showing Chu Guiting on the left in the role of A and Huang Yuanxiu on the right in the role of B.]

乙抽腕――
[1.6] B, do a drawing cut to A’s wrist.

乙亦突然起立,轉身立定左足,換出右足,向右後方退一步,右手以老陰劍從下方抽甲之腕,同時體重移於左足,成弓步,目視敵腕。
B, also suddenly stand up, turning your body, and stand firmly on your left foot, switching feet and sending your right foot back a step to the right rear [forward right], as your right hand makes a three-quarter passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the lower left] and does a drawing cut under A’s wrist, the weight at the same time shifting to your left [right] foot to make a bow stance. Your gaze is toward A’s wrist.

[photo for movement 1.6, showing A on the left, B on the right]

[According to the 1931 book, B follows his drawing cut by stabbing forward (with a vertical-blade stab), resulting in the extra image below (showing B on the left, A on the right, in a reversed view), meaning that A must have raised his wrist to evade the drawing cut, pulling his sword away enough to create a target for B to stab. Apparently A then responds to this by beginning the following movement slightly ahead of B.]

對刺――
[1.7] Both of you, stab toward each other.

甲乙各將右足後退,右手提劍前刺,(老陰劍)同時上體竭力向前探,左手戟指,置左額前方,手掌向外,目注敵方。
Both of you retreat your right foot as your right hand stabs your sword forward [and downward] into a lifting posture (using a three-quarter passive grip) [tiger’s mouth facing to the lower left], your upper body at the same time striving to reach forward, and your left hand’s spearing finger is placed in front of the left side of your forehead, the center of the hand facing outward. Your gaze is toward the opponent.

[photo for movement 1.7, showing A on the left, B on the right]

對繞走(換位)――
[1.8] Both of you, perform circle walking (switching places).

兩劍仍相交,甲乙各起右足,進步向左方繞走,對換位置,仍取前勢停止。
With your swords still touching, both of you lift your right foot and advance to the left into a [counterclockwise] circle walk, walking until you have switched places, stopping in the spots occupied in the previous movement.

乙反格――
[1.9] B, do an overturned block.

乙以中陽劍反格甲腕。
B, use a half active grip [tiger’s mouth facing downward] to do an overturned block to A’s wrist.

甲帶――
[1.10] A, do a dragging cut.

甲將劍轉為太陽劍,同時將肘往下一沈,劍往左帶,身半向左轉,兩足在原位置,左實右虛,目注敵人劍尖。
[At the same time,] turn your sword to a full active grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the right], sinking your elbow down, and do a dragging cut to the left, your body turning halfway to the left. Your feet will stay where they are, left [right] foot full, right [left] foot empty. Your gaze is toward B’s sword tip. [Following the pattern of the next movement, 1.9 and 1.10 should probably have been written in reverse order.]

[photo for movements 1.9 & 1.10, showing A on the left, B on the right (reverse view)]

[Huang had another photo made of this situation, appearing in his 1936 book. In this photo, the partner on the left is Ye Jingcheng in the role of A, with Huang Yuanxiu again on the right in the role of B.]

乙帶腰甲反格乙腕――
[1.11] B, do a dragging cut to A’s waist. A, do an overturned block to B’s wrist.

甲見乙腕避去,已為我劍所不及,趁勢轉為太陽劍,帶乙之腰,乙卽含胸轉腰,避過甲劍,同時將劍變為中陽劍,反格甲腕,如是往復三遍。
A, when you see B’s wrist evade and that your sword will miss, take advantage of the situation by switching to a full active grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the right] and doing a dragging cut to B’s waist. B, hollow your chest and turn your waist to evade A’s sword, at the same time switching to a half active grip [tiger’s mouth facing downward] and doing an overturned block to A’s wrist. Go back and forth in this way for a total of three times.

[photo for movement 1.11, showing B on the left, A on the right]

乙壓劍貫耳――
[1.12] B, press down A’s sword and perform a “filling the ear” technique.

俟甲劍反格,正轉變帶腰時,突然將劍變為中陰劍,往下橫壓甲劍,
Wait until A’s sword switches from doing the overturned block to do another dragging cut to your waist, then suddenly switch to a half passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing upward] and press down across his sword [the grip in the photo being aligned somewhat differently].

[photo for the first part of movement 1.12, showing A on the left, B on the right (reverse view)]

隨卽起身以太陽劍貫甲右耳,左手扶住劍柄。
Then raise your body and strike [rightward] to his right ear using a full active grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the right], your left hand assisting at your sword handle [although it is raised to the left in the photo].

甲直帶腕兼繃――
[1.13] A, do a vertical-blade dragging cut to B’s wrist with a flicking energy.

右手用中陰劍左手扶住劍柄。往後直帶復往下一沈,劍尖正對敵腕繃刺。
With your right hand using a half passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing upward] and your left hand assisting at your sword handle, go to the rear with vertical-blade dragging, then sink your hand down so that your sword tip heads toward B’s wrist as a flicking stab.

[photo for the second part of movement 1.12 and movement 1.13, showing A on the left, B on the right (reverse view)]

[The photo above is used in the 1931 book to specifically demonstrate striking, even though it already shows the other person flicking in response, but then the book uses the variant photo below to highlight the vertical-blade dragging, even though it depicts the same striking situation. In the variant photo, Huang and Chu’s roles are reversed, as is the view.]

[Huang had yet another photo made of this situation, based on the variant photo, which appeared in his 1936 book, showing Ye Jingcheng on the left in the role of B, with Huang Yuanxiu again on the right in the role of A.]

對提――
[1.14] Both of you, make a lifting posture.

乙避甲之劍尖,提腕變為老陰劍,刺甲之腕,甲亦提腕,變為老陰劍以防之。
B, evade A’s sword tip by lifting your wrist, switching to a three-quarter passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the lower left], and stab toward A’s wrist. A will also lift his wrist and switch to a three-quarter passive grip to defend against it.

[photo for movement 1.14, showing A on the left, B on the right]

對劈――
[1.15] Both of you, chop at each other.

甲乙各將劍尖自左下方向上繞一小圓圈,變為中陰劍,直往下劈攻敵之右腕。
Send your sword tip upward in a small circle from the lower left, switching you to a half passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing upward], and chop downward toward your opponent’s right wrist.

乙刺喉甲粘帶――
[1.16] B, stab to A’s throat. A, stick to B’s sword with a dragging action.

乙右手變太陽劍左手扶住劍柄,由下往上正刺敵喉,斯時劍尖向敵喉,劍柄約當自己胸下,甲亦變為太陽劍,左手扶住劍柄,劍身粘住乙劍,同時身體微向右轉,帶去乙劍。
B, your right hand switches to a full active grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the right], your left hand assisting at your sword handle, and goes upward from below to stab straight toward A’s throat. When your sword tip is pointing toward A’s throat, your sword handle is just below your own chest. A, also switch to a full active grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the right], your left hand assisting at your sword handle, and with your sword body sticking to B’s sword, turn your body slightly to the right and drag aside B’s sword.

[photo for movement 1.16, showing B on the left, A on the right]

甲刺喉乙粘帶――
[1.17] A, stab to B’s throat. B, stick and drag.

甲旣帶去乙劍,趁勢伸劍刺乙之喉,乙亦轉身粘帶,復反刺甲,如是三遍(太陽劍圈)。
A, once you have dragged B’s sword aside, take advantage of the opportunity to extend your sword with a stab toward B’s throat. B, now you also turn your body while sticking to A’s sword, and then you will return a stab toward A. Do this [back and forth] for a total of three times (circling with a full active grip) [tiger’s mouth facing to the right].

[photo for movement 1.17, showing B on the left, A on the right]

甲橫攪乙隨之――
[1.18] A, perform horizontal stirring [circling clockwise]. B, go along with it [counterclockwise].

甲俟乙劍刺來時,將劍粘住乙劍,向右向下橫攪之,
A, wait until B’s sword is stabbing toward you, then stick your sword to his and go to the right and downward with horizontal stirring.

[photo for the first part of movement 1.18, showing B on the left, A on the right]

同時舉右足交步向左繞走乙隨之亦交步向左繞走,斯時兩劍相粘不離,隨攪隨走,各俟機會,但攪時各伸出右手,左手戟指置於左方,平掌向外,頭向右轉,目視敵劍。
At the same time, lift your right foot into a crossover step and do a circle walk to the left [i.e. counterclockwise]. B, also do a crossover step and circle walk to the left. At this time, both swords are sticking to each other, stirring while walking, both of you waiting for an opportunity. But while stirring, your right hand stays extended, your left hand’s spearing finger placed level toward the left, palm facing outward, your head turned to the right, your gaze toward your opponent’s sword.

乙擊頭――
[1.19] B, strike to the head.

如前繞走,彼此互換位置時兩劍尖已第二次互攪至下方,乙劍正換至甲劍外方,甲劍正向上攪乙趁勢以少陽劍擊甲之頭。
Once both of you have switched places in your circle walk, your sword tip has completed two downward stirs. B, when your sword has been moved to the outside [inside] of A’s sword and A’s sword is about to stir upward again, take advantage of the opportunity to use a one-quarter active grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the upper right] and strike [leftward] to his head.

甲擊腿――
[1.20] A, strike to B’s thigh.

身微向左後披重點寄於左足,成左實右虛弓步,避過乙劍,同時右手變太陰劍,斬擊乙之右腿。
Your body slightly drapes to the left rear, the weight shifting to your left foot, making a bow stance of left foot full, right foot empty, in order to evade B’s sword. At the same time, your right hand switches to a full passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the left] and does a slashing strike [rightward] to B’s right thigh.

乙截腕――
[1.21] B, check to A’s wrist.

體重寄於左足,舉右足向左前方斜進半步,避去甲劍,同時右手變為太陰劍斜截甲腕。
The weight shifting to your left foot, raise your right foot and advance a half step diagonally to the forward left, evading A’s sword, while your right hand switches to a full passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the left] and does a diagonal checking action to A’s wrist.

甲帶腕――
[1.22] A, do a dragging cut to B’s wrist.

右手變為太陽,往左肩前帶避,劍尖向敵方劍把,較肩略低,目注敵人。
Switch to a full active grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the right] and drag evasively toward the left until in front of your left shoulder, your sword tip now pointed toward B’s grip, slightly lower than shoulder level. Your gaze is toward B.

乙上步截腕――
[1.23] B, step forward and check to A’s wrist.

右足向右斜方趕上一步,右手用中陰劍,截敵右腕,重心移於右足,成右實左虛弓步。
Step your right foot forward diagonally to the right, and with your right hand using a half passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing upward], check to A’s right wrist, the weight shifting to your right foot, making a bow stance of right foot full, left foot empty.

甲抽手――
[1.24] A, do a drawing cut to B’s hand.

將腕往下一沈,避去乙劍,同時右手變為老陰劍,從左向右抽乙握劍之手。
Sink your right wrist downward to evade B’s sword, at the same time switching to a three-quarter passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the lower left], and go from left to right with a drawing cut to B’s hand.

乙抽避甲刺腹――
[1.25] B, withdraw to evade. A, stab to his belly.

趁乙抽劍避開之時,用中陰劍直刺乙腹,斯時體重移於右足。
A, as B draws back his sword to evade, take advantage of the moment by using a half passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing upward] to do a vertical-blade stab to his belly, your weight now shifting to your right foot.

乙截腕――
[1.26] B, do a [left] check to A’s wrist.

身微側讓去敵劍,右手用中陰劍橫截敵腕,斯時體重寄於右足。
With your body slightly leaning to the side to evade A’s sword, your right hand uses a half passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing upward] to check across his wrist, your weight now shifting to your right foot.

[photo for movements 1.25 & 1.26, showing A on the left, B on the right]

甲帶乙反格――
[1.27] A, drag. B, do an overturned block.

甲用太陽劍姿勢,將右腕往左前方一帶避開,同時收回右足移向左斜方半步,身半向左:目視敵方,乙劍跟隨敵腕由下往上反格,中陽。
A, using a full active grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the right], drag your right wrist evasively to the forward left [left rear]. At the same time, withdraw your right foot a half step diagonally to the left, your body turned halfway to the left, your gaze toward your opponent. B, your sword follows A’s wrist upward from below to do an overturned block using a half active grip [tiger’s mouth facing downward].

甲抽腕保門――
[1.28] A, do a drawing cut to B’s wrist to get into the “guarding the gate” posture.

將右腕往上一翻,變為太陰劍,同時劍尖向下由左往右抽乙之腕,退步(右足往後退一步)轉身,斯時右手微屈高舉在右額前,成中陽劍,劍尖向敵,左手戟指扶住右腕,身體向右,體重寄於右足,左足置於右足左前方半步,足尖點地,目注敵方。
Your right wrist goes upward, turning over and switching to a full passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the left], and your sword tip, now angled downward, does a drawing cut to B’s wrist, from left to right, as you retreat your right foot a step, turning your body. Your right hand, arm slightly bent, is now raised up in front of the right side of your forehead in a half active grip [tiger’s mouth facing downward], your sword tip pointing toward B. Your left hand’s spearing finger is assisting at your right wrist. Your body is turned to the right, the weight shifted to your right foot. Your left foot is placed a half step in front of your right foot to the forward left, toes touching down. Your gaze is toward B.

[photo for second part of movement 1.27 and movement 1.28, showing B on the left, A on the right (reverse view)]

乙帶腕保門――
[1.29] B, do a dragging cut to A’s wrist, then get into the “guarding the gate” posture.

乙劍變為太陽,往左帶敵之腕,同時收右足至左足前方半步,然後變為中陽劍,右足往右後方退一步立定,成保門姿勢。
B, switch to a full active grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the right] and go to the left with a dragging cut to [the inside] of A’s wrist, at the same time withdrawing your right foot until a half step in front of your left foot. [Although the photo above depicts A finishing his drawing cut while B is still in his blocking position, the dragging cut described here will happen as A is beginning his drawing cut and the swords will then be pulling away from each other at the same time.] Then switch to a half active grip [tiger’s mouth facing downward], retreat your right foot a step to the right rear, and stand firmly on it, making the “guarding the gate” posture.

[This guarding posture is perhaps best exhibited in the photo that goes with the first movement of Section Four, by B on the left side of the photo.]

(完)
(This completes Section One [which has a total of twenty-nine movements and is comprised of twenty-two different techniques].)

第二路
SECTION TWO

乙上步擊頂――
[2.1] B, step forward and strike to A’s head.

右足前進一步,同時右手以少陽劍擊甲之左頂,左手分開置於左後方。
Advance a step with your right foot as your right hand uses a one-quarter active grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the upper right] to do a [leftward] striking action to the left side of A’s head, your left hand spreading away to the left rear.

甲上步擊腕――
[2.2] A, step forward and strike to B’s wrist.

右足前進一步,同時右手用太陽劍擊乙之腕,左手分開置於左後方。
Advance a step with your right foot as your right hand uses a full active grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the right] to do a [leftward] striking action to B’s wrist, your left hand also spreading away to the left rear.

[photo for movements 2.1 & 2.2, showing A on the left, B on the right]

甲乙對提――
[2.3] Both of you, make a lifting posture.

乙先提,甲隨之式如前。
B lifts first, then A, same as before [movement 1.14].

[photo for movement 2.3, showing A on the left, B on the right]

甲乙對刺膝――
[2.4] Both of you, stab to the knee.

各將右足微起用左足着力一蹬,箭步前進,刺敵之膝,但兩劍相拒,各刺不中(此時另有動作須面授)。
Both of you slightly lift your right foot, pressing the ground with your left foot, and advance into a bow and arrow stance, stabbing to your opponent’s knee. But because your swords are resisting against each other, the stabs go off center. (The rest of the movement at this point requires personal instruction.) [This is perhaps referring to the tighter way the two people are walking around each other rather than normal circle walking.]

甲乙各上步反繃――
[2.5] Both of you, step forward and do an overturned flick.

當刺不中,彼此挨身而過時,各將劍變為中陰,竭力使用劍身粘住敵劍,(防其趁勢而入帶腰或帶腿也)斯時雙方各將左足前進一步,披身下挫,同時以中陽劍反繃敵腕。
When your stabs miss, both of you wait for the other’s body to go past, then switch your grip to half passive [tiger’s mouth facing upward], deliberately sticking your sword body to the other sword (thereby preventing him from taking advantage of the opportunity to come in with a dragging cut to your waist or thigh). Then both of you advance your left foot a step forward [behind your right leg], draping your body by bending forward, while using a half active grip [tiger’s mouth facing downward] to do a reverse flick toward your opponent’s wrist.

[photo for movement 2.5, showing B on the left, A on the right]

甲轉身點腕――
[2.6] A, turn your body and tap to B’s wrist.

以左足着地迅速轉身起立,收回右足,成預備步,同時以中陰劍點敵之腕。
Pivoting [withdrawing] your left foot, quickly turn your body and stand up, withdrawing [putting out] your right foot, the same as in the preparation posture, and at the same time use a half passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing upward] to tap toward B’s wrist.

[photo for movement 2.6, showing A on the left, B on the right (reverse view)]

乙轉身斜步繃腕――
[2.7] B, turning your body, step diagonally, and flick to A’s wrist.

迅速轉身起立,以右足着地,左足隨卽向左側方移進一步,收回右足,成預備步,身向下沈左手扶住劍柄,同時劍尖向上斜繃敵腕。
Pivoting on your right foot, quickly turn and stand up, advancing your left foot a step to the left side and withdrawing your right foot to stand the same as in the preparation posture. [The text is therefore calling for an empty stance rather than the bow stance in the photo, which would make sense considering that B will have to step forward into a right bow stance in his next movement.] With your body sinking down and your left hand assisting at your sword handle, flick your sword tip diagonally upward toward A’s wrist.

[photo for movement 2.7, showing A on the left, B on the right (reverse view)]

甲抽――
[2.8] A, do a drawing cut.

將腕往右外避去乙劍,右腕下沉抽乙握劍手,同時右足向右前斜方跨出半步,重心在右足。
Send your wrist outward to the right to evade B’s sword, then sink your right wrist into a drawing cut to B’s sword hand, at the same time stepping your right foot out diagonally a half step to the forward right, the weight going onto your right foot.

乙刺腹――
[2.9] B, stab to A’s belly.

趁甲抽劍避開之時,用中陰劍直刺甲腹,同時右足向右前斜移半步,重心寄于右足。
When A evades by doing a drawing cut, [draw back your sword and then] use a half passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing upward] to do a vertical-blade stab to his belly, at the same time shifting your right foot diagonally a half step to the forward right, the weight going onto your right foot.

甲左截腕――
[2.10] A, do a left check to B’s wrist.

俟乙劍刺腹時,將身略偏避去乙劍,同時右手以中陰劍向前截乙執劍之手,重心仍在右足。
Wait for B’s sword to be stabbing toward your belly, then slightly lean away to evade his sword, at the same time using a half passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing upward] to go forward to his hand with a checking action, the weight still on your right foot.

[photo for movements 2.9 & 2.10, showing B on the left, A on the right]

乙劈甲亦劈――
[2.11] B chops and A also chops.

如前對劈之式。
Same as before [movement 1.15].

乙上步貫耳――
[2.12] B, step forward and perform “filling the ear”.

右手變為太陽劍,左手扶住劍柄,上右足探身伸劍貫敵右耳。
Switch to a full active grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the right], and with your left hand assisting at your sword handle [although it is raised to the left in the photo], step your right foot forward, reach with your body, and extend your sword in a [rightward] strike to A’s right ear.

甲平帶――
[2.13] A, do a horizontal dragging cut.

右手用太陽劍,垂肘轉腰,同時將劍往右後方平帶乙腕,格開乙劍。
With your right hand using a full active grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the right], drop your elbow and turn your waist, at the same time sending your sword to the right rear in a horizontal dragging cut [using the inner edge] to B’s wrist, thereby blocking his sword aside.

[photo for movements 2.12 & 2.13, showing B on the left, A on the right]

乙抽腿――
[2.14] B, do a drawing cut to A’s leg.

趁勢將劍一翻,變為太陰,轉身抽甲之腿。
Take advantage of the opportunity to turn your sword over, switching to a full passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the left], and turn your body [with your right foot stepping to the forward right] as you do a drawing cut to A’s leg.

甲刺腕――
[2.15] A, stab to B’s wrist.

向左斜方舉起右腿,避去乙劍,同時右手將劍尖指敵右腕刺去。
Lift your right leg diagonally to the left to evade B’s sword, then your right hand points your sword tip toward his right wrist and stabs.

[photo for movements 2.14 & 2.15, showing B on the left, A on the right]

[Huang had another photo made of this situation, appearing in his 1936 book, showing Ye Jingcheng on the left in the role of B, Huang Yuanxiu again on the right in the role of A.]

乙退步繞避,甲進步追刺――
[2.16] B retreats with an evasive arc as A advances with a chasing stab.

乙向右退步繞避,甲向左進步繞追,雙方各循半圓形之弧線進退。
B, retreat to the right, making an evasive arc, as A advances to the left, making a chasing arc. Both of you are performing your retreat and advance [with your feet] while drawing a half circle [with your swords].

甲抽腹乙含胸轉腰刺腕――
[2.17] A, do a drawing cut to B’s belly. B, hollow your chest, turn your waist, and stab toward A’s wrist.

甲進至中圓形弧線將終點時,將劍轉為太陰,抽乙之腹,
A, advance until you reach the full extent of the arc you are drawing, then turn your grip to full passive [tiger’s mouth facing to the left] and do a drawing cut to B’s belly.

[photo for movement 2.16 and the first part of movement 2.17, showing B on the left, A on the right]

乙卽含胸轉腰避去甲劍,同時將己劍轉為太陽,刺甲之腕。
B, hollow your chest and turn your waist to evade A’s sword, at the same time switching to a full active grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the right] and doing a [horizontal-blade] stab toward his wrist.

甲退步繞避乙進步追刺――
[2.18] A retreats with an evasive arc as B advances with a chasing stab.

甲亦向右循半圓形弧線退步繞避,乙進步繞追,如是三遍。
A, it is now your turn to retreat, stepping to the right, as you make an evasive arc, while B chases [stepping to the left], making a chasing arc, and thereby you are both drawing the other half of the circle. Do this for a total of three times [i.e. drawing three full circles].

乙壓劍上步擊頂――
[2.19] B, press down A’s sword, then step forward and strike to his head.

乙繞退將至終點時,突然止步將劍變為太陽,微抬其腕,讓甲劍從腕下刺過,趁勢將甲劍壓格於外方,隨卽上步擊甲之左頂。
B, when your circling retreat has brought you back to where you started, suddenly stop, turning your sword to a full active grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the right] and slightly raising your wrist to allow A’s sword to stab under it, then take advantage of the opportunity by pressing down A’s sword and block it outward. Then step forward with a [leftward] strike to the left side of A’s head.

甲退步帶腕上步回擊――
[2.20] A, retreat with a dragging [drawing] cut to B’s wrist, then step forward, returning a strike.

退步避過乙劍,同時將劍往右外方平帶,
Retreat to evade B’s sword while sending your sword outward to the right with a horizontal dragging [drawing] cut.

[photo for the second part of movement 2.19 and the first part of movement 2.20, showing B on the left, A on the right]

復趁勢上步回擊乙之左頂。
Then take advantage of the opportunity to step forward and return a [leftward] strike to the left side of B’s head.

乙退步抽腕保門――
[2.21] B, retreat with a drawing cut to A’s wrist, both of you returning to the guarding posture.

俟甲伸劍進擊,轉為中陽劍,從下方抽甲之腕,同時右足退一步保門。甲退步保門。
Wait for A to reach out with his sword, advancing to strike, then turn your sword to a half active grip [tiger’s mouth facing downward] and go from below with a drawing cut to A’s wrist. At the same time, retreat your right foot a step, returning you to the guarding posture, and then A also retreats to return to the guarding posture.

[The 1931 book replaces B’s drawing cut with both people getting into a lifting posture as a means to return to the guarding posture. The accompanying photo shows both people pulling back from lifting, but already retreated into the guarding posture in terms of their feet. The result is that they are standing in this image much closer than they would be, a similar situation to the photo for movement 1.3, possibly indicating in both cases that the photographer may have had a cramped studio and could not widen the frame enough to have two people standing very far apart.]

(完)共十九式不同者十式
(This completes Section Two, which has a total of nineteen [twenty-one] movements and is comprised of ten different techniques.)

第三路
SECTION THREE

乙上步劈頂――
[3.1] B, step forward, chopping to A’s head.

右足上步,右手用中陰劍,正劈甲頂。
Step forward with your right foot, your right hand using a half passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing upward] to do a chop straight to A’s head.

甲格劍進步翻身帶腰――
[3.2] A, block B’s sword, advance, turning your body, and do a dragging cut to B’s waist.

上右足,用中陽劍格,
Step forward with your right foot, using a half active grip [tiger’s mouth facing downward] to block to B’s sword.

[photo for movement 3.1 and the first part of movement 3.2, showing A on the left, B on the right (reverse view)]

隨卽向左前方進左足,復交步上右足,右手將劍轉為太陽,帶乙之腰。
Quickly advance your left foot to the forward left, then your right foot will step forward with a crossover step, your right hand turning your sword over into a full active grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the right], and do a dragging cut to B’s waist.

乙格腕帶腰――
[3.3] B, block to A’s wrist, then do a dragging cut to his waist.

一面含胸轉身,退右足避過敵劍,一面將劍尖下指,右腕上提,從左往右外方格甲之腕,
Hollowing your chest and twisting your body, retreat your right foot to evade A’s sword. At the same time, point your sword tip downward, lifting your right wrist, and go outward from left to right with an [overturned] block to A’s wrist.

[photo for the second part of movement 3.2 and the first part of movement 3.3, showing A on the left, B on the right (reverse view)]

甲旣翻身避去,乙迅速向左前方進左足,復交步上右足,亦將劍變為太陽帶甲之腰。
A will twist his body away to evade this, so quickly advance your left foot to the forward left, step your right foot forward with a crossover step, and change your grip to full active [tiger’s mouth facing to the right] as you do a dragging cut to his waist.

甲格腕帶腰――
[3.4] A, block to B’s wrist and drag to his waist.

亦如乙之動作,如是互換繞走數遍。
This is the same as B’s movement. Circle walk [counterclockwise] in this manner, repeating the movement a number of times until you have switched places.

乙壓劍貫耳――
[3.5] B, press down A’s sword and perform “filling the ear”.

俟甲劍轉為太陽,尚未進步帶腰之際,用中陰劍往下擊壓,
Wait for A to turn his sword to the full active grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the right], and in the moment before he has advanced to drag to your waist, use a half passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing upward] to hit downward with a pressing action.

[photo for the first part of movement 3.5, showing A on the left, B on the right]

隨卽起身上步,用太陽劍貫甲右耳。
Then raise your body and step forward, using a full active grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the right] to strike [rightward] to his right ear.

甲直帶繃――
[3.6] A, do a [vertical-blade] dragging cut with a flicking energy.

起身微向後挫,用中陰劍直帶兼繃敵之腕。
Raise your body and slightly sit back, using a half passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing upward] to do a vertical-blade dragging cut, flicking toward B’s wrist.

[photo for the second part of movement 3.5 and movement 3.6, showing A on the left, B on the right]

乙提――
[3.7] B, make a lifting posture.

如以前式,提劍刺敵之腕。
As performed previously [movement 1.14], make a lifting posture, stabbing toward A’s wrist.

甲反擊腕――
[3.8] A, do a reverse strike toward B’s wrist.

右足向左方交進一步,身向下蹲,同時將劍從左下方繞一圓圈,側面反擊敵之右腕,左手扶住劍柄,頭向右轉,目注敵右腕。
Advance your right foot with a crossover step to the left and squat your body down, at the same time sending your sword downward to the left and circling back up from the side with a reverse strike [i.e. rightward] toward B’s right wrist, your left hand assisting at your sword handle, your head turning to the right, your gaze going toward B’s right wrist.

乙反擊腕――
[3.9] B, do a reverse strike toward A’s wrist.

亦用甲同樣動作姿勢反擊。
Do the same movement as A, also making a reverse strike toward his wrist.

[photo for movements 3.8 & 3.9, showing A on the left, B on the right]

對繞走――
[3.10] Both of you, circle walk.

甲乙兩劍尖各指敵腕,蹲身繞走,從左方向右繞走,至互換位置時停止。
With both of you using your sword tip to point toward the other’s wrist, squat your body and walk in a rightward [counterclockwise] circle until you have switched places.

乙抽劍刺――
[3.11] B, withdraw your sword, then stab.

突然抽劍向後變為中陰劍直刺,同時右足開一步向右。
Suddenly withdraw your sword to the rear, changing to a half passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing upward], then do a vertical-blade stab, at the same time stepping your right foot out to the right.

甲反格腕――
[3.12] A, do a reverse block to B’s wrist.

抽劍向後,同時右足開一步向右,用中陰劍,從敵腕下反格之。
Withdraw your sword to the rear, at the same time stepping your right foot out to the right, and use a half passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing upward] to do a reverse block under B’s wrist.

[photo for movements 3.11 & 3.12, showing A on the left, B on the right (reverse view)]

乙直帶腕――
[3.13] B, do a vertical-blade dragging cut to A’s wrist.

微抬其腕,劍尖向下交敵之腕,隨卽將腕往下一沈,向後抽帶。
Slightly raise your wrist so your sword tip angles downward and crosses over A’s wrist, then sink your wrist downward and withdraw to the rear with a dragging cut.

甲反手帶腕――
[3.14] A, turn your hand over and do a dragging cut to B’s wrist.

甲將肘往下往左避去敵劍,同時反腕,成中陽劍,抽帶敵腕。各退步保門。
A, send your elbow downward to the left to evade B’s sword, at the same time turning your wrist to make a half active grip [tiger’s mouth facing downward], and withdraw with a dragging cut to B’s wrist [using the inner edge]. Then you both retreat to the guarding posture.

(完)其計十五式不同者六式
(This completes Section Three, which has a total of fifteen [fourteen] movements and is comprised of six different techniques.)

第四路
SECTION FOUR

甲上步洗――
[4.1] A, step forward and do a clearing cut.

右足前進一大步,右手執劍從右下方往上洗,變為中陽劍,伸直右臂左手戟指,置於左後方,兩足成右實左虛弓步,目視敵方。
Advance your right foot a large step, your right hand sending your sword clearing upward from the lower right, switching to a half active grip [tiger’s mouth facing downward], your right arm reaching, your left hand’s spearing finger placed to the left rear, your feet making a bow stance of right foot full, left foot empty. Your gaze is toward the opponent.

[photo for movements 4.1, showing B on the left, A on the right]

乙上步帶腕(陽劍圈起手式)――
[4.2] B, step forward and do a dragging cut to A’s wrist (circling your sword to a full active grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the right] with your hand lifted).

右足向左前方側進一步,身體微蹲,右手執劍,從右上方經右下方向左前方復轉右前方,畫一螺旋形反帶甲之右腕,斯時變成太陽劍,伸直右臂,左手同時扶住劍柄,頭半向右轉,目注敵腕,兩足成交步。
Advance your right foot a step to the forward left, slightly squatting your body, as your right hand draws a circle with your sword from the upper right to the lower right to the forward left, then again to the forward right to finish the circle with a reverse [i.e. inner edge] dragging cut toward A’s right wrist. Your grip has now switched to full active [tiger’s mouth facing to the right] and your right arm is extended. Your left hand at the same time assists at your sword handle. Your head is turned halfway to the right, your gaze toward A’s wrist. Your feet are making a crossover stance.

甲上步帶腕(陽劍圈起手式)――
[4.3] A, step forward and do a dragging cut to B’s wrist (circling your sword to a full active grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the right] with your hand lifted).

亦如乙之動作姿勢,反帶乙腕。
Mirror B’s movement by [stepping your right foot out to the left and] doing a reverse dragging cut toward his wrist.

[photo for movements 4.2 & 4.3, showing B on the left, A on the right]

對陽劍圈――
[4.4] Both of you, make circles with full active grips [tiger’s mouth facing to the right].

甲乙各先進左足,同時將劍往自己懷中帶回,
Both of you advance first your left foot while withdrawing your sword with a [reverse] dragging cut.

[photo for the first part of movement 4.4, showing B on the left, A on the right]

次進右足,同時將劍由左往右平走一圓圈,反帶敵腕,如是繞走三遍。
Then advance your right foot while again sending your sword across from left to right. Continue into a [counterclockwise] circle walk while doing these reverse dragging cuts toward your opponent’s wrist, walking in this way as your swords make a total of three circles.

對陰劍圈――
[4.5] Both of you, make circles with full passive grips [tiger’s mouth facing to the left].

甲乙各將劍變為太陰,同時開右足向右側方探步,一面繞走,一面抽敵腕與敵腹,如是繞走三遍。
Both of you switch your sword to a full passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the left] while stepping your right foot out to the right side in a reaching step, then continue into a [clockwise] circle walk as you each do [reverse (i.e. inner edge)] drawing cuts [moving from right to left] toward the other’s wrist or belly, walking in this way as your swords make a total of three circles.

乙進步攪――
[4.6] B, advance with [vertical] stirring.

如前繞走至終圈時,突然將劍往胸前收回,變為太陽劍,劍尖從右往左(在敵腕上)
Once you have circle walked back to where you started, suddenly withdraw your sword in front of your chest, changing to a full active grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the right], and your sword tip goes from right to left (over A’s wrist).

[photo for the first part of movement 4.6, showing B on the left, A on the right]

復從左往右(在敵腕下)繞攪敵腕,
Then your sword tip goes from left to right (under A’s wrist), stirring a full [counterclockwise] circle around his wrist.

[photo for the second part of movement 4.6, showing B on the left, A on the right]

一面逐步前進,左手扶住劍柄,此動作全在腰腿手腕一致敏活,否則難以得勁勢矣。
While stirring, you are also chasing forward [though the photos do not really seem to demonstrate any stepping] and your left hand is assisting at your sword handle. This [stirring] movement entirely comes from the liveliness of your hips and wrist, otherwise it is difficult to get the energy of it.

甲退步攪――
[4.7] A, retreat with [vertical] stirring.

甲亦如乙之動作,但隨乙之進逼,逐步後退,(進退之步法須四平步挫腰)。
A, this is the same as B’s movement, but while B is advancing, you are retreating [and your stirring is instead making a clockwise circle]. (The advancing and retreating steps should be coordinated with folding in at the waist [indicating that the opposite hip is coming forward with each step, thus bringing your sword handle across your body as you go].)

乙退步抽帶――
[4.8] B, retreat with drawing and dragging.

用太陰太陽劍,從敵腕下方抽帶,一面逐步後退,(此式如太極劍中之獅子搖頭)。
Using both the full passive [tiger’s mouth facing to the left] and full active [tiger’s mouth facing to the right] grips, draw and drag under A’s wrist while retreating. (This is the same technique as Taiji Sword’s LION SHAKES ITS HEAD.)

甲進步抽帶――
[4.9] A, advance with drawing and dragging.

亦用太陽太陰劍,從敵腕上方抽帶,但甲用抽,則乙用帶,適與相反,一面逐步前進。
Using both the full active [tiger’s mouth facing to the right] and full passive [tiger’s mouth facing to the left] grips, draw and drag on top of A’s wrist while advancing. While you are drawing, B is dragging, and so you should be doing the opposite of each other.

[photos for movements 4.8 & 4.9, showing B on the left, A on the right]

乙繃腕――
[4.10] B, do a flick to A’s wrist.

退回原位置時,突然用中陰劍上繃甲腕。甲抽劍避之。兩手相左右分開。
When you have retreated to your original position, suddenly use a half passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing upward] to flick upward toward A’s wrist. A will withdraw his sword to evade it by spreading his hands apart to the sides.

乙上步刺頭――
[4.11] B, step forward and stab to A’s head.

斯時見敵方正面無備,上步用中陰劍直刺其面。
Noticing that A is now unguarded in front, step forward and use a half passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing upward] to do a vertical-blade stab to his face.

甲壓劍――
[4.12] A, press down B’s sword.

將頭向左側一偏,避過敵劍,同時右手將劍壓住敵劍,向右下方,兩足須左實右虛。
Lean your head away to the left to evade B’s sword, your right hand at the same time sending your sword to press B’s sword to the lower right. Your feet should be left foot full, right foot empty.

乙反壓――
[4.13] B, do a counter press.

將敵劍反壓於左下方,兩足須左實右虛。
Send A’s sword to the lower left with a counter press. Your feet should be left foot full, right foot empty.

甲帶腿――
[4.14] A, do a dragging cut to B’s leg.

趁我劍被壓時,進劍帶敵之右腿,隨卽起身,將劍反擊敵之右耳,伸直右手,兩足右實左虛弓步。
Go along with being pressed down by advancing your sword into a dragging cut to B’s right leg. [B of course lifts his leg to evade this and then puts it down again.] Then raise up your body and do a reverse strike to B’s right ear, straightening your right arm. Your feet are in a bow stance of right foot full, left foot empty.

乙直帶兼繃。――
[4.15] B, do a vertical-blade dragging cut with a flicking energy.

身體微向後傾,同時用中陰劍,由前向後直帶敵腕,終仍變為繃式。
Your body slightly leans back as you use a half passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing upward] to pull back with a vertical-blade dragging cut to A’s wrist, finishing as a flicking action.

[photo for the second part of movement 4.14 and movement 4.15, showing B on the left, A on the right]

[Although the 1931 book suggests using this variant version at this point in the set, emphasizing the vertical-blade dragging more than the flicking, the text here does not indicate that this situation is substantially different from what is described in movements 1.13 and 3.6, and so the earlier photo would seem to work just as well.]

甲乙各提劍保門――
[4.16] Both of you, make a lifting posture, then return to the guarding posture.

甲先變為提,乙隨之。
A first switches to lifting, then B.

[photo for the first part of movement 4.16, showing B on the left, A on the right]

(完)共計十七式不同者十式
(This completes Section Four, which has a total of seventeen [sixteen] movements and is comprised of ten different techniques.)

第五路上
SECTION FIVE – Part 1

甲乙各作伏勢――
[5.1] Both of you, get into a crouching posture.

身向右後方下披,重點寄於右足,伸直左腿,近貼地面,右手變為太陽劍,橫於胸前,劍尖向敵,左手戟指扶右手之腕,目視敵方。
Your body goes to the right rear and drapes downward, the weight shifting onto your right foot, your left leg straightening and almost touching the ground, as your right hand switches to a full active grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the right] and holds your sword across the front of your chest, the tip pointing toward the opponent, your left hand’s spearing finger assisting at your right wrist. Your gaze is toward the opponent.

甲上步直刺――
[5.2] A, step forward and do a vertical-blade stab.

聳身向前,右足前進一步,右手用中陰劍直刺敵胸。
Launch your body forward, your right foot advancing a step, as your right hand uses a half passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing upward] to do a vertical-blade stab to B’s chest.

乙上步擊腕――
[5.3] B, step forward and strike to A’s wrist.

聳身向前,右足前進一步,右手用太陽劍,平擊敵腕。
Launch your body forward, your right foot advancing a step, as your right hand uses a full active grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the right] to strike across [leftward] to A’s wrist.

甲抬腕平擊腕――
[5.4] A, raise your wrist and strike across to B’s wrist.

抬高手腕避過敵劍,同時以太陽劍,平擊敵腕。
Raise up your wrist to evade B’s sword, at the same time using a full active grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the right] to strike across [leftward] to B’s wrist.

[photo for movements 5.3 & 5.4, showing B on the left, A on the right]

乙側身截腕――
[5.5] B, take your body to the side and check to A’s wrist.

左足向左側開進一步,成左實右虛弓步,體重寄於左足,同時右手用中陰劍,從敵之右前方,側截其腕。
Your left foot advances a step out to the left side, making a bow stance of left foot full, right foot empty, the weight shifting to your left foot. At the same time, your right hand uses a half passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing upward] to go to the forward right with a [right] check to A’s wrist from the side.

[photo for movement 5.5, showing A on the left, B on the right (reverse view)]

甲側身截腕――
[5.6] A, take your body to the side and check to B’s wrist.

亦如乙之動作姿勢。
Same as B’s movement and posture above.

對提對繞走――
[5.7] Both of you, make a lifting posture, then circle walk [counterclockwise].

此兩動作已見前第一路中。
These two actions are the same as in Section One [movements 1.7 & 1.8].

[photo for the first part of movement 5.7, showing B on the left, A on the right]

甲正繃腕――
[5.8] A, do an upright flick to B’s wrist.

繞走至互換位置時,突然轉為中陰劍,繃敵之腕,
Once you have walked around B to the point that you have switched places with him, suddenly switch to a half passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing upward] and do a flick toward his wrist.

乙帶腕避――
[5.9] B, do a dragging cut to A’s wrist, dodging away.

向左帶腕,避去敵劍,身體同時半向左轉,體重寄於右足。成左實右虛弓步。
Go to the left with a dragging cut to A’s wrist, evading his sword by turning your body halfway to the left as the weight shifts to your right [left] foot, making a bow stance of left foot full, right foot empty.

甲進步反格腕――
[5.10] A, advance and do an overturned block to B’s wrist.

左足速進一步,同時以中陰劍,劍尖斜向下方如提劍式,左手扶住右腕,用力自下向上反格敵腕。
As your left foot quickly advances a step, use a half passive [half active] grip [tiger’s mouth facing downward] to point your sword tip diagonally downward, similar to the lifting posture, and with your left hand assisting at your right wrist, forcefully go upward from below with an overturned block to B’s wrist.

乙截腕――
[5.11] B, check to A’s wrist.

將右腕抬高,避去甲劍,從甲腕上繞過,用中陰劍截其腕,斯時體重移於右足,成右實左虛弓步。
Raise your right wrist up to avoid A’s sword, arcing over A’s wrist, then use a half passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing upward] to do a [left] check toward his wrist. At this moment, the weight is shifting to your right foot to make a bow stance of right foot full, left foot empty.

甲上步截腕――
[5.12] A, step forward and check to B’s wrist.

速離開左手,將右腕往右一移避過乙劍,同時右足前進一步,成右實左虛步,截敵之腕。
Quickly spreading away your left hand, send your right wrist to the right to evade B’s sword and do a [left] check to his wrist as you advance your right foot a step, making a bow stance of right foot full, left foot empty.

乙抽身截腕――
[5.13] B, withdraw and check to A’s wrist.

略移右腕,同時抬腕,劍尖向下截敵右腕外方,兩足變左實右虛。
Slightly shift your right wrist back, at the same time raising it so your sword tip is angled downward, and do a [reverse] check to the outside of A’s right wrist, your feet switching to left foot full, right foot empty.

[photo for movements 5.12 & 5.13, showing A on the left, B on the right]

甲壓腕(或作截腕)――
[5.14] A, press down B’s wrist (or check to his wrist).

將腕往左避開,同時將劍從敵腕上繞過,下壓敵腕,(用太陰劍若截則用中陰劍)斯時步法變為左實右虛。
Dodge your wrist to the left while arcing your sword over B’s wrist, then press down on his wrist. (If pressing, use a full passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the left]. If checking, use a half passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing upward].) [Since you just did a check and are already in that position, the press would seem to make more sense anyway.] At the same time, your stance switches to left foot full, right foot empty.

乙抽手截腕――
[5.15] B, withdraw your hand, then do a [left] check to A’s wrist.

仍如前式。
Same as before [movement 5.11].

甲帶腿――
[5.16] A, do a dragging cut to B’s leg.

斯時右腕旣被敵劍壓住,惟有趁勢從下往左帶敵之腿,同時體重移於左足,收回右足,移至左足前方半步,復趁勢刺敵之腰。
With your right wrist now being pressed [checked] by B’s sword, take advantage of the situation by going downward and to the left with a dragging cut to A’s leg, at the same time shifting your weight to your left foot and drawing in your right foot to be a half step in front of your left foot, then start to stab to B’s waist [which B beats you to by stabbing to your waist, and so your movement of raising your sword to stab will simply become the beginning of the action in movement in 5.18 of pulling your sword back].

乙刺腰――
[5.17] B, stab to A’s waist.

蹺起右足,避過敵劍,迅速起立,將右足移至左足前方半步,身半向左,右手以中陰劍刺敵之右腰。
Raise your right foot to evade A’s sword, briefly standing on one leg, then shift your right foot to be a half step in front of your left foot, your body turning halfway to the left as your right hand uses a half passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing upward] to stab to the right side of A’s waist.

甲抽腕――
[5.18] A, do a drawing cut to B’s wrist.

抬高其腕,一面避去敵劍,一面以太陰劍抽敵之腕,同時收回右足,向右前方移一步。
Raise your wrist as you evade A’s sword and use a full passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the left] to do a drawing cut to his wrist. At the same time, withdraw your right foot and shift a step to the forward right [right rear].

乙金鷄獨立刺胸――
[5.19] B, perform GOLDEN ROOSTER STANDS ON ONE LEG to stab to A’s chest.

右手往左一帶,避去敵劍,隨卽以中陰劍,直刺敵胸,並提起左足,全身重點,寄於右足,作金鷄獨立式。
Your right hand goes to the left with a dragging action to evade A’s sword, then uses a half passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing upward] to do a vertical-blade stab to his chest. At the same time, lift your left foot, the weight of your whole body shifted onto your right foot, making the posture of GOLDEN ROOSTER STANDS ON ONE LEG.

甲擊手――
[5.20] A, strike to B’s hand.

用太陽劍平擊敵之手指。
Using a full active grip [tiger’s mouth facing to the right], strike across [leftward] to B’s fingers [while your left foot steps behind your right foot and you make an empty stance].

[photo for movement 5.19 and the first part of movement 5.20, showing A on the left, B on the right]

甲乙各提劍保門,甲先提,乙隨之。
Both of you then make a lifting posture, A [B] lifting first, then B [A], then return to the guarding posture.

[photo for the second part of movement 5.20, showing A on the left, B on the right]

(上半完)。
(This completes the first part of Section Five.)

[SECTION FIVE – Part 2]

甲乙各作伏勢――
[5.21] Both of you, get into a crouching posture.

見前。
Same as before [movement 5.1].

乙上步刺胸――
[5.22] B, step forward and stab to A’s chest.

上右足,用中陰劍,直刺敵腹。甲上步平擊。
Step forward with your right foot as you use a half passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing upward] to do a vertical-blade stab to A’s belly [chest]. A at the same time steps forward and strikes across [leftward, to B’s wrist].

對提――
[5.23] Both of you, make a lifting posture.

見前各式中。
Same as before [second part of movement 5.20].

[photo for movement 5.23, showing A on the left, B on the right]

對劈――
[5.24] Both of you, chop at each other.

用中陰劍直劈,取敵之左方,與以前各式中取敵之右方者不同。
Using a half passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing upward], chop with the blade vertical, this time seeking the opponent on his left side, different from the previous times [movements 1.15 & 2.11], which sought him on his right side.

對刺腹――
[5.25] Both of you, stab toward your opponent’s belly.

中陰劍直刺。
Use a half passive grip [tiger’s mouth facing upward] to do a vertical-blade stab.

甲反格腕――
[5.26] A, do an overturned block to B’s wrist.

中陰劍從敵腕下方反格。
Using a half passive [half active] grip [tiger’s mouth facing downward], do an overturned block under B’s wrist.

乙反帶腕――
[5.27] B, do a reverse drag to A’s wrist.

開左足,向左斜方上,全體向左傾,右手從敵腕上以中陽劍往左一帶。
Step out your left foot diagonally to the forward left [left rear] and lean your body to the left as you use a half active grip [tiger’s mouth facing downward] to do a dragging cut to the left along the top of A’s wrist [using the inner edge].

[photo for movement 5.26 & 5.27, showing B on the left, A on the right (reverse view)]

[The 1931 book uses this photo to illustrate an action of vertical-blade stabbing with the wrist turned over, akin to the stabbing action in movement 2.4, meaning that the overturned block should perhaps also have an intention of reaching forward.]

甲反腕帶――
[5.28] A, turn over your wrist and drag.

與第三路末式乙之動作同。
Same as B’s final movement in Section Three [movement 3.13, meaning that you turn over your sword and do a dragging cut on top of B’s wrist].

各轉身劈――
[5.29] Both of you, turn your body and chop.

雙手捧劍,劍尖向下,轉身向右,上左足,復轉身退右足,當轉身退右足時,趁勢將劍舉起劈下。各保門。
Hold your sword with both hands, the tip angled downward, then turn your body to the right as you step forward with your left foot and then continue turning your body as you retreat your right foot. As you are turning, [bringing your left foot forward,] and retreating your right foot, take advantage of the momentum of these actions by raising your sword and chopping down. Then return to the guarding posture. [The 1931 book then mentions that this is followed by a “closing posture”, but does not explain how it is to be performed. The safest bet is probably the very generic action of grabbing the sword in your left hand and lowering it to your left side so the sword is standing behind your arm, your right hand lowering with it and then circling to your right, up, and back down in front of you with the hand still formed as a spearing finger, pushing down in front of your belly.]

(完)共計三十式不同者十二式。
(This completes the whole of Section Five, which has a total of thirty [twenty-nine] movements and is comprised of twelve different techniques.)

[POSTSCRIPT]

武當劍法五路共百一十劍,其中不同者有六十劍,李芳宸先生所傳也。武林黃文叔為先生入室弟子,余從文叔遊,因得而私淑焉。憶龍年寓杭垣湧金門時,距文叔之西湖新宅不數里,晨夕過從,每當酒酣耳熱,輒相與起舞,意氣豪甚。顧此年衰病侵尋,置不復習,強半遺忘,甚矣余之惰而荒也。今春遇文叔於滬上,彼方以劍法授潘子時雨,傅子養德,徐子梅岐,且假余庭固為演練之場,於是向之遺忘者歷歷然復印諸心目,濡筆記之備他日復習之用,且以記此一段因緣云。
民國二十八年歲次已卯三月一日 易範齋主人子慕跋
The five sections of the Wudang Sword set have a total of a hundred and ten [hundred and nine] movements, comprised of sixty distinct techniques. It was taught by Li Fangchen [Jinglin]. Huang Wenshu [Yuanxiu] was his indoor disciple. I learned it from Huang because I had no opportunity to learn it from Li. I remember that in the last year of the dragon [1928] I was living in Hangzhou, near Yongjin Gate, not many miles from Huang’s new house at West Lake. We spent time together constantly, always drinking wine, exuberant in each other’s company, our spirits unrestrained.
  But during this last year, I was gradually weakened by illness and ceased practicing what I had learned. I have now forgotten more than half of the set, so rusty have I become in my lethargy. This spring, I received Huang in Shanghai so that other students he had taught the sword set to – Pan Shiyu, Fu Yangde, and Xu Meiqi – could borrow the use of my courtyard as a practice space. Because of this, all I had forgotten was clearly restored, imprinted on my mind. I then made these notes of it so that I can have something to refer to when I start practicing again, and I here make a record of the event with these brief words.
  - written with esteem by your student, Yi Fanzhai, 16th year of the cycle, 3rd month, 1st day [April 20, 1939]

LARGE SABER TECHNIQUES FOR THE ARMY

軍中大刀術
LARGE SABER TECHNIQUES FOR THE ARMY
順德黃漢勛編述
by Huang Hanxun [Wong Honfan] of Shunde
山東蓬萊羅光玉老師授
as taught by Luo Guangyu of Penglai, Shandong
演式者:黃漢超
postures performed by Huang Hanchao
攝影者:黃子英
photographed by Huang Ziying
校對者:韋漢生
text proofread by Wei Hansheng
[published 1955]

[translation by Paul Brennan, April, 2018]

軍中大刀術
Large Saber Techniques for the Army
黃漢勋署
– calligraphy by Huang Hanxun


PREFACE

斬馬刀者乃大鋒短柄而利於戰陣中之步兵武器,專砍馬蹄者,馬上兵將遇之而畏,固古戰場上之慣用兵械也。
曩自(古北)(喜峯)及(淞滬)以至(七七)(八一三)之戰役,吾國軍事當局鑑於新武器及機械俱落敵後,然以民族獨立生存而戰實義無反顧矣,於是乃以血肉組成長城,以維護我五千年文化歷史,我古代武器乃得及鋒而試,初試鋒刃即使敵望而生畏,所謂大和魂,武士道之精神,乃挫落千丈,嗣此即引起軍事當道之注意,尋且廣聘個中能手普及訓練師干,一時有風起雲湧之勢,吾師羅先生亦將范公秘技改編而成為簡單化,實用化之近代軍中大刀術,民二十七年秋「華僑歸國服務團」歸國經港,特走訪羅氏,願留港習此備用,先師亦慨然允之,後該團頗活躍於各戰區,因此羅氏大刀術之名乃不脛而遍走各地矣。今漢特編成冊本以廣流傳,及供有心人之研討,工拙固不計,祗求依法編釋耳!若對團體學校之訓練尤得器械健身之宏效,固不必上陣交鋒已也。因述之如上以為序焉。
The “horse-slashing saber”, which had a long blade and a short handle, was a useful weapon for infantry troops, designed for cleaving off the hooves of horses. Cavalry troops were struck with fear when they encountered it, and so it became a common weapon on ancient battlefields.
  From battles like “Gubei” and “Xifeng” [Gubeikou Pass and Xifengkou Pass, during the Defense of the Great Wall (Jan–May, 1933)], as well as “Song Hu” [Battle of Shanghai (Aug–Nov, 1937)], to events such as “Seven Seven” [i.e. July 7, 1937 – Marco Polo Bridge Incident] and “Eight Thirteen” [i.e. Aug 13, 1937 – Second Shanghai Incident], our nation’s military authorities noticed that we were far behind the enemy in terms of modern weapons and machinery, but that our people’s only chance was nevertheless to stubbornly fight on. Therefore they had to rely on flesh and blood to fortify the Great Wall and defend our five thousand years of culture and history. Our ancient weapons were thus right tools at the right time. The very first cuts from those sharp blades struck terror into the enemy, plunging his spirit of “Yamato-damashii” or “Bushido” into a deep chasm. This caused our military leaders to give these weapons attention and they sought widely for experts to spread instruction throughout the army, an addition to training which rapidly became very popular.
  My teacher Luo [Guangyu] took the secret skills of his teacher Fan [Xudong] and adapted them to construct this simple set, making an even more practical large saber set for the modern army. In the autumn of 1938, the Overseas Chinese Return-to-Enlist Corps were returning to the mainland. While passing through Hong Kong, they paid a special visit to Master Luo, wanting to stay for a time in Hong Kong to train in these skills. Luo generously consented to teach them, and then afterward they had to hurry off to their respective combat zones. Because of this, the fame of Luo’s large saber art quickly spread everywhere.
  Now I have specially made this volume to spread this art even more widely and share it with those who have a desire to study it. To do this, I have ignored my own low level of skill at it, seeking only to explain these methods as faithfully as possible. If it is used for drilling large groups in schools, this is a greatly effective tool for developing physical fitness, though you will not actually be required to go into battle! I have recounted the information above merely to give some background to the set.

刀之説明
DIMENSIONS OF THE SABER

長度:由刀盤至刀鋒尖端,計長者二十寸,短者十八寸。
Length of the blade: From hilt to tip, it is as long as twenty inches or as short as eighteen inches.

濶度:上端:鋒與背計三寸。中段:二寸五分。下端:近刀盤處,一寸七分。
Width of the blade: From edge to back, the upper section is three inches, the middle section is two and a half inches, and the lower section near the hilt is one and seven tenths inches.

鋒薄而利,背厚四分,取其堅硬也。
The edge is very thin and sharp, whereas the back of the blade is a two fifths of an inch thick and is very hard.

盤:週圍計達十一寸,邊緣高二分。
The hilt has a circumference of eleven inches, and the height of its edge is about a fifth of an inch.

柄:長而微曲,直徑計長九寸五分。粗圍三寸二分。
The handle is long and somewhat curved, with a length of nine and a half inches, and a circumference of roughly three and a fifth inches.

如以人作計算則捧刀立正時刀鋒僅及肩部為最適合,逾此則或有矮人而善用長械,高人而喜用短械者是例外矣。
To determine if a saber is the right size for you, when you are in the position of standing at attention holding the saber, ideally the tip should reach to shoulder level. If it reaches farther than this, it will be like a long weapon for a short person, [and if does not reach that far,] it will be like a short weapon for a tall person. There are always exceptions to the standard.

古今之稱刀考
EXAMINING ANCIENT & MODERN VIEWS OF THE SABER

古之稱刀有五行,即金,木,水,火,土。進而別以,天,地,君,臣,師。
及至民國以後又更易為,天,地,國,親,師。
不論前者,後者俱逃不出(五)數。
茲根據少林眞傳所載及先師所言,是將刀平放作計則為刃之上端,即刀尖處是為「天」線。向下之刃鋒為「地」線。朝上之刀背為「君」線。護手之刀盤為「臣」線。柄之末端為「師」線。
Ancient people said that the saber has the five elements – metal, wood, water, fire, and earth – which was then extended to mean the sky and the ground, the sovereign and the subject, and the soldier. Once the Republic was established, “sovereign and subject” were changed to “the nation and the family”. Regardless of the former or latter interpretation, in either case the count is still five.
  According to what is written in Authentic Shaolin Teachings [by Fan Xudong], as well as what has been said by my teacher, when you hold out the saber, holding it level in front of you, the top section of the tip of the blade corresponds to the sky, the edge facing downward corresponds to the ground, the back facing upward corresponds to the sovereign [or nation], the hilt guarding your hand corresponds to the subject [or family], and the handle all the way to its end point corresponds to the soldier.

軍中大刀術名稱
NAMES OF THE POSTURES

第一式:捧刀中平式
Posture 1: HOLDING THE SABER, STANDING STABLY
第二式:四平舉刀式
Posture 2: FOUR-LEVEL POSTURE, RAISING THE SABER
第三式:登山斬倭顱
Posture 3: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, CUTTING OFF A JAPANESE HEAD
第四式:蹤步斬倭顱
Posture 4: LEAPING STEP, CUTTING OFF A JAPANESE HEAD
第五式:扑腿橫斬馬
Posture 5: REACHING LEG, SLASHING ACROSS AT THE HORSE
第六式:竄跳橫斬馬
Posture 6: EVASIVE HOP, SLASHING ACROSS AT THE HORSE
第七式:跨虎雙舉刀
Posture 7: SITTING-TIGER STANCE, BOTH HANDS RAISING THE SABER
第八式:蹤步斬倭顱
Posture 8: LEAPING STEP, CUTTING OFF A JAPANESE HEAD
第九式:旋轉坐盤刀
Posture 9: CIRCLING CHOP IN A SITTING TWISTED STANCE
第十式:纏繞斬倭顱
Posture 10: COILING AROUND, CUTTING OFF A JAPANESE HEAD
第十一式:漏刀攔腰斬
Posture 11: WITHDRAWING SABER, SLASHING TO THE WAIST
第十二式:竄跳迎頭砍
Posture 12: EVASIVE HOP, CLEAVING STRAIGHT AHEAD
第十三式:竄跳迎頭砍
Posture 13: EVASIVE HOP, CLEAVING STRAIGHT AHEAD
第十四式:斜步舉刀式
Posture 14: DIAGONAL STEP, RAISING THE SABER
第十五式:蹤步斬倭顱
Posture 15: LEAPING STEP, CUTTING OFF A JAPANESE HEAD
第十六式:旋轉往上挑
Posture 16: TURNING OVER TO CARRY UPWARD
第十七式:反身坐盤刀
Posture 17: TURNING AROUND TO CHOP IN A SITTING TWISTED STANCE
第十八式:纏繞大轉勢
Posture 18: COILING AROUND IN A LARGE CIRCLE
第十九式:纔繞大轉勢
Posture 19: COILING AROUND IN A LARGE CIRCLE
第二十式:撤步迎頭斬
Posture 20: WITHDRAWING STEP, CHOPPING STRAIGHT AHEAD
第二十一式:挑刀蹤步劈
Posture 21: CARRYING SABER, LEAP & CHOP
第二十二式:挑刀蹤步劈
Posture 22: CARRYING SABER, LEAP & CHOP
第二十三式:跨虎橫撥刀
Posture 23: SITTING-TIGER STANCE, DEFLECTING ACROSS
第二十四式:反刀斬倭顱
Posture 24: REVERSE-SABER CUTTING OFF A JAPANESE HEAD
第二十五式:纏繞攔腰斬
Posture 25: COILING AROUND, SLASHING TO THE WAIST
第二十六式:斜步舉刀式
Posture 26: DIAGONAL STEP, RAISING THE SABER
第二十七式:蹤步斬倭顱
Posture 27: LEAPING STEP, CUTTING OFF A JAPANESE HEAD
第二十八式:纏繞大轉勢
Posture 28: COILING AROUND IN A LARGE CIRCLE
第二十九式:纏繞大轉勢
Posture 29: COILING AROUND IN A LARGE CIRCLE
第三十式:撤步迎頭砍
Posture 30: WITHDRAWING STEP, CLEAVING STRAIGHT AHEAD
第三十一式:四平舉刀式
Posture 31: FOUR-LEVEL POSTURE, RAISING THE SABER
第三十二式:收刀四平式
Posture 32: WITHDRAWING THE SABER, FOUR-LEVEL POSTURE

半匝試刀式 出匝看刀式
Photos demonstrating unsheathing the saber halfway and fully in order to examine it:

古之嗜武者多有所好於「寶刀」「寶劍」之習染,凡有良好寶劍之類俱把玩至不忍釋手者,當其小試其鋒刃時輒持鞘徐徐抽出察驗,俾判其刀種之良劣,余今效之者,實無異有東施效顰之誚,然旨在提倡吾國古武術,固無暇計此矣。
其全刀抽出察看者其意類於試刀,惟余之不厭求詳者,實寓有另一意思也。
一可使刀之寬長尺度得一全輪廓。
二可使鞘與刀之比量得一正確表示,實非看「寶刀」擺姿勢,徒作(奴婢扮夫人)之作態也。
Ancient people who were addicted to martial arts were often obsessed with “precious sabers” and “precious swords”. There were always those who loved their precious swords so much that once they held them, they could not bear to let them go. When they took a look at a blade, they held the scabbard and slowly drew out the weapon to examine it, in order to judge whether or not the saber was of good quality. As I perform this in these photos, it is a pale imitation of the way they did it, but as I am busy with promoting our nation’s ancient martial arts, I do not really have the time to be too finicky about how this looks.
  The purpose of drawing out a saber fully is to examine it, but just to be clear, I have another intention here: 1. to give a sense of the length and width of the saber, and 2. to show a standard of measure between saber and scabbard. And so I am not really demonstrating a posture of swinging around a “precious saber”, which would just be a pretentious posing (like the maidservant dressing up as the madam).

持刀者:黃漢超 持棍者:黃漢勛
[Three demonstration photos] with Huang Hanchao holding the saber, Huang Hanxun holding the staff:

上圖:遇對方用長械殺落時即以逆刀反劏而上。
1. When an opponent uses a long weapon to smash down at me, I turn my saber over and go upward with a reverse slicing action [similar to Posture 16]:

中圖:對方用械橫掃我下路,我當以坐盤低攔式橫殺之。
2. The opponent then uses his weapon to sweep across to my lower body, so I use a low slashing in a sitting twisted stance to smash it aside [similar to Postures 5 and 6, though using a different stance]:

下圖:演式者之十字橫刀式。
3. The performer demonstrates CROSS-SHAPED POSTURE WITH THE SABER HORIZONTAL [As nothing resembling this occurs in the set, and would be an unlikely maneuver on the battlefield, this is perhaps intended as an example of posing.]:

第一式:捧刀中平式
Posture 1: HOLDING THE SABER, STANDING STABLY

說明
Explanation:
假定我擇西方作起點,是面南背北,左東右西而立正,右掌貼身直垂,右手虎口向下緊握近刀盤處,上刀鋒貼近於肩外,勿使搖動不定,否則易使自己有觸刀之弊矣,全身蓄勢目注前方使精神得以集中,以俟刀勢之展開也。
If you stand in the western part of the practice space to begin this boxing set, then you are facing to the south, the north behind you, the east to your left, the west to your right. Stand at attention with your right palm hanging down close to your body, your right [left] tiger’s mouth facing downward due to the hand tightly grasping near the saber hilt. The saber tip is close to the outside of your [left] shoulder, but do not allow it to sway around, or you may easily cut yourself. Your whole body is storing power, your gaze forward. Concentrate spirit in readiness to perform the saber techniques. [See photo 1:]

第二式:四平舉刀式
Posture 2: FOUR-LEVEL POSTURE, RAISING THE SABER

說明
Explanation:
循上式,先退左脚半步,右脚一拉俾成右跨虎步,右手向刀盤一握以替代左手之位置,而左手則緣刀柄向下而持末端,刀尖向上一舉,刀鋒向外東方,以右臂平線為合度,如第二圖。
Continuing from the previous posture, first your left foot retreats a half step, then your right foot pulls back to make a right sitting-tiger stance, as your right hand grabs the saber near the hilt, switching places with your left hand, which goes downward to hold the end of the saber handle, and the saber tip goes upward with a raising action, the saber edge facing outward to the east. Your right arm should be level. See photo 2:

功用
Application:
彼以長械如槍棍之類迎頭殺落,我即雙手舉刀向上一挑,斯乃中心之刀法,使來械滑落左右,來勢雖兇猛異常,至此亦落空矣。且可籍其落空而予以反擊,是彼造成有利之機會與我,非强而可行也,知乎此方足以言用械之奧妙矣。
An opponent uses a long weapon such as a spear or staff to smash down onto my head, so I use both hands to raise the saber upward with a carrying action, which is a core saber method, causing his weapon to slide off to either side. Even if his incoming force is extremely fierce, this technique will make it land on nothing, giving me the chance to counterattack. Thus because his action ends up causing me to have the advantage, I can act without having to struggle. From understanding just this one technique, you will know the profound usefulness of this weapon.

第三式:登山斬倭顱
Posture 3: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, CUTTING OFF A JAPANESE HEAD

說明
Explanation:
循上式,右脚踏前以成右登山式,同時將刀向前畧斜往左北方殺出,亦以右臂平為合式,如第三圖。
Continuing from the previous posture, your right foot steps forward to make a right mountain-climbing stance as you send the saber slashing forward and slightly to the left, i.e. north. Your right arm should again be level. See photo 3:

功用
Application:
假如彼械為我上式斜落右方,我即進馬以近彼方,順刀斜撇其項部,此乃沿械削入之法也,勢速而致於要害為法之上乘也。蓋械長易佔優勢,惟鋒端為人所過則反見其弊矣,我刀旣卸落之,當以最迅速之法突入,勿輕失克敵致果之良機也。
If in the previous technique the opponent’s weapon falls to my right, I advance to get closer to him, hurling my saber diagonally at his neck with an action of scraping along his weapon. This is a rapid movement and is the best technique for causing injury. It is easy for a long weapon to occupy the superior position, but when a sharp blade comes into play, the opponent will discover he has been wounded. Once my saber has made him miss, I should use the quickest means of getting in and not lightly let a good opportunity to defeat the opponent pass by.

第四式:蹤步斬倭顱
Posture 4: LEAPING STEP, CUTTING OFF A JAPANESE HEAD

說明
Explanation:
循上式,先提起左後脚,再以刀背返後下方撥歸,如「過渡式」
Continuing from the previous posture, first lift up your left foot behind you while using the back of the saber to deflect downward and to the rear. See photo 4a:

再乘蹺起後脚之便全身躍前以成右登山步,刀再自下後方向前上方斜斜撇出,如「第四圖定式」。
Then go along with the momentum from lifting your foot by jumping forward with your whole body to make a right mountain-climbing stance, the saber going upward and hurling out diagonally forward. See photo 4b:

功用
Application:
彼以低樁沉械法向我膝部點落,我即以往後拖刀法消去來勢,再食其上路空虛之勢,用躍進法反刀向上再劈彼項部焉。
The opponent gets into a low stance, sinking his weapon, and stabs downward to my knee, so I send my saber to the rear with a dragging action to dispel his incoming force, then take advantage of the opening to his upper body by leaping forward, rolling my saber upward, and chopping to his neck.

第五式:扑腿橫斬馬
Posture 5: REACHING LEG, SLASHING ACROSS AT THE HORSE

說明
Explanation:
循上式,先化右登山步為右扑腿,刀自上北方沿腿上削落往後南方力撇,如「第五圖定式」。
Continuing from the previous posture, shift to a right reaching-leg stance as the saber goes from above in the north and forcefully swings downward to the south, cutting above and parallel with your leg. See photo 5:

功用
Application:
彼方側首避我劈項之刀我疾即漏刀揮殺其前鋒馬,使其有顧此失彼之危也。斯即射人先射馬,打人先打手之意,彼雖乘馬與我作戰,惟苟能予以創傷其脚部,其害尤甚於斬其乘騎也,抑亦為斬馬刀之本色,故時刻不忘傷害下之路也。
The opponent ducks his head away to evade saber chopping to his neck, so I quickly withdraw my saber and swing it down to slash to his front leg, causing him to be in the predicament of having too many things to deal with at once. This is the concept of “to shoot a man, first shoot his horse” [from the poem “Forward to the Frontier” by Du Fu] and similar to the notion of “to strike a man, first strike his hand”. Although the enemy may be riding a horse into battle against me, if I can injure its leg, this can do even more damage than slashing at its rider. This was the whole point of the “horse-slashing saber”, therefore keep in mind at all times the potential for injuring the opponent’s lower body.

第六式:竄跳橫斬馬
Posture 6: EVASIVE HOP, SLASHING ACROSS AT THE HORSE

說明
Explanation:
循上式,先提右脚如獨立式狀,將刀向上舉,如「過渡式」
Continuing from the previous posture, first lift your right foot as though making a one-legged stance, the saber raising up. See photo 6a:

再往後西方蹤身而返,約有步半之距離再成右扑腿式,刀由上斟斜撇過大腿之上,刀鋒向後南方着力,如「第六圖定式」。
Then your body leaps away about a half stride to the west to again make a right reaching-leg stance as the saber pours down from above with a diagonal swinging action over your leg, the saber tip moving toward the south behind you and expressing strength. See photo 6b:

功用
Application:
彼漏過我刀,即再擊我低躺之膝部,我乃提腿避之,再躍跳返身以刀劈向彼械,使毋再生變化也。
The opponent dodges my saber and then attacks below to my knee, so I lift my leg to evade it, leap my body away, and use my saber to chop at his weapon, causing him to not attempt such a maneuver again.

第七式:跨虎雙舉刀
Posture 7: SITTING-TIGER STANCE, BOTH HANDS RAISING THE SABER

說明
Explanation:
循上式,先拉起右脚以成右跨虎步,刀由橫下削法轉為朝上向:如「第七圖定式。」
Continuing from the previous posture, your right foot pulls back to make a right sitting-tiger stance as the saber arcs from below to be pointing upward. See photo 7:

功用
Application:
彼以長械如槍棍之類迎頭殺落,我即雙手舉刀向上一挑,斯乃中心之刀法,使來械滑落左右,來勢雖兇猛異常,至此亦落空矣,且可籍其落空而予以反擊,是彼造成有利之機會與我,非强而可行也,知乎此方足以言用械之奧妙矣。
An opponent uses a long weapon such as a spear or staff to smash down onto my head, so I use both hands to raise the saber upward with a carrying action, which is a core saber method, causing his weapon to slide off to either side. Even if his incoming force is extremely fierce, this technique will make it land on nothing, giving me the chance to counterattack. Thus because his action ends up causing me to have the advantage, I can act without having to struggle. From understanding just this one technique, you will know the profound usefulness of this weapon.

第八式:蹤步斬倭顱
Posture 8: LEAPING STEP, CUTTING OFF A JAPANESE HEAD

說明
Explanation:
循上式,先提起左後脚,再以刀背返後下方撥歸,如「過渡式」
Continuing from the previous posture, first lift up your left foot behind you while using the back of the saber to deflect downward and to the rear. See photo 8a:

再乘蹺起後脚之便全身躍前以成右登山步,刀再自下後方向前上方斜斜撇出,如「第四圖定式」。
Then go along with the momentum from lifting your foot by jumping forward with your whole body to make a right mountain-climbing stance, the saber going upward and hurling out diagonally forward. See photo 8b:

功用
Application:
彼以低樁沉械法向我膝部點落,我即以往後拖刀法消去來勢,再食其上路空虛之勢,用躍進法反刀向上再劈彼項部焉。
The opponent gets into a low stance, sinking his weapon, and stabs downward to my knee, so I send my saber to the rear with a dragging action to dispel his incoming force, then take advantage of the opening to his upper body by leaping forward, rolling my saber upward, and chopping to his neck.

第九式:旋轉坐盤刀
Posture 9: CIRCLING CHOP IN A SITTING TWISTED STANCE

說明
Explanation:
循上式,先原步不變,將高勢之刀反向下撩,使刀鋒向下朝,如「過渡式」
Continuing from the previous posture, with your stance not changing, the saber turns over with a low raising cut, causing the saber tip to be facing downward. See photo 9a:

再將左脚自後偸前以成坐盤步,刀則由背往後方圈去,圈至手盡為止,再由上反劈而落,如「第九圖定式」。
Then your left foot goes forward from behind with a stealth step to make a sitting twisted stance, the saber circling out from behind your back until your hands are reaching out fully, chopping downward from above. See photo 9b:

功用
Application:
彼以械向我下部搶入,我即反刀背掠去來械,再偸入半步轉下刀為上刀迎頭劈之,旋轉然後劈刀者,乃寓有招之即打之雙重作用,旋轉而坐盤其勢乃順,坐盤而斬之是取其速也。
The opponent’s weapon sneaks an attack to my lower body, so I turn over my saber, using its back to swipe aside his weapon, then make a stealth step to come a half step forward while arcing my saber upward to chop to his head. This circling chop contains the effect of being twice as heavy as a normal chop. Going into a sitting twisted stance while doing this improves the flow of the technique and also increases its speed.

第十式:纒繞斬倭顱
Posture 10: COILING AROUND, CUTTING OFF A JAPANESE HEAD

說明
Explanation:
循上式,原步不變,將刀往後貼於左肩,如「過渡式」
Continuing from the previous posture, with your stance not changing, send the saber behind you to be near your left shoulder. See photo 10a:

再循左轉,成一圈形步法,再上右脚以成右登山式,刀再由貼於肩部者向前斜斜劈去,如「第十圖定式」。
Then continue by spinning around to the left, making a complete circle with your stance, your right foot then going forward to make a right mountain-climbing stance as the saber chops out diagonally forward from your shoulder area. See photo 10b:

功用
Application:
纏繞者乃用資保護自身上部之刀法也,且可循此謀求對方之弱點,當發覺時更可籍此攻得彼之空隙也。
“Coiling” is a way to protect your own upper body which can then also follow through to reach a vulnerable area on the opponent, and so when you notice a gap in the midst of doing this technique, you can build upon this action in order to attack it.

第十一式:漏刀攔腰斬
Posture 11: WITHDRAWING SABER, SLASHING TO THE WAIST

說明
Explanation:
循上式,左右脚不變原來位置,祗將右脚一曲便可成為騎馬式,刀則由面前兜半圈形平刀殺過右後方,如「第十一圖定式」。
Continuing from the previous posture, with your feet not leaving their location, you only need to bend your right [left] leg to make a horse-riding stance, the saber going from in front of you, arcing a half circle to go out level, slashing to the right rear. See photo 11:

功用
Application:
彼擬以械來招迎我斬項之刀,我俟其貼近時迅即漏刀橫殺其腰部,此攔腰斬法為刀法中之難招者也,抑亦為棍怕中平,刀怕擱腰具有同等之威脅,如不善於解此者,莫不為所砍殺矣,致力於此者幸留意焉。
The opponent tries to use his weapon to intercept my saber heading to his neck, so I wait for him to press in close, then quickly withdraw my saber and slash across to his waist. Among the saber techniques, the slashing to the waist is one of the more difficult to defend against. A saber slashing to the waist is a threat equal to a staff [spear] attacking to the center. Those who fail to understand this will end up being cut to pieces. For those who dedicate themselves to this art, I hope you will give this point attention.

第十二式:竄跳迎頭砍
Posture 12: EVASIVE HOP, CLEAVING STRAIGHT AHEAD

說明
Explanation:
循上式,先提右脚,再將刀往後提起,如「過渡式」
Continuing from the previous posture, first lift your right foot, lifting the saber behind you. See photo 12a:

再乘提步之勢跳往後西方約一步之遠仍為右登山式,刀自上方向前面正中砍落,如「第十二圖定式。
Then go along with the momentum from lifting your foot by hopping back, retreating about a full stride to the west, and again make a right mountain-climbing stance as the saber cleaves downward directly in front of you from above. See photo 12b:

功用
Application:
彼架去我攔腰法之後,隨即向我下路點進,我乃提步閃之,竄跳返身而用刀砍落其來械也。
After the opponent blocks away my slash to his waist, he immediately stabs forward to my lower body, so I lift my foot to evade it and hop away, then turn back toward him using my saber to cleave downward to his incoming weapon.

第十三式:竄跳迎頭砍
Posture 13: EVASIVE HOP, CLEAVING STRAIGHT AHEAD

說明
Explanation:
循上式先提右脚,再將刀往後提起,如「過渡式」
Continuing from the previous posture, first lift your right foot, lifting the saber behind you. See photo 13a:

再乘提步之勢跳往後,西方約一步之遠仍為右登山式,刀自上方向前面正中砍落,如「第十三圖定式」。
Then go along with the momentum from lifting your foot by jumping back, retreating about a full stride to the west, and again make a right mountain-climbing stance as the saber cleaves downward directly in front of you from above. See photo 13b:

功用
Application:
彼架去我攔腰法之後,隨即向我下路點進,我乃提步閃之,竄跳返身而用刀砍落其來械也。
After the opponent blocks away my slash to his waist, he immediately stabs forward to my lower body, so I lift my foot to evade it and hop away, then turn back toward him using my saber to cleave downward to his incoming weapon.

第十四式:斜步舉刀式
Posture 14: DIAGONAL STEP, RAISING THE SABER

說明
Explanation:
循上式,右脚自東方轉過南方以成右跨虎步,刀亦由東隨步轉南,自下向上挑起,如「十四圖定式」。
Continuing from the previous posture, your right foot arcs across to the south from the east to make a right sitting-tiger stance, the saber at the same time arcing to the south from the east and carrying upward from below. See photo 14:

功用
Application:
當我連續作竄跳式時彼忽走我斜右方,以長械從頂殺下,我立即以挑刀作分式穿之,由正面相對而轉為斜方攻擊,若無穩捷之法應敵當易陷於危殆之境,步隨刀轉,使對方無隙可乘,若刀隨步轉則予敵以空間之便矣。
When I have not yet completed the technique continuing from the evasive hop, if the opponent suddenly evades to my right and is using a long weapon to smash down onto my head, I immediately use a carrying action to send it off to the side, piercing through his line of attack, turning a direct attack into an angled attack. Without both stability and agility, you will easily fall into a perilous situation. If your step is following your saber, it will prevent the opponent from having a gap to take advantage of, but if instead your saber is following your step, you will be giving him an opening to exploit.

第十五式:蹤步斬倭顱
Posture 15: LEAPING STEP, CUTTING OFF A JAPANESE HEAD

說明
Explanation:
循上式,先提左後脚,刀用背撥歸後方,如「過渡式」,
Continuing from the previous posture, first lift up your left foot behind you while using the back of the saber to deflect to the rear. See photo 15a:

再蹤身直跳往正南方,約有一步之遙乃再成右登山步,自斜劈前上方,如「第十五圖定式」。
Then your body leaps forward about a full stride to the south to again make a right mountain-climbing stance, the saber going upward and chopping diagonally forward. See photo 15b:

功用
Application:
彼以低樁沉械法向我膝部點落,我即以往後拖刀法消去來勢,再食其上路空虛之勢,用躍進法反刀向上再劈彼項部焉。
The opponent gets into a low stance, sinking his weapon, and stabs downward to my knee, so I send my saber to the rear with a dragging action to dispel his incoming force, then take advantage of the opening to his upper body by leaping forward, rolling my saber upward, and chopping to his neck.

第十六式:旋轉往上挑
Posture 16: TURNING OVER TO CARRY UPWARD

說明
Explanation:
循上式,先將原步不變,祗將刀反向後舉,鋒向後方如「過渡式」
Continuing from the previous posture, with your stance not changing, first only send the saber raising to the rear, the tip pointing toward the rear. See photo 16a:

再將左脚自後方偸前以成坐盤步,刀由後上方轉盡歸後,再從下逆劏上,至平為止如「第十六圖定式」。
Then your left foot goes forward from behind with a stealth step to make a sitting twisted stance, the saber going farther back and then going upward from below with a reverse slicing action, stopping when level. See photo 16b:

功用
Application:
彼欲以械來攔我劈項之勢,我即轉為反手逆劏直撩其襠下,逆劏者亦為刀法中之毒着,若非事先予以逆劏之便利,彼當不易以施展矣。
The opponent wants to send in his weapon to block my chop to his neck, so I turn over my hand and do a reverse slicing cut, raising to his crotch. “Reverse slicing” is one of the crueler techniques in the saber art, and unless you are set up with a good opportunity to do this, an opponent will not easily let you get away with it.

第十七式:反身坐盤刀
Posture 17: TURNING AROUND TO CHOP IN A SITTING TWISTED STANCE

說明
Explanation:
循上式,原步往後北方一擰仍成坐盤步,刀由逆劏而隨步劈過北方,如「第十七圖定式」。
Continuing from the previous posture, twist your stance around to the north to make another sitting twisted stance, the saber going along with this movement by chopping to the north. See photo 17:

功用
Application:
彼乘我方注意於前南方之時,突自我後擊進,我為迅速其勢起見,亦不俟轉身易勢而步隨刀轉迎頭殺落,斯乃迅雷不及掩耳之法也。抑亦使彼難覓防禦對策,而為我所乘,用械者貴能神速,於此益證斯言不繆矣。
An opponent takes advantage of the moment that my attention is toward the south by suddenly advancing to attack me from behind. Quickly noticing this, I do not wait until I have turned around to change to a new posture, but instead let my feet follow along with my saber as I spin into a downward slash to his head. This is a situation of “the thunderclap gives no chance to cover one’s ears”, causing him to have difficulty finding a way to defend against it and giving me opportunity to follow up with another attack. Those who wield weapons emphasize being able to move with amazing speed, thus validating that these words are not exaggerations.

第十八:式纒繞大勢轉
Posture 18: COILING AROUND IN A LARGE CIRCLE

說明
Explanation:
循上式,原步不變,刀先轉過左方貼於肘肩之間如「過渡式」
Continuing from the previous posture, with your stance not changing, the saber first goes across to the left to come near the area between your elbow and shoulder. See photo 18a:

再循左方轉動,全身抽起,當凌空時即轉為騎馬式,刀從左方伸出而平劈往東方,「如第十八圖定式」。
Then spin around to the left with your whole body leaping into the air, and make a horse-riding stance, the saber chopping across to the left to reach toward the east. See photo 18b:

功用
Application:
當多數敵人圍繞我四面八方時,我先將刀貼身者是先求自護,全身凌空抽起而更以橫刀劈殺者是對包圍者施行反擊也。
When there are many opponents encircling me, I first bring my saber close to my body to shield myself, then leap into the air while chopping across to counterattack my surrounding attackers.

第十九式:纒繞大轉勢
Posture 19: COILING AROUND IN A LARGE CIRCLE

說明
Explanation:
循上式,先將刀由前轉後貼於左肩部,如「過渡式」
Continuing from the previous posture, first send the saber arcing behind you to be near your left shoulder. See photo 19a:

再凌空抽起全身由面對北方者,轉而面對南方,仍為騎馬式,刀隨身轉,伸前撇出,如「第十九圖定式」。
Then jump into the air, your body turning from facing to the north to be facing to the south, again making a horse-riding stance, the saber going along with the turning of your body by swinging out forward. See photo 19b:

功用
Application:
當多數敵人圍繞我四面八方時,我先將刀貼身者是先求自護,全身凌空抽起而更以橫刀劈殺者是對包圍者施行反擊也,與上定具有左右前後,互相連繫之作用者也。
When there are many opponents encircling me, I first bring my saber close to my body to shield myself, then leap into the air while chopping across to counterattack my surrounding attackers. This posture links with the previous posture, and you thereby cover all directions – left and right, front and back.

第二十式:撤步迎頭砍
Posture 20: WITHDRAWING STEP, CHOPPING STRAIGHT AHEAD

說明
Explanation:
循上式,左脚從後撤退一步以成右登山式,刀由平撇轉而往後東方,自上直劈而落,如「第二十圖定式」。
Continuing from the previous posture, your left foot retreats a step to make a right mountain-climbing stance as your saber arcs behind you to the east, chopping down from above. See photo 20:

功用
Application:
彼架去我攔腰法之後,隨即向我中下路點進,我乃退步躱之,竄跳返身而用刀砍落其來械也。
After the opponent blocks away my slash to his waist, he immediately stabs forward to my middle or lower body, so I retreat a step to evade it and hop away, then turn back toward him using my saber to cleave downward to his incoming weapon.

第二十一式:挑刀蹤步劈
Posture 21: CARRYING SABER, LEAP & CHOP

說明
Explanation:
循上式,先提起左後脚,刀微微向上朝起,如「過渡式」,
Continuing from the previous posture, first lift up your left foot behind you, the saber slightly lifting to be pointing upward. See photo 21a:

再蹤身跳前約有一步,刀則自上直砍而落,如「第二十一圖定式」。
Then your body leaps forward about a full stride [to again make a right mountain-climbing stance], the saber cleaving downward from above. See photo 21b:

功用
Application:
彼械迎頭打我,我即用過渡式之刀往上向後挑開來械進而順勢直劈其顱,一挑一劈其勢至順,而用力亦易,且在躍進中其砍殺之銳有如大江之水順流而下,縱欲架攔亦為勢所不許矣。
The opponent’s weapon strikes straight at me, so I send my saber upward and to the rear to carry aside his weapon, then advance and chop straight to his head. With this technique of carrying continuing into chopping, it is already easy to express power. Add to that the leaping advance and the movement becomes like the downstream surge of water in a great river. He will want to block, but the nature of this technique will not let him.

第二十二式:挑刀蹤步劈
Posture 22: CARRYING SABER, LEAP & CHOP

說明
Explanation:
循上式,先提起左後脚,刀微微向後朝起,如「過渡式,
Continuing from the previous posture, first lift up your left foot behind you, the saber slightly lifting to be pointing upward. See photo 22a:

再蹤身跳前約有一步之遙,仍為右登山步,刀則自上直砍而落,如「第二十一圖定式」。
Then your body leaps forward about a full stride to again make a right mountain-climbing stance, the saber cleaving downward from above. See photo 22b:

功用
Application:
彼械迎頭打我,我即用過渡式之刀往上向後掛開來械,再乘躍進之勢,直劈其顱,一挑一劈其勢至順,而發力亦易,且在躍進中其砍殺之銳,有如大江之水順流而下,縱欲架攔亦為勢所不許矣,其法與上式為相連者。
The opponent’s weapon strikes straight at me, so I send my saber upward and to the rear to hang aside his weapon, then leap forward and chop straight to his head. With this technique of carrying continuing into chopping, it is already easy to express power. Add to that the leaping advance and the movement becomes like the downstream surge of water in a great river. He will want block, but the nature of this technique will not let him. (This posture and the previous posture are linked together as a single flow.)

第二十三式:跨虎橫撥刀
Posture 23: SITTING-TIGER STANCE, DEFLECTING ACROSS

說明
Explanation:
循上式,將前脚拉起以成右跨虎步,刀則橫撥而歸向北方,如「二十三圖定式」。
Continuing from the previous posture, pull in your front foot to make a right sitting-tiger stance, the saber deflecting across inward to the north. See photo 23:

功用
Application:
彼漏過吾械,即自我左方攻入,我先化登山為跨虎者是求遠離也,再以刀撥歸左方者則是將來械消去也。來械旣已消去,而吾所感受之威脅亦除,趁其勢,而順其械,使我有從容展開有利之攻擊矣。
The opponent evades my weapon and then attacks from my left, so I switch to a sitting-tiger stance to create some distance and use my saber to deflect inward to the left, sending away his weapon. Once I feel this threat has been removed, I could take advantage of the momentum and move further along with his weapon, thereby giving myself both more room to maneuver in the next moment and better targets to attack.

第二十四式:反刀斬倭顱
Posture 24: REVERSE-SABER CUTTING OFF A JAPANESE HEAD

說明
Explanation:
循上式,原步不變,先將刀向頭頂橫攔,如「過渡式」
Continuing from the previous posture, with your stance not changing, first send the saber blocking across toward your own head. See photo 24a:

再右前脚進左後脚以成左登山式,刀自頭上橫過左後方再轉過右前方平殺而出,刀鋒平過南方,如「第二十四圖定式』。
Then your right foot advances, followed by your left foot, making a left mountain-climbing stance, as the saber goes over your head across to the left rear and then arcs across with a slash to the forward right, the saber tip level as it passes through toward the south. See photo 24b:

功用
Application:
彼械為我所撥,乃轉過我右後方攻來,我先以刀橫掠之,再轉馬易勢,反刀橫劈其項部焉。
Once I have deflected the opponent’s weapon, he shifts around to attack from my right rear, so I first send my saber across to swipe it aside, then switch my stance and roll my saber over to chop across to his neck.

第二十五式:纒繞攔腰斬
Posture 25: COILING AROUND, SLASHING TO THE WAIST

說明
Explanation:
循上式,先進右脚以成騎馬式,刀貼於背部,然後隨步轉前,再向前平殺而出,如「第二十五圖定式」。
Continuing from the previous posture, your right foot advances to make a horse-riding stance, the saber going [to the left,] close to your back, and then going along with your step by arcing forward with a level slashing. See photo 25:

功用
Application:
彼坐馬側首躱避我刀,我即進馬,刀自背後伸前攔腰斬之。或多人圍繞吾於垓心,我乃四面受敵矣,若不以先纏繞本身,勢必為衆所乘,我先求能掩護全身,然後全身旋轉,覓機突圍,斯為置諸於死後然後求生之法也。
The opponent lowers his stance and ducks his head away in order to evade my saber, so I advance and reach out my saber from behind my back with a slash to his waist. Or suppose there are many opponents encircling me in the midst of battle and I am exposed to attack from all sides. Unless I first coil around my body, they will all surge in upon me. So I first seek to be able to shield my whole body, and then I would be able spin around looking for a chance to break out of their encirclement. Such a situation is called “death is here and life is over there”.

第二十六式:斜步舉刀式
Posture 26: DIAGONAL STEP, RAISING THE SABER

說明
Explanation:
上式,先將右前脚移往正北方以成右跨虎之勢,刀從下向北舉起,如「第二十六圖定式」。
Continuing from the previous posture, first your right foot shifts to the north to make a right sitting-tiger stance, the saber raising toward the north from below. See photo 26:

功用
Application:
當我連續作纏繞法時,彼忽走我斜左方,以長械從頂殺下,我立即以挑刀作分勢穿之,由正面相對而轉為斜方攻擊,若無穩捷之法應敵當易陷於危殆之境,步隨刀轉,使對方無隙可乘,若刀隨步轉則予敵以空間之便矣。
When I have not yet completed the technique continuing from coiling the saber, if the opponent suddenly evades to my left and is using a long weapon to smash down onto my head, I immediately use a carrying action to send it off to the side, piercing through his line of attack, turning a direct attack into an angled attack. Without both stability and agility, you will easily fall into a perilous situation. If your step is following your saber, it will prevent the opponent from having a gap to take advantage of, but if instead your saber is following your step, you will be giving him an opening to exploit.

第二十七式 跨步斬倭顱
Posture 27: LEAPING STEP, CUTTING OFF A JAPANESE HEAD

說明
Explanation:
循上式,先提起左後脚,刀背往後拖返,如「過渡式」
Continuing from the previous posture, first lift up your left foot behind you while using the back of the saber to drag to the rear. See photo 27a:

再蹤身直往以成右登山式,刀斜向前左方劈去,如「第二十七圖定式」。
Then your body leaps to the [north] to make a right mountain-climbing stance, the saber going diagonally forward with a chop to the left. See photo 27b:

功用
Application:
彼以低樁沉械法向我膝部點落,我即以往後拖刀法消去來勢,再食其上路空虛之勢,用躍進法反刀向上再劈彼項部焉。
The opponent gets into a low stance, sinking his weapon, and stabs downward to my knee, so I send my saber to the rear with a dragging action to dispel his incoming force, then take advantage of the opening to his upper body by leaping forward, rolling my saber upward, and chopping to his neck.

第二十八式:纒繞大轉勢
Posture 28: COILING AROUND IN A LARGE CIRCLE

說明
Explanation:
循上式,先原步不變,將刀橫過左方,如「過渡式」
Continuing from the previous posture, with your stance not changing, first the saber goes across to the left. See photo 28a:

再將左脚自後方倒進一步,以成面北背南之騎馬式,刀自背後劈向北方,如「二十八圖定式」。
Then your left foot shifts from behind you [and your right foot] advances a step to make a north-facing horse-riding stance, the saber chopping to the north [east] from behind your back. See photo 28b:

功用
Application:
當多數人圍繞我四面八方時,我先將刀貼身者是先求自護,全身凌空抽起而更以橫刀劈殺者是對包圍者施行反擊也。
When there are many opponents encircling me, I first bring my saber close to my body to shield myself, then leap into the air while chopping across to counterattack my surrounding attackers.

第二十九式:纒繞大轉勢
Posture 29: COILING AROUND IN A LARGE CIRCLE

說明
Explanation:
循上式,原步不變,先將刀橫過過左肩部,如「過渡式」
Continuing from the previous posture, with your stance not changing, first send your saber across, passing your left shoulder. See photo 29a:

再進右脚往西方,再成騎馬式,刀自背後伸前平殺往西方,如「二十九圖定式」。
Then your right foot advances to the west to make another horse-riding stance as your saber goes from behind you and extends forward with a level slash to the west. See photo 29b:

功用
Application:
當多數敵人圍繞我四面八方時,我先將刀貼身者是先求自護,全身凌空抽起而更以橫劈殺者是對包圍者施行反擊,與上式是具有左右前後,互相連繫之作用者也。
When there are many opponents encircling me, I first bring my saber close to my body to shield myself, then leap into the air while chopping across to counterattack my surrounding attackers. This posture links with the previous posture, and you thereby cover all directions – left and right, front and back.

第三十式:撤步迎頭砍
Posture 30: WITHDRAWING STEP, CHOPPING STRAIGHT AHEAD

說明
Explanation:
循上式,右脚從後方撤退一步,以成登山式,刀則順勢,劈落東方,如「第三十圖定式」。
Continuing from the previous posture, your right [left] foot retreats a step to make a mountain-climbing stance, the saber going along with the movement by chopping down to the east. See photo 30:

功用
Application:
彼架去我攔腰法之後,隨即向我下路點進,我乃提步閃之,而用刀砍落其來械也。
After the opponent blocks away my slash to his waist, he immediately stabs forward to my lower body, so I lift my foot to evade it and use my saber to cleave downward to his incoming weapon.

第三十一式:四平舉刀式
Posture 31: FOUR-LEVEL POSTURE, RAISING THE SABER

說明
Explanation:
循上式,將右脚拉後,以成右跨虎步,同時將刀更向上朝起,如「第三十一圖定式」。
Continuing from the previous posture, your right foot pulls back, making a right sitting-tiger stance, as the saber lifts to be pointing upward. See photo 31:

功用
Application:
彼以長械如槍棍之類迎頭殺落,我即雙手舉刀向上一挑,斯乃中心之刀法,使來械滑落左右,來勢雖兇猛異常,至此亦落空矣,且可藉其落空而予以反擊,是彼造成有利之機會與我,非强而可行也,知乎此方足以言用械之奧妙也。
An opponent uses a long weapon such as a spear or staff to smash down onto my head, so I use both hands to raise the saber upward with a carrying action, which is a core saber method, causing his weapon to slide off to either side. Even if his incoming force is extremely fierce, this technique will make it land on nothing, giving me the chance to counterattack. Thus because his action ends up causing me to have the advantage, I can act without having to struggle. From understanding just this one technique, you will know the profound usefulness of this weapon.

第三十二式:收刀四平式
Posture 32: WITHDRAWING THE SABER, FOUR-LEVEL POSTURE

說明
Explanation:
循上式,將右跨虎脚拍齊於左脚以成立正之勢,左手先離刀柄,易(虎口)向上者為向下,右手繼離開刀柄,而以左手替代之,再使刀貼於身傍垂下,右手化為掌,由下圈上,橫攔於頂上,如「第三二十圖定式」。
Continuing from the previous posture, your right foot stomps down next to your left foot, making a posture of standing at attention. Your left hand first lets go of the saber handle to switch its tiger’s mouth from facing upward to be facing downward, then your right hand lets go of the saber handle as your left hand takes its place. Then send the saber near the side of your body, hanging down, your right hand changing to a palm and circling upward from below to block higher than your head with the hand sideways. See photo 32:

至此則全刀已完,如是屬於表演者則將右手垂下,使左右手皆垂下,然後鞠躬為禮,便算完成一切矣。
This posture completes the whole set. If you are doing the set as a performance, continue by lowering your right hand so that both hands are hanging down and then bow ceremoniously, thereby bringing the set to a full conclusion.

– – –

[Included below is a related piece from Huang’s Notes on the Mantis Boxing Art (1949).]

漫談大刀隊
ON THE LARGE SABER UNITS

古式武器而見於近代戰場者,始於廿九軍宋哲元將軍,時宋部駐與古北口於日敵作殊死戰,宋鑒於敵强我弱,難得均衡之勢,思一顯古代雄風以挫强敵,乃廣徵名師担任授以特製之大刀,準備旣妥於雪夜摸進敵營,矮奴不虞有此竟被殺戳殆盡,嗣此中華武術震驚中外,淞滬戰起蔣蔡又仿之致用,頗奏膺功,日敵於衝鋒陷陣之間,一見刀光氣燄為奪,初則以鋼軟甲護頸部,繼則以東洋劍術相抗衡,然東洋雖以劍術自鳴為當代之雄,但與刀相抗亦無便宜之佔,蓋刀短而厚利於貼身相搏之際,劍長而薄,肉搏之間,頗嫌其不適於施用,且刀劍相碰長薄者當非短厚之實用,於是東洋自誇武士道之英雄,亦向吾中華武術俯首稱臣矣,自經此役之後,至抗戰軍興,中國軍隊多聘武術敎練担任訓練大刀之術,一則可作强身之運動,再則人負一刀於生死危難之俄頃又多一武器護身,時李白主桂省軍事乃廣徵名師負此責任,先由王軍長贊斌聘得同門學兄林伯叟、潘洪昌、于樂江、鄒喜功等,繼由王於李白前推荐羅老師出任總敎練,羅師怙靜成性弗願膺此,但林潘于鄒等以急於需用大刀術,乃懇請羅師傳授,羅師曰前人本無此術遺授,但淞滬之戰,余迫於急用,乃將斬馬刀之古法,在一夜之間,編成今之大刀術,余今亦以此授汝等而已,同時精武前輩盧君煒昌倡議,集合廣州各武師編大刀術一套,取名聯合大刀術,以余觀點而論聯合大刀頗嫌其繁複,難練,羅師所編出自一人心思,參以古法,精純而簡,全取實用法則,頗合訓練於軍人所需,時南洋抗敵義勇救國團歸國服役,道經香島特邀請羅師演解此術,後竟延期歸國,趕速學習斯法,計祗一週便告成功,該團臨別贈羅師錦旗一面,聊酬義務辛勞之意,近世科學昌明一顆之彈動輒可致數十萬人之死命,吾人生斯亂世寧不可怕哉。
The sight of ancient kinds of weapons being used on modern battlefields began with General Song Zheyuan of the 29th Corps [during the Defense of the Great Wall, Jan–May, 1933]. Song’s troops were positioned at the Gubeikou Pass [Xifengkou Pass], where they resisted the Japanese and were resolved to fight to the last man.
  Song recognized that the enemy was strong and our forces were weak, and that it would be hard to fix the balance. After contemplating the problem, he realized that the old-fashioned idea of using a strong wind to defeat a powerful enemy was the way ahead. He then sought widely for famous masters to give instruction in the use of specially manufactured large sabers. Thus prepared, his troops crept into enemy encampments on a snowy night [Mar 11]. Those Japs had never anticipated such a situation and were almost wiped out. Because of this incident, Chinese martial arts astonished the nation and the world.
  In the Battle of Shanghai [Aug–Nov, 1937], Jiang Jieshi [Chiang Kai-shek] and Cai Bingyan imitated this strategy to great effect. When their troops charged the Japanese, just the sight of the flashing blades and the fury that swung them demoralized the enemy. Though at first the fortitude of the enemy troops softened and they hid their heads, they then wielded their Japanese swords to contend against the sabers. But although the Japanese had proclaimed their sword art to be the best of its time, they could no longer so easily maintain that position when opposing these sabers. This is because our sabers are short and thick, ideal for fighting at close quarters, whereas their swords are long and thin, not as suitable for such a tight range. When sabers and swords clash, long and thin is not as practical as short and thick. Therefore Japan’s boasting about its heroic Bushido switched to bowing in submission to our Chinese martial arts.
  With this battle done, the War had begun [1937–1945], and subsequently the Chinese army often employed martial arts instructors to train the troops in large saber techniques. For one thing, it was an exercise for strengthening the body. For another, a man who carried a saber on his back into perilous situations had a ready means of defending himself. The military in Guangxi Province was at that time presided over by Li Zongren and Bai Chongxi, who sought extensively for teachers to take on this duty. First the corps commander Wang Zanbin engaged his elder classmates Lin Bosou, Pan Hongchang, Yu Liaojiang, and Zou Xigong, and then he recommended to Li and Bai that Master Luo take the post of chief instructor.
  Luo stayed quiet when it was offered to him, instinctively having no desire for such an honor. However, Lin, Pan, Yu, and Zou were anxious about the necessity for large saber techniques, and so they ardently requested of Master Luo that he give instruction. Luo then said: “Previous generations did not teach this art. But after the Battle of Shanghai, I see there is an urgent need.” He then took the ancient horse-slashing saber methods and in the course of a single night created this large saber set that I now teach to you all.
  At the same time, Jingwu elder Lu Weichang proposed gathering various martial arts masters of Guangzhou to make a set of large saber techniques called “United Large Saber Techniques”. In my opinion, that set is too complicated and difficult to train, whereas what Luo made, a set built from the ideas of just one person drawing from ancient methods, is more refined and simple, the whole thing emphasizing practical methods, exactly what is needed for training soldiers.
  Also at that time, the South Seas Resistance Volunteers of the “Rescue the Nation” Corps were returning to the mainland to enlist in the army. When passing through Hong Kong, they specially invited Luo to demonstrate this set. After seeing it, they decided to delay their return in order to quickly learn these techniques. In took just one week for them to absorb the training, and then before leaving they presented Luo with a banner to express thanks for his service and hard work, which said: “In our modern scientific age, little bitty bullets can send hundreds of thousands of men to their deaths. We live in troubled times, but we shall not be afraid.”

[For further information on the large saber, see the 1933 manuals of Jin Enzhong and Yin Yuzhang.]

THE TAIJI MANUAL OF LONG ZIXIANG | Brennan Translation

THE TAIJI MANUAL OF LONG ZIXIANG Posted on March 30, 2018 by Paul Brennan – 太極拳學 A STUDY OF TAIJI BOXING 龍子祥 by Long Zixiang [published Jan, 1952] [translation by Paul Brennan, March, 2018] – 龍子祥先生著 by Long Zixiang:

 

太極拳學 A Study of Taiji Boxing 謝伯昌題 – calligraphy by Xie Bochang

Sorgente: THE TAIJI MANUAL OF LONG ZIXIANG | Brennan Translation

EIGHTEEN ELDERS

十八叟拳
EIGHTEEN ELDERS BOXING SET
著作者:黄漢勛
by Huang Hanxun [Wong Honfan]
繪圖者:鄭祥 攝影者:譚以仁
postures drawn by Zheng Xiang, based on photographs taken by Tan Yiren
出版者:香港精武體育會國術部
published by Hong Kong Jingwu Athletic Club – Martial Arts Department
[1954]

[translation by Paul Brennan, March, 2018]

十八叟拳
Eighteen Elders Boxing Set
黃漢勛編並誌
– calligraphy by Huang Hanxun

十八叟拳形勢圖 黃紀强會
Posture Map for the Eighteen Elders Boxing Set (drawn by Huang Jiqiang):

S

W  西      東   E

N

[AUTHOR’S PREFACE]

羅師授技時。是先教十八叟。而後授揷拳也。余今著述螳螂拳叢書。乃反而行。人或有怪之者。惟余因適應一般需求。故不淂不如此耳。且著述與教授為兩件事。余謹于此致意焉。
十八叟之『叟』字。初有人稱之為『手』字後幾經羅師解釋。始知叟字為合。蓋螳螂拳滙合各家共數為十八家。北方人稱之為十八個老頭。即十八個老叟之謂。故十八叟一拳。是紀念其創十八家拳術之勞績也。
十八叟乃左右最平均之基本拳極適宜於初學者之練習。今繼揷拳之後。刋印備作學者之参攷云爾。
When Master Luo [Guangyu] gave instruction in this art, he first taught the Eighteen Elders boxing set and then the Charging Punches boxing set. But in writing the Mantis Boxing Book Series, I reversed their order [Charging Punches being Vol. 6, Eighteen Elders being Vol. 7]. People may say this is strange, but I felt I had to do it in this way to suit popular demand. Furthermore writing about the sets and teaching them are two different things, and I am careful to distinguish between the two [i.e. the order of publication does not affect the order of the teaching curriculum].
  The “elders” of Eighteen Elders was originally thought by people to be “hands”. [The words 叟 (elders) and 手 (hands) have a similar pronunciation in Mandarin and an identical pronunciation in Cantonese, leading to a natural confusion.] After repeated explanation from Master Luo, it was finally understood that “elders” is more fitting. This is because Mantis Boxing is a merging of various styles, eighteen in total. Northerners call the masters of those styles the “eighteen old men”, meaning the “eighteen venerable gentlemen”, and therefore naming a boxing set “Eighteen Elders” is a way of paying homage to the achievements made in those eighteen styles of boxing arts.
  Eighteen Elders is a fundamental boxing set, working left and right pretty equally, and so it is very suitable for beginners to practice. Following on from my book on the Charging Punches set, this set is now ready to be published for students to study.

十八叟拳名稱
NAMES OF THE POSTURES IN THE EIGHTEEN ELDERS BOXING SET

中平雙蓄勢
[1] STANDING STABLY, BOTH FISTS STORING POWER
七星左刁手
[2] BIG-DIPPER STANCE, LEFT HOOKING HAND
七星右劈軋
[3] BIG-DIPPER STANCE, RIGHT ROLLING CHOP
提腿封統捶
[4] LIFTING LEG, SEAL & THRUST PUNCH
登山右叠肘
[5] MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, RIGHT PILING ELBOW
登山右崩捶
[6] MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, RIGHT AVALANCHE PUNCH
右抅摟採手
[7] RIGHT GRAB & PULL CATCHING TECHNIQUE
七星挑補捶
[8] BIG-DIPPER STANCE, CARRYING, FILLING PUNCH
呑塌右低牽
[9] ABSORB & SINK STANCE, RIGHT DOWNWARD DRAGGING
登山右崩捶
[10] MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, RIGHT AVALANCHE PUNCH
七星右刁手
[11] BIG-DIPPER STANCE, RIGHT HOOKING HAND
七星左劈軋
[12] BIG-DIPPER STANCE, LEFT ROLLING CHOP
提腿封統捶
[13] LIFTING LEG, SEAL & THRUST PUNCH
登山左叠肘
[14] MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, LEFT PILING ELBOW
登山左崩捶
[15] MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, LEFT AVALANCHE PUNCH
左抅摟採手
[16] LEFT GRAB & PULL CATCHING TECHNIQUE
七星挑補捶
[17] BIG-DIPPER STANCE, CARRYING, FILLING PUNCH
呑塌左低牽
[18] ABSORB & SINK STANCE, LEFT DOWNWARD DRAGGING
登山左崩捶
[19] MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, LEFT AVALANCHE PUNCH
七星左刁手
[20] BIG-DIPPER STANCE, LEFT HOOKING HAND
七星右補捶
[21] BIG-DIPPER STANCE, RIGHT FILLING PUNCH
撤步左躱剛
[22] WITHDRAWING STEP, LEFT DODGING HARDNESS
撤步右躱剛
[23] WITHDRAWING STEP, RIGHT DODGING HARDNESS
登山雙撞捶
[24] MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, DOUBLE RUSHING PUNCHES
提步封統捶
[25] LIFTING LEG, SEAL & THRUST PUNCH
登山右叠肘
[26] MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, RIGHT PILING ELBOW
登山刁劈捶
[27] MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, HOOK, CHOPPING PUNCH
右抅摟採手
[28] RIGHT GRAB & PULL CATCHING TECHNIQUE
七星番車式
[29] BIG-DIPPER STANCE, ROLLING TECHNIQUE
七星左刁手
[30] BIG-DIPPER STANCE, LEFT HOOKING HAND
七星右補捶
[31] BIG-DIPPER STANCE, RIGHT FILLING PUNCH
裡纒絲軋腿
[32] INWARD TWINING SILK, CRUSHING KICK
掛統躱腿式
[33] HANG & THRUST PUNCH, SUDDEN KICK
七星右劈軋
[34] BIG-DIPPER STANCE, RIGHT ROLLING CHOP
雙刁右揪腿
[35] DOUBLE HOOKING, RIGHT SCOOPING KICK
雙封手揷掌
[36] DOUBLE SEALING HANDS, CHARGING PALM
引針右腰斬
[37] DRAWING THE NEEDLE AND SLASHING THE WAIST
登山左圈捶
[38] MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, LEFT SWINGING PUNCH
登山左崩捶
[39] MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, LEFT AVALANCHE PUNCH
七星左刁手
[40] BIG-DIPPER STANCE, LEFT HOOKING HAND
七星右補捶
[41] BIG-DIPPER STANCE, RIGHT FILLING PUNCH
跨虎捕蟬式
[42] SITTING-TIGER STANCE, CATCHING A CICADA

第一式 中平双蓄勢
Posture 1: STANDING STABLY, BOTH FISTS STORING POWER

說明
Explanation:
此中平勢為螳螂拳極普遍之開式。兩足緊靠。兩手握拳向上抽起。以兩肘不外挺為合。但不可抽之太髙。
This posture of standing stably is the most common opening posture in Mantis Boxing. With your feet next to each other, your hands grasp into fists and draw upward. To keep your elbows from sticking out, you must not pull your fists up too high. See drawing 1:

功用
Application:
為未展式之準備。無功用可言。
This is a preparation before performing the movements, with basically no other function to speak of.

第二式 七星左刁手
Posture 2: BIG-DIPPER STANCE, LEFT HOOKING HAND

說明
Explanation:
左腳向左開前成七星步左手自腰出。向外刁。右手右足不動。肘向下沉。以管朿此勢之不浮。
Your left foot steps out forward to the left to make a left big-dipper stance as your left hand leaves your waist to hook outward, your right hand and right foot staying where they are. Your left elbow is sinking down to keep the posture from having a floating quality. See drawing 2:

功用
Application:
彼欲以虛手探我重點所在。我不防將計就計亦以虛應之。彼虞我詐終使彼失望也。若虛來實招正中彼懷耳。我出一刁手者。實採觀望之策。彼以實纒。我當以實輔此之不足也。
The opponent tries to use a feint to find out where I am vulnerable. As I am unprepared to engage, I beat him at his own game by likewise responding with a feint. As his attempt to trick me amounts to nothing, this makes him feel disappointed. If he were to do a feint and it induced me to commit to a real technique, he would win the exchange, and so I send out a hooking hand just to find out what he is up to. If he was doing a real attack, I would have to follow up with a real technique, for this posture would not be enough to end the situation.

第三式 七星右劈軋
Posture 3: BIG-DIPPER STANCE, RIGHT ROLLING CHOP

說明
Explanation:
進右步成右七星式右手自腰提起向前直劈而下。與左掌相碰即發出。逼卜之聲。劈手旣定左掌亦貼右肩以資維護
Your right foot advances to make a right big-dipper stance as your right hand lifts from your waist and goes forward with a downward chop, your left palm striking against it with an audible crack. By the time the chopping technique has reached its completed position, your left hand is guarding at your right shoulder. See drawing 3:

功用
Application:
上式為虛手作試探之用。繼而用剛手為前式之殿也。練時用時此兩式互相聯繫之準備。亦即先柔後剛相連引用之着也。
The hand technique in the previous posture is insubstantial, the purpose being to find out about the opponent, and then I continue from it by sending forth a solid attack. Whether during practice or actual application, these two postures are meant to be linked together, making a combined technique that first has a softness and then a hardness.

第四式 提腿封統捶
Posture 4: LIFTING LEG, SEAL & THRUST PUNCH

說明
Explanation:
左脚不動。右脚提起。以膝平為標準。成獨立式。右臂之手向前作封手。與提腿之同時往後拖。收囘腰部。左拳与右手互相交替。平線直出至盡為止。
Your left foot stays where it is and your right foot lifts so the knee is level, making a one-legged stance. At the same time, your right hand does a sealing action in front and then pulls back to your waist as your leg lifts, your left fist going straight out until it has switched places with your right hand. See drawing 4:

功用
Application:
前式由彼首部劈落為勢太兇。彼不淂不以橫手迎架。故主動為我所得。右手乘便而反封淂彼手向己右方拖返。其勢彼將隨我手而傾前。故我以左拳擊彼臉部。使彼失去招架之機會。
In the previous technique, my chop to the opponent’s head comes down with such ferocity that he has no choice but to use a hand to block it across, so I take charge of the situation by sealing his hand with my right hand and pulling it to my right side, which causes him to lean forward, and then using my left fist to strike to his face before he has a chance to block.

第五式 登山右叠肘
Posture 5: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, RIGHT PILING ELBOW

說明
Explanation:
將提起之右脚踏下成右登山式。右手自腰部曲肘叠下。左掌向上迎之。
Your right foot comes down to make a right mountain-climbing stance as your right hand goes from your waist, the elbow bending and piling downward, your left palm going upward to meet it. See drawing 5:

功用
Application:
當我右衝捶擊彼臉部時。彼當全力架拒。否則祗此一着彼己難消受矣。彼來迎之手又為我握着。再以純剛之叠肘法。傾動全身之勢壓下。使彼難於解禳。
When my right [left] thrust punch attacks the opponent’s face, he puts all his strength into blocking it, for if he does not, it would take only that one technique to make it difficult for him to continue. I now grab his incoming hand and then employ a piling-elbow technique using a pure hardness, pressing downward with a full-body leaning action, making it difficult for him escape his new misfortune.

第六式 登山右崩捶
Posture 6: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, RIGHT AVALANCHE PUNCH

說明
Explanation:
原步不變。左手向前自上而下封。右捶由內反出是為崩捶。
With your feet staying where they are, your left hand goes forward, sealing downward from above, and your right fist goes out from the inside, performing an avalanche punch. See drawing 6:

功用
Application:
叠肘為中路之硬壓法。專叠『破骨千斤』但彼若以沉肘法解禳。我當無奈伊何唯當一沉一消之空間。其上路必感空虛。我突以迎面崩下。襲彼上路。斯為攻其無備之要着也。
The piling elbow is a method of applying hard pressure to the opponent’s middle area, focusing on the quality of “breaking bones under the weight of a thousand pounds”. But if he uses a method of sinking my elbow down to divert his fate, I have no choice but to go along with him into the space into which he is sending my elbow away, and since he is thereby emptying above, I suddenly send an avalanche punch downward to his face, making a surprise attack to his upper area. This is a key technique for “attacking where the enemy is unprepared” [Art of War, chapter 7].

第七式 右抅摟採手
Posture 7: RIGHT GRAB & PULL CATCHING TECHNIQUE

說明
Explanation:
第五。第六與此式皆原步不變之登山式。右手向外。刁出。左手繼封。右手化捶直統而出合之為抅摟採手也
Remaining in the mountain-climbing stance from Postures 5 and 6, your right hand hooks outward, your left hand seals, then your right hand becomes a fist and goes out with a straight thrust punch. These movements combined make the “grab & pull catching” technique. See drawing 7:

功用
Application:
彼此。皆以不變步法。互相來往。我崩捶為彼招去我即順手以採手法。連續合多手法而成一個完整攻勢。複雜而不牽強為常用之法也
The opponent and I are remaining in our stances as we make these exchanges. He draws away my avalanche punch, so I go along with it by performing a “catching” technique, involving a combined flurry of hand actions forming a single integrated attack. This is a commonly used technique that is complex but not overly elaborate.

第八式 七星挑補捶
Posture 8: BIG-DIPPER STANCE, CARRYING, FILLING PUNCH

說明
Explanation:
左後腳拍前一步與右脚合攏。右脚開前再成為右七星式。此為同方向進前之方式。左掌自右腋下穿出。右拳抽囘腰部。再以補捶方式打出。
Your left foot comes forward a step, stomping down next to your right foot, and your right foot goes out to make a right big-dipper stance, advancing still in the same direction, as your left palm threads out from below your right armpit and your right fist pulls back to your waist, then strikes out with a filling punch. See drawing 8:

功用
Application:
我採為彼㪽招或封纒。我必須解脫。然後始有别式之展開。我以挑手法脫去糾纒。若祗此便是招式而已。惟我更輔以補捶。為招之即打。完全符合螳螂拳之㪽宗。
The opponent draws in my catching technique, or perhaps seals it off. I have to extricate my arm in order to perform another technique, so I use a carrying action to strip away his grip. This would be sufficient in itself, but I also add a filling punch to strike him, which is more fitting in the Mantis Boxing tradition.

第九式 呑塌右低牽
Posture 9: ABSORB & SINK STANCE, RIGHT DOWNWARD DRAGGING

說明
Explanation:
將右七星式倒往後轉成為左呑塌式。類似反登山式。右拳向下往後轉一大圈。復歸後。更以左手迎之。使達定點時。得更穩定之㳒。
Your stance turns [leftward] toward the rear [with your right foot turning inward and your left foot stepping farther back] to make a left absorb & sink stance, which is basically a reverse mountain-climbing stance, as your right hand arcs downward, to the rear, and makes a large circle that returns it to the rear, your left hand meeting it so that as it reaches its final point, there is added stability. See drawing 9:

功用
Application:
補捶為彼消去。同時彼更以下路突襲法攻我下路。我先轉馬以。解其勢。再用低牽之法刀掃來腿。彼不但無所淂。且更受我之反擊矣
The opponent deflects my filling punch and at the same time makes a surprise attack to my lower body, so I first turn my stance to dispel it, then use a downward dragging action, like a saber sweeping at a kick. In this way, not only will he not reach me, he will also suffer my counterattack.

第十式 登山右崩捶
Posture 10: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, RIGHT AVALANCHE PUNCH

說明
Explanation:
原步不變。將右膝挺前成右登山式。左手向前封。右捶反前劈下与第六式相同。
With your feet staying in their location, your right knee bends forward to make a right mountain-climbing stance, your left hand going forward with a sealing action, your right fist rolling over and chopping downward. It is the same as in Posture 6. See drawing 10:

功用
Application:
第六式為正面攻擊。此式則為反身攻擊。大致相同也。
Mainly the same as in Posture 6, but in that case this technique is an attack for an opponent right in front of you, whereas in this case it is used as an attack involving the body turning.

第十一式 七星右刁手
Posture 11: BIG-DIPPER STANCE, RIGHT HOOKING HAND

說明
Explanation:
左右不變。化登山式成七星式便合。左手收貼腰部。右手化刁手向外。肘下沉對膝為標準。
With your left foot staying where it is, switch to a big-dipper stance as your left hand withdraws to your waist and your right hand goes outward as a hook, the elbow sinking down to be aligned with your [right] knee. See drawing 11:

功用
Application:
崩捶為剛強之手法。旣為彼迎拒㦯消去。而彼必乘機反襲我之右方。我立化為七星式以手刁之使彼無可乘之機。反利吾施展下式之妙用也。
The avalanche punch is a technique involving a hardness, but the opponent blocks or deflects it. He will then take advantage of the opportunity by counterattacking to my right side, so I immediately switch to a big-dipper stance and use a hand to hook onto his attack, thereby spoiling his chance. Now that I have the advantage, I capitalize upon it to marvelous effect by continuing into the following posture.

第十弍式 七星右劈軋
Posture 12: BIG-DIPPER STANCE, RIGHT [LEFT] ROLLING CHOP

說明
Explanation:
進左腳為左七星式。收腰之左手自上劈落。至中途与右掌相碰而發出逼卜)之聲。以助其定點之正確。斯為練螳螂拳人慣用之手法。
Your left foot advances to make a left big-dipper stance as your left hand chops downward from above. Once your left fist is level, your right palm is striking against it, making an audible crack, thereby reinforcing correct positioning. For a Mantis Boxing practitioner, this is a habitual technique. See drawing 12:

功用
Application:
上式我旣刁着彼手。我欲不進彼必先進矣。我為把握時機即迫近使用劈軋之法。以攻彼上路無懈無忽此之謂歟。
When I hook the opponent’s hand in the previous posture, I want to not advance and instead get him to advance first, then I seize the opportunity to close in and use a rolling chop to attack him above. In this way, I am neither inattentive to the situation nor in a rush.

第十三式 提腿封統捶
Posture 13: LIFTING LEG, SEAL & THRUST PUNCH

說明
Explanation:
將前步之左腿提起成獨立式。左手向前封而收返。右手用捶直出。与左手成彼收此出之勢。
Your left leg lifts to make a one-legged stance as your left hand seals in front and withdraws, your right hand punching straight out, your hands performing a technique of one hand withdrawing while the other hand goes out. See drawing 13:

功用
Application:
我左手為彼自下穿上。再退步卸我。如是則距離愈逺矣。我欲不使其逺離。祗有隨手封之。旣封彼手。立用迎面直統法攻彼。此為連續性之攻擊。
The opponent threads upward from below to defend against my left hand, then retreats to get away from me. In this way, he creates more distance between us, but I do not want to cause him to go even farther away, so I use only a hand to seal him, and once I have sealed his hand, I immediately use a straight thrust punch to attack his face. This is a means of continuous attack [i.e. building upon the previous technique].

第十四式 登山左叠肘
Posture 14: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, LEFT PILING ELBOW

說明
Explanation:
落左腳成左登山式。左手化肘向前叠出。右手由拳變掌托上。
Your left foot comes down to make a left mountain-climbing stance as your left hand switches to elbowing, going out forward with a piling action, your right fist becoming a palm and propping up against it. See drawing 14:

功用
Application:
與第五式同。祗左右之别耳。
Same as in Posture 5, except with left and right reversed.

第十五式 登山左崩捶
Posture 15: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, LEFT AVALANCHE PUNCH

說明
Explanation:
原步不動。右手由上封下。左捶曲肘自後反打而出。
With your feet staying where they are, your right hand seals downward from above and your left fist rolls over to strike out from behind the elbow. See drawing 15:

功用
Application:
與第六式相同。惟左右之分耳
Same is in Posture 6, except with left and right reversed.

第十六式 左抅摟採手
Posture 16: LEFT GRAB & PULL CATCHING TECHNIQUE

說明
Explanation:
與第十四。十五等式均未變步。左刁。右摟。左手復統一捶。便成整個之(採手)矣。
Remaining in the same stance from Postures 14 and 15, your left hand hooks, your right hand pulls, then your left hand goes out with a thrust punch, completing a “catching” technique. See drawing 16:

功用
Application:
與第七式相同。祗左右之别也。
Same as in Posture 7, except with left and right reversed.

第十七式 七星挑補捶
Posture 17: BIG-DIPPER STANCE, CARRYING, FILLING PUNCH

說明
Explanation:
右後脚進前一步。(即兩脚拼合)左前脚因而淂以再開前成為左七星式。右掌自腋下穿出以達拳鋒之外。斯為挑手。左拳由腰際衝出而成補捶之勢
Your right foot comes forward a step to stand next to your right foot, your left foot going along with this action by going forward to make a right big-dipper stance, as your right palm threads out from below your right armpit to the outside tip of your fist, performing a “carrying hand”, and then your left fist thrusts out from your waist, performing a filling punch. See drawing 17:

功用
Application:
彼我相距較逺。迫得拼前再進以求与之接近。我手被封。必受制於人。有利我稍有突前之機則求解脫之道。手旣脱出反而突擊對方者為招之則打之法。
The opponent and I have gotten farther apart, so I have no choice but to advance in order to close in on him anyway, but he has sealed off my hand, which would put me under his control. To regain the advantage, I seize the opportunity to slightly charge forward and seek a way to get my hand out, then once my hand is free, I strike him suddenly.

第十八式 呑塌左低牽
Posture 18: ABSORB & SINK STANCE, LEFT DOWNWARD DRAGGING

說明
Explanation:
承上式原步倒反向後即成右呑塌式矣。步雖未移動。但其勢已易。左出之拳。淂以垂下倒抽而返。手步合一。可化攻為守矣。
Continuing from the previous posture, your stance turns [rightward] toward the rear [with your left foot turning inward and your right foot stepping farther back] to make a right absorb & sink stance, so that your posture changes even though the location of your feet barely shifts, as your left fist hangs down, draws to the rear, and circles [to return to the rear], your hands and feet working in unison. This is a means of changing an offensive position to a defensive position. See drawing 18:

功用
Application:
彼用手撥去我左補捶。同時反以脚襲我下三路。我若待變勢易步為時間㪽不許於斯應急之法乃移前弓式為後呑塌之法。以消其勢。再漏手殺下。縱彼如何迅勁。亦無從施展矣。
The opponent uses a hand to deflect my filling punch and at the same time uses a foot to make a surprise attack to my lower body. If I hesitate to shift my position and change my stance, it will be too late to deal with this emergency, so I use the method of switching from a forward bow stance position to the rear with an absorb & sink stance in order to dispel it, then drop a hand to smash downward. In this way, no matter how fast his attack is, it will not amount to anything.

第十九式 登山左崩捶
Posture 19: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, LEFT AVALANCHE PUNCH

說明
Explanation:
循上式變呑塌步為左登山式。右手自上摟下。左拳自內反出迎頭崩下。
Continuing from the previous posture, your stance switches to a left mountain-climbing stance as your right hand drags downward from above and your left fist rolls over from the inside, performing an avalanche punch to the opponent’s head. See drawing 19:

功用
Application:
彼脚為我猛殺。必急則撤囘。以資解禳。但我以其上路疎於防範。突則反身轉步。趁勢以左崩之法迎頭擊落。斯法近於八剛中之泰山壓頂矣。
After I fiercely smash the opponent’s foot, he will quickly withdraw it in order to escape his misfortune. But I notice that he has carelessly left himself open above, so I suddenly turn my body, switching my stance, and take advantage of the opportunity by using a left avalanche punch to strike downward to his head. This technique is very similar to MT. TAI CRUSHES THE HEADTOP from among the “eight kinds of hardness”.

第弍十式 七星左刁手
Posture 20: BIG-DIPPER STANCE, LEFT HOOKING HAND

說明
Explanation:
與第弍式同。祗由中平式與左崩捶之出手略異耳。
Same as in Posture 2, except that the hand action is slightly different when transitioning from an avalanche punch instead of the position of standing stably. [The hand in this case is circling downward, inward, outward. There is also no mention of the stance change here, which involves sitting onto your right foot and slightly withdrawing your left foot.] See drawing 20:

功用
Application:
與第二式同
Same as in Posture 2.

第弍十一式 七星右補捶
Posture 21: BIG-DIPPER STANCE, RIGHT FILLING PUNCH

說明
Explanation:
右脚進前成右七星式。右拳自腰間衝出為補捶。
Your right foot advances to make a big-dipper stance as your right fist thrusts out from your waist, performing a filling punch. See drawing 21:

功用
Application:
彼為我左手所刁。欲求擺脱我之糾纒。猛力往後直拖我在此微妙關頭。焉可放過機會。迅則進前直取其脅下。補者乃填補刁手未完之空虛也。
Once I have hooked the opponent’s left hand, he will try to cast off my snare by fiercely pulling back. Although there is now only a small window of opportunity, I must not pass it up, so I quickly advance to attack his armpit, using a filling punch to fill in the gap created by my hooking.

第弍十弍式 撤步左躱剛
Posture 22: WITHDRAWING STEP, LEFT DODGING HARDNESS

說明
Explanation:
右脚先退。左脚繼向左方斜步撤退。約距半之遥。左手自腋下穿出。向上橫挑過頭。再由下反圈而上。蓄勢以待。
First your right foot retreats, then your left foot retreats diagonally about a half step to the left, as your left hand threads out from below your [right] armpit, goes upward with the hand sideways, carrying past your head, downward, and arcing upward, and waiting there in a state of storing power. See drawing 22:

功用
Application:
我右手為彼㪽握持。須謀脫出之計。我乃從斜勢後撤。同時以手穿去。俾上下呼應。易於擺脫糾纒。或彼扑前猛衝。我亦可以此法應之。斯為避免正面衝擊之妙着也。
The opponent grabs my right hand, so I have to have a way to extricate it. I thus withdraw diagonally while threading out with my other hand, above and below working in concert, thereby enabling me to easily cast off his grip. Or he attacks forward with a fierce thrust, which I can also use this technique to deal with, for it is a marvelous means of evading a thrusting strike from directly ahead.

第弍十三式 撤步右躱剛
Posture 23: WITHDRAWING STEP, RIGHT DODGING HARDNESS

說明
Explanation:
先退左脚。右脚斜走。約距半步之逺。然後站定。右手自腋下穿出。向上橫挑過頭。再由下反圈而上。再避其剛。而消耗彼之力。
First your left foot retreats, then your right foot retreats diagonally about a half step [to the right], as your right hand threads out from below your [left] armpit, goes upward with the hand sideways, carrying past your head, downward, and arcing upward, again evading the opponent’s hardness, thereby spending his strength. See drawing 23:

功用
Application:
我已斜走避之。彼仍苦苦逼來。我如仍求免於兩剛相碰時。即再由右方撤向左方。如彼誤我懦怯者。則俟下式之展開。便知我連續撤退之真諦矣。
As I again evade diagonally, he stubbornly crowds in. If I want to again avoid a case of hardness colliding with hardness, I then withdraw from the right side to the left side. If he mistakes my action for cowardice, then with the following technique he will find out the true purpose of my retreating.

第弍十四式 登山雙撞捶
Posture 24: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, DOUBLE RUSHING PUNCHES

說明
Explanation:
提右脚殿步。左脚趁勢進前一步而成馬式。同時双手握拳向前橫劈而下。再由馬式轉成左登山式。兩手分上下向前衝去。上手以面。下手以胸作目標。
Your right foot lifts and stomps down, and your left foot follows upon this action by taking a step forward to make a horse-riding stance, both of your hands making fists and chopping across forward and downward. Then your stance switches to a left mountain-climbing stance, your hands thrusting out forward with one above and one below, the upper hand targeting the face, the lower hand targeting the chest. See drawing 24:

功用
Application:
倘彼估計我怯敵。則是大錯之誤。當彼正以剛硬之手進攻時。我為避鋒銳計。故連續退却之勢。迨見其再衰三竭時。我突反採主動。以再剛猛之双撞法反擊。使彼有突如其來之勢。
If the opponent assumes I am shying away from him, then he is making a big mistake. As his hands come in, attacking with hardness, I use the strategy of avoiding the full force of it by making continuous retreats, and then when I see he has tired himself out, I suddenly reverse our roles and take charge, using the hard fierceness of the technique of double rushing punches to counterattack, stopping him in his tracks.

第弍十五式 提步封統捶
Posture 25: LIFTING LEG, SEAL & THRUST PUNCH

說明
Explanation:
循上式位置不變。轉身提後右脚成獨立式。右手往後反封。左捶亦配合向後中平衝去。斯時手步。及全身俱已化前作後。變後為前矣。
Continuing from the previous posture, without leaving your location, turn around [rightward], lifting your right leg to make a one-legged stance, as your right hand goes to the rear with a sealing action and your left fist performs a level thrust punch also to the rear [while your right hand pulls back]. Hands, feet, and body have all now turned the front into the rear so that the rear has now become the front. See drawing 25:

功用
Application:
當我正与前敵作猛烈之攻防時。另一敵人自後施以夾擊。㦯彼突趨我後。以求一逞。我若待全身移動。必為彼所算無疑。於是我以化後作前之法應之。使彼詭詐不逞。
While fiercely attacking the opponent in front of me, another one comes in behind me so that I am being engaged on both sides, rushing in from behind to catch me while I am occupied with the first one. If I wait until I have turned around to face him, I will surely fall into his trap, thus I use a technique of changing rear to front in order to deal with it, thereby thwarting his plans.

第弍十六式 登山右叠肘
Posture 26: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, RIGHT PILING ELBOW

說明
Explanation:
右脚踏下成右登山式。右手曲肘沉下。左手以掌承之。肘與掌相碰。發出猛烈之(必卜)聲。
Your right foot comes down to make a right mountain-climbing stance as your right hand sinks down, the elbow bending, your left hand carrying it as a palm, elbow and palm striking against each other, making an audible crack. See drawing 26:

功用
Application:
我以上統捶攻彼上部。彼必以手來迎。彼我旣相接觸。我立即緊握來手。右手曲肘沉下。使彼肘部為我壓制斯為叠肘之㳒
When my thrust punch attacks the opponent’s face, he has to send a hand to meet it. Once we make contact, I immediately grab his incoming [left] hand tightly and sink my right hand down with the elbow bending, pressing down onto his own elbow. This is another method of using a piling-elbow action.

第二十七式 登山刁劈捶
Posture 27: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, HOOK, CHOPPING PUNCH

說明
Explanation:
由右登山式。原位不變。往後轉身而成為左登山式。左手先往後刁去。右拳以(日字式)由後自上劈落。
Without leaving your location, turn your body to the rear to make a left mountain-climbing stance, with first your left hand hooking aside, then your right hand chopping down from above and behind you. See drawing 27:

功用
Application:
彼自前轉後。或另一人自後偷襲。我即須以最迅速之法應付方可。因此我即化後作前。手隨身轉。左手先刁者。乃先消去彼之來手。再以右劈之手擊其上部。可解突擊之危矣。
The opponent shifts from in front of me to be behind me, or another sneaks up behind me. I must respond quickly in order to deal with this situation, so I change the rear into the front, my hands going along with the turning of my body, first my left hand hooking to take aside his incoming hand, then my right hand chopping to strike to his upper area, and in this way I can eliminate the danger of his sudden attack.

第二十八式 右抅摟採手
Posture 28: RIGHT GRAB & PULL CATCHING TECHNIQUE

說明
Explanation:
與上式之步不變。右刁左摟復加一手。便成抅摟採手矣。
With your stance staying the same, your right hand hooks, your left hand pulls, and then your right hand sends out a punch, performing the grab & pull catching technique. See drawing 28:

功用
Application:
與第七式略同
Same as in Posture 7.

第二十九式 七星番車式
Posture 29: BIG-DIPPER STANCE, ROLLING TECHNIQUE

說明
Explanation:
殿右腳進前半步。左前脚乘勢進前成左七星式。右手由上往後力拖。左手自下作挫捶衝去。
Your right foot goes forward a half step, stomping down, and your left foot continues the motion by going forward to make a left big-dipper stance as your right hand strongly pulls back above and your left hand thrusts out from below with a scraping punch. See drawing 29:

功用
Application:
彼以手招我採手。我趁勢封之。因距離過逺。故殿步進前以求接近。再由左拳衝上。襲彼下頷。使彼上下俱受我控制。
The opponent uses a hand to draw in my grabbing hand, so I take advantage of the situation by sealing his, and because he has moved too far away, I stomp forward to close the distance, then thrust upward with my left fist to attack his chin, causing him to be under my control both above and below.

第三十式 七星左刁手
Posture 30: BIG-DIPPER STANCE, LEFT HOOKING HAND

說明
Explanation:
原步不動。右拳收囬腰部。左手向前刁出。
With your feet staying where they are, your right fist withdraws to your waist and your left hand hooks out forward. See drawing 30:

功用
Application:
我番車之勢為彼㪽解。彼更由中路揷進一捶。當我兩手俱注意上路時。彼有此一擊實為髙明之着。我為應付其急激計。則沉手刁之。以解其危。
The opponent deflects my rolling technique and charges forward with a punch to my middle area, which is indeed a wise move on his part, since my hands are occupied above, so I respond to his rapid attack by sinking a hooking hand onto it in order to eliminate the danger.

第三十一式 七星右補捶
Posture 31: BIG-DIPPER STANCE, RIGHT FILLING PUNCH

說明。功用。俱與第二十一式相同
The explanation and application are the same as in Posture 21. See drawing 31:

第三十二式 裏纒絲軋脚
Posture 32: INWARD TWINING SILK, CRUSHING KICK

說明
Explanation:
右前脚踏下。右手自後反手抽上至臍部即以左掌承之。從表面着是類似(頂臍捶)實為裏纒絲也。左後腳由後橫掃而出。以求配合時間。軋脚併用。
Your right foot comes down forward as your right hand goes from the rear, turning over, and draws upward until at navel level, whereupon your left hand is bracing against the arm. This is similar in appearance to a “belly-piercing punch”, but is actually an inward “twining silk” maneuver. Your left foot at the same time sweeps out from the rear with the foot sideways to simultaneously perform a crushing kick. See drawing 32:

功用
Application:
躱剛所有之纒絲是「小」「外」「轉」三種而已。此纒絲是裏纒之法。力道勝於前者。再輔以橫軋之脚更使人難予防備。與下式再有連貫並用之利。更形嚴密矣。
In the Dodging Hardness boxing set, there are three kinds of twining-silk actions: small, outward, and turning. This technique involves an inward twining, which is better for developing strength. The technique is supplemented by a sideways crushing kick, making it even more difficult for the opponent to defend against, and then continues into the following posture for even fuller effect.

第三十三式 掛統躱腿式
Posture 33: HANG & THRUST PUNCH, SUDDEN KICK

說明
Explanation:
右手向上作掛手勢。左拳直出。不待左軋之腿着地即縱身而起。用右脚直撑而出。使左捶與右腿同線同時為佳
Your right hand goes upward as a “hanging hand” while your left fist goes straight out, and before your left leg comes down, your body leaps up and your right foot shoots out, your left punch and right kick elegantly forming simultaneous parallel lines. See drawing 33:

功用
Application:
我用軋脚襲彼。彼撤步卸去。復以手劈我上門。我乘其撤步之虛勢。即跟進以右手掛去來拳。再以穿心腿法緊逼之。與上式有連續之妙用也。
I use the crushing kick to take the opponent by surprise, but he withdraws out of the way and uses a hand to chop at me above, so I pretend to withdraw my foot but then follow him, using my right hand to hang away his incoming fist and close in on him with a through-the-center kick. The ingenuity of this technique lies in linking with the previous posture.

第三十四式 七星右劈軋
Posture 34: BIG-DIPPER STANCE, RIGHT ROLLING CHOP

說明
Explanation:
右撐起之腿着地時成右七星式。上右手順勢落。至中平線與左手相觸而發出(必卜)之聲。
As your right leg comes down, making a right big-dipper stance, your right hand goes along with it by lowering until level, your left hand striking against it with an audible crack. See drawing 34:

功用
Application:
我穿心腿為彼漏過。我即落步以剛手劈軋法迎頭劈落。蓋穿心法。為彼躱去。若非以極剛之手實難禦其乘機溜入之危矣。
The opponent evades my kick so I come down with a forceful technique, using a rolling chop to attack his head. Once he evades my kick, unless I use a technique of great hardness, it would be difficult for me to defend against the opportunity that he now has, and I would slip into a dangerous position.

第三十五式 雙刁右揪腿
Posture 35: DOUBLE HOOKING, RIGHT SCOOPING KICK

說明
Explanation:
此為囘頭式。左手往後刁。右手繼之。當右手刁時右脚同時往左揪去。如為定式則應當至地停止。若為便利下式之展開則以離地為佳。
Turn around [leftward] with your left hand hooking to the rear, then your right hand also hooks, your right foot at the same time scooping away to the left. If you want to be stable in this posture, your foot should finish on the ground, but if you want to move more fluidly into the next posture, it is better for the foot to leave the ground. See drawing 35:

功用
Application:
彼突走我後方襲擊吾背。若不及時迎拒則危險甚矣。於是我乃以左手刁之。繼以右手直取其喉。再用下揪法襲彼下路。使彼有顧此失彼之虞。
An opponent suddenly runs up to make a surprise attack behind me. It would be very dangerous for me if I were to block it too late, so I [turn around] with my left hand hooking. Then I use my right hand to attack his throat while using a scooping technique to attack his lower body, causing him to have too many things to deal with at once.

第三十六式 雙封手揷掌
Posture 36: DOUBLE SEALING HANDS, CHARGING PALM

說明
Explanation:
右脚殿地左脚進前成左登山式。兩手同時向右封去。右手再由後迎面直揷而出。
Your right foot comes down and your left foot advances to make a left mountain-climbing stance, your hands at the same time going to the right to seal away, then your right hand charges straight out from the rear with a strike to the face. See drawing 36:

功用
Application:
彼提脚避過我揪腿。我即殿步上前以求貼近再以双手封去彼手。然後抽囘右手化掌直取其面部。
The opponent lifts his leg to evade my scooping kick, so I stomp [with my right foot] and step forward [with my left foot] in order to crowd him, using both hands to seal off his hand, then I withdraw my right hand and send it straight out to attack his face with a palm strike.

第三十七式 引針右腰斬
Posture 37: DRAWING THE NEEDLE AND SLASHING THE WAIST

說明
Explanation:
右脚跟前一步。左脚再開前成左七星式。左手自右穿出。再往左拖。右掌同時向彼腰部斬去。
Your right foot follows a step forward and then your left foot steps out forward to make a big-dipper stance, your left hand at the same time threading out from your right side and pulling across to the left as your right hand slashes out to the opponent’s waist. See drawing 37:

功用
Application:
引針腰斬一着。為螳螂拳中之柔極手法。有左右分化。上下齊施之用。雖為妙着。但施用之機會甚少。較難於運用自如。此為由剛化柔之難。難於由柔變剛之故也。
This is the softest hand technique in Mantis Boxing, involving left and right doing different things while above and below are working in unison. Although it is an ingenious technique, opportunities to use it are rare. And it is difficult to master, for it entails the difficulty of switching from hardness to softness, which is more difficult than switching from softness to hardness.

第三十八式 登山左圈捶
Posture 38: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, LEFT SWINGING PUNCH

說明
Explanation:
由左七星式落下成左登山式。左捶往右力圈達半徑之狀。後以右掌迎之發出必卜之聲。
Your foot comes down to make a left mountain-climbing stance as your left fist forcefully arcs in a half circle to the right, your right palm meeting it with an audible crack. See drawing 38:

功用
Application:
此為由極柔化極剛之手。較上式易於施展。當我用引針腰斬時。彼往後竄避。我左膝略挺前成左登山式。自上部圈出一捶。使彼難於應付。
This technique involves switching from extreme softness to extreme hardness, and compared to the previous posture is easier to apply. When I use the technique of DRAWING THE NEEDLE AND SLASHING THE WAIST, the opponent backs off to evade it, so I bend my left knee forward, making a left mountain-climbing stance, and swing out a punch to his upper area, making it even harder for him to deal with the situation.

第三十九式 登山左崩捶
Posture 39: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, LEFT AVALANCHE PUNCH

說明
Explanation:
承上登山式不變由外圈內之拳。反由內而崩外。封而崩之
Continuing from the previous posture, without changing your stance, your [left] fist circles inward and then rolls over outward as you perform a sealing action and an avalanche punch. See drawing 39:

功用
Application:
崩捶與挫捶若以定式觀之實無二致。惟崩捶則由上打下。挫捶由下衝上。崩捶利於用脚。挫捶利於進逼。其未來之趨勢不同。
An avalanche punch and a scraping punch will look no different in the finished posture, but an avalanche punch strikes downward from above, whereas a scraping punch thrusts upward from below. Also, an avalanche punch makes use of the stance you are already in, whereas a scraping punch works best when advancing, and so they are different situations.

第四十式 七星左刁手
Posture 40: BIG-DIPPER STANCE, LEFT HOOKING HAND

說明
Explanation:
登山式反坐後腿。前腿往後一仰。則成七星式。右拳收貼腰部。左手向前刁出。
Sit back onto your rear leg, your front leg pulling back with the toes raised, making a big-dipper stance, as your right fist withdraws to your waist and your left hand goes out forward as a hook. See drawing 40:

功用
Application:
拳擊之戰與鎗炮之戰其分别䖏在距離。以登山式移後作七星式一前一後約差尺餘。假若為敵逼近。無法可解時。退而讓之之妙法也。
Combat with fists is vastly different from combat with cannons. Shifting back from the mountain-climbing stance into the big-dipper stance reduces the distance between my front foot and rear foot to just over a foot apart. When an opponent comes in with an attack I have no chance of dispelling, retreat is the best option [unlike with artillery fire, which cannot be outrun if you are already in range].

第四十一式 七星右補捶
Posture 41: BIG-DIPPER STANCE, RIGHT FILLING PUNCH

說明
Explanation:
左七星式進一步為右七星式。其捶法与順步補捶相同。
Advance to make a right big-dipper stance with the same forward-stepping filling punch technique as before [Postures 21 and 31]. See drawing 41:

功用
Application:
七星式為螳螂拳常步。因其虛實各半。進退自如。故多用之。刁手為卸讓之法。補捶亦填其卸漏也。
The big-dipper stance is the most common stance in Mantis Boxing. Because it is half empty and half full, you can advance and retreat with ease, and this is why it is so frequently used. The hooking hand clears the way, and then the filling punch fills the gap.

第四十二式 跨虎捕蟬式
Posture 42: SITTING-TIGER STANCE, CATCHING A CICADA

說明
Explanation:
由七星式踏下手隨身轉。反身跨虎蓄勢。利我起脚反擊也。
Continuing from the previous posture, your [right] foot comes down and your hands go along with the turning of your body as you turn around and get into a sitting-tiger stance, storing power, so that you are in a good position to lift a foot and counterattack. See drawing 42:

功用
Application:
倘敵從後追來。我即轉身反封若捕蟬之狀。蓄勢踢出使彼難於躱避。
If an opponent pursues from behind, I turn around and seal off his attack with a “catching a cicada” gesture, storing power to give him a kick that he will find difficult to dodge.

DRUNKEN LUOHAN

醉羅漢拳
DRUNKEN LUOHAN BOXING
順德黃漢勛編述
by Huang Hanxun [Wong Honfan] of Shunde
山東蓬萊羅師光玉授
as taught by Luo Guangyu of Penglai, Shandong
[published Jihai year, 6th month, 27th day (Aug 1, 1959)]

[translation by Paul Brennan, Feb, 2018]

醉羅漢拳
Drunken Luohan Boxing
韋基舜題
– calligraphy by Wei Jishun

自序
PREFACE

中國拳技之以醉拳馳譽武林,厥惟「醉八仙」南北各派拳術皆有以此命名者,其他如「醉六躺」「醉打蔣門神」「醉酒鬧東海」「醉羅漢」「醉劉唐」「醉猴掌」「醉螳螂」莫不蜚聲武林,然治此技者必先具備輕靈之身手,穩健之腰馬方可嘗試,否則雖盡半生心力尤恐未易達於成功之境域,尤其難練者厥為「練氣」若徒作翻滾之小動作以取悅於觀衆者則相去「醉拳之眞意遠矣。
拙著跌蕩翻騰,處處皆須表觀其似醉還醒,欲跌還穩之態,斯為上選也,倘希有志研練者,三復斯旨為幸。
己亥孟春上院黃漢勛於螳螂小隱
Drunken boxing sets are famous within Chinese martial arts, although only Drunken Eight Immortals is common to both northern and southern styles. But there are also others, such as Drunken Six Falls, Drunken Wu Song Fighting Jiang Zhong the Door-God, Drunken Fight at the Eastern Sea, Drunken Luohan, Drunken Liu Tang, Drunken Monkey Palms, and Drunken Mantis, which have all gained a degree of fame in the martial arts community.
  To possess this kind of skill, you must first have agility of body and hands, and stability of waist and stance, and then you will be able to give these sets a try. Otherwise even if you work at it for half a lifetime, I fear it will be not be easy for you to succeed, and it will be particularly difficult for you to develop its unique energy. If you only focus on the tricks of rolling around in order to please spectators, then you will be taking yourself away from the true meaning of drunken boxing.
  In my performance below of stumbling and swaying, turning and hopping, it is meant to look like a drunk sobering up. An appearance of stumbling and then returning to stability is what you should be aiming for. For those rare individuals out there who aspire to practice this set, I hope you will repeatedly examine this point.
  - Huang Hanxun at the Mantis School, Jihai year, 1st ten-day period of the 1st month of spring, [early Feb, 1959]

前中央國術舘舘長 張之江先生題字
Inscription by former director of the Central Martial Arts Institute, Zhang Zhijiang:

術德並重
“Give equal emphasis to both skill and morality.”
之江
– [Zhang] Zhijiang

練藝貴能貫通精氣神
“Practicing these arts will enable the smooth flow of essence, energy, and spirit.”
盧煒昌 漢勛同志囑書廿八、四、四
– inscription by Lu Weichang for Hanxun’s books, Apr 4, 1939

第一式:中平拱手讓座
Posture 1: STANDING STABLY, SALUTING TO INVITE A GUEST TO TAKE A SEAT

說明:
Explanation:
假定找擇比方站立以作此拳之起點,則為右北左南,背東面西,雙脚緊靠作中平勢,雙拳同時抽起,曲肘而與肩部看齊,如『定式圖』。
If you stand in the northern part of the practice space to begin this boxing set, then the north is to your right, the south to your left, the east behind you, the west in front of you. With your feet next to each other, making a posture of standing stably, your fists pull up, elbows bent at shoulder level. See photo 1:

功用:
Application:
此為開式,本無功用可言,惟曲肘上抽之着力,更比中平蓄勢尤强,多練可使胸部發達與增厚,臂肘間之力道也。
This is simply an opening posture, with basically no other function to speak of except for the exertion involved in bending your elbows as you pull your arms upward, further increasing the strength being stored in this position of standing stably. Frequent practice of this movement can cause your chest muscles to develop and thicken, and is a strengthening method for the elbows.

第二式:脱拷勢雙墜捶
Posture 2: BREAKING FREE WITH DOUBLE DROPPING PUNCHES

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,雙脚向左右分開,未分之前先全身騰空跳起,然後以殿地法用力踏下以成騎馬式,雙拳自上向馬內疾穿而下,拳腕向作微曲以增加穿下之力。
Continuing from the previous posture, your body hops up and your feet spread apart to the sides, then you come down in a strong horse-riding stance, your fists quickly piercing downward from above toward the inside of your thighs, the wrists bending slightly inward to add power to these downward thrusts. [See photo 2:]

功用:
Application:
彼若以找腰部空虛而乘機攻來,則我可乘勢穿下以破來勢,或雙手被捉亦可找於全身由上踏下之勢與雙下墜之力道去掙脫之。
If the opponent notices that my waist area is now an open target and takes advantage of the opportunity to attack, I can seize the moment by piercing downward to smash his attack. Or if my hands have been grabbed, I can send my whole body downward from above while strongly dropping my fists to break free.

第三式:馬式舉杯敬酒
Posture 3: HORSE-RIDING STANCE, RAISE THE CUP TO OFFER A TOAST

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,原步不動,右拳化成封手,(舉杯法)自襠下舉出,左拳化成刁手往後抅去,目注視前方,如『定式圖』。
Continuing from the previous posture, with your feet staying where they are, your right fist becomes a sealing hand (in a “raise the cup” posture) and goes out raising up from below your crotch, your left fist at the same time becoming a luring hand and hooking away to the rear. Your gaze is forward. See photo 3:

功用:
Application:
彼擬以拳自我中部擊來,我先用左手勾消之,再用右手斜斜穿上,雖無醉酒法之形式,但變為拳掌均以適合當為所需而定也。
An opponent tries to use a fist to strike to the middle area of my body, so I first use my left hand to lure it away and dispel his attack, then use my right hand to diagonally pierce upward. Although this technique does not seem to exhibit a drunken method, the fists switch to hand positions appropriate to the theme.

第四式:醉酒欲跌還穩
Posture 4: DRUNKARD ABOUT TO FALL REGAINS HIS STEADINESS

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,先將右脚白面前繞過左方成偸步法如「過渡式甲圖」。
Continuing from the previous posture, first your right foot arcs in front of you toward the left, making a stealth step. See photo 4a:

而將左脚繞出面前而成為「過渡式乙圖」。
Then your left foot arcs around in front of you, making [another stealth step]. See photo 4b:

再將右脚抽出後復為騎馬式,如「定式圖」。
Then your right foot steps out from behind you for you to again make a horse-riding stance. See photo 4c:

註,
Note:
全式須作左右搖動如醉後之形狀及連貫為妙。
The key to this technique is that you have to continuously sway side to side, as one does after becoming drunk.

功用:
Application:
全式須盡量運用腰馬之力道使盡量發揮醉酒中之最高境界,運用上有欲進還退,欲左忽右之神妙。
This technique depends on being driven from your waist and stance. It will work best if you give free rein to a drunken behavior. Its application lies in the subtlety of being about to advance but then retreating, or of being about to go left but then suddenly going right.

第五式:登山封手統捶
Posture 5: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, SEALING HAND, COORDINATED PUNCH

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,原步轉過左南方,以成為左登山步,同時左手亦向南封去然後收於腰部,右拳自腰直向南方衝出如『定式圖』。
Continuing from the previous posture, with your feet staying in their location, your body turns to the left to be facing to the south, making a left mountain-climbing stance, your left hand at the same time going to the south with a sealing action. The hand then withdraws to your waist as your right fist thrusts out to the south from your waist. See photo 5:

功用:
Application:
彼繞過我左方攻來,我趕速轉馬先封去來手,然後以右拳還擊之,當我封去來手時必順勢牽之,使彼身體傾來,我右拳及時擊之,其勢至强也。
The opponent circles around to my left to attack me, so I pursue him by quickly turning my stance and sealing off his incoming hand, then I use my right fist to counterattack. When I seal off his incoming hand, I have to seize the moment by pulling it in, causing his body to lean toward me, so that when I strike with my right fist the technique is much more powerful.

第六式:封手十字腿法
Posture 6: SEALING HAND, CROSSED-BODY KICK

循上式:說明,
Explanation:
先以右拳化成封手,再收回腰部,左拳由腰化掌與右腿向前齊出,腿與掌必同一線為合,如『定式圖』。
Continuing from the previous posture, first your right fist changes to a sealing hand, then it withdraws to your waist as your left fist changes to a palm and goes out to the left in unison with your right leg. The leg and arm have to be parallel with each other. See photo 6:

功用:
Application:
彼出手招去我上式之拳,我卽循來手封之,旣封得之後,卽以左掌又右腿還擊彼中下二路,我先封住來手然後施以手腿齊攻之法是無犯險之忌矣。
The opponent sends out a hand to draw away the fist that I used in the previous posture, so I go along with his incoming hand by sealing it off. Once his hand has been sealed, I then use my left palm and right leg to counterattack to the middle and lower areas of his body. As this is a method of first sealing off an incoming hand and then attacking with hand and leg in tandem, it therefore involves no element of risk.

第七式:蹤跳雙飛腿法
Posture 7: LEAP UP INTO A FLYING DOUBLE KICK

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,先兩手不動,祗先將踢出之右脚踏下,再提起左後脚,如「過渡式甲圖」,
Continuing from the previous posture, your hands maintain their position as first your right foot stomps down and then your left foot lifts up behind you. See photo 7a:

再全身跳起而踢出右脚,同時右拳化掌由下向上而出,左掌則由上擊下,使互相碰擊如「過渡式定圖」,
Then your whole body leaps up [driven by your left leg swinging forward] and your right foot kicks out, your right fist at the same time becoming a palm and going out upward from below as your left palm strikes downward from above, your hands striking each other. See photo 7b:

再以右掌往下拍落右腿如『動式圖』。
Then your right palm slaps down onto your right leg. See photo 7c:


Note:
動定二圖,實二而一而已。
Although photos b and c are two photos, they are actually showing just one movement.

功用:
Application:
全身騰空而起,出腿進擊,實為兇險之法,居於彼我之間,並非某方獨佔其利弊也。
My whole body leaps up and I send a leg forward to attack. This is a risky maneuver, advantage or disadvantage depending on the spacing between myself and the opponent, rather than on my being positioned in a particular place.

第八式:右旋風腿舉杯
Posture 8: RIGHT WHIRLWIND KICK, RAISE THE CUP

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,不侍上式之脚踏地卽全身向右翻起,左掌向右脚底打去,如「過渡式甲圖」,
Continuing from the previous posture, without waiting to fully come down, your body spins around to the right [left], rising up, and your left palm goes out to strike the sole of your right foot. See photo 8a:

而右脚落地成騎馬式,右手以舉杯法斜向前方舉出,左刁手往後拘去如『定式圖』。
Then your right foot comes down to make a horse-riding stance and your right hand goes out forward in a raise-the-cup posture, your left hand hooking away behind you. See photo 8b:

功用:
Application:
我雙飛腿旣屬兇險之法,難保對方不乘我凌空而起時突用掃膛腿法襲我下一路,因此我再凌空以旋風腿法還擊彼上路。
The flying double kick is a risky maneuver, for it is difficult to keep the opponent from taken advantage of the time during which I am in the air. He suddenly attacks toward my lower body with a hall-sweeping kick, so I again leap up and now perform a whirlwind kick to counterattack to his upper body.

第九式:醉酒似退實進
Posture 9: DRUNKARD SEEMS ABOUT TO RETREAT BUT ACTUALLY ADVANCES

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,兩手不變,先將右脚向左方倒退如偸步之勢,如「過渡式甲圖」。
Continuing from the previous posture, your hand position does not change as you first retreat your right foot to the left [passing in front of your left foot], almost getting into a stealth step position. See photo 9a:

再將左脚自後抽出,畧離地面,如「過渡式乙圖」。
Then your left foot pulls out from behind you [and comes around in front of your right foot], slightly lifted off the ground. See photo 9b:

再以左脚着地,右脚須迫前,仍成騎馬式,右手再舉出,如『定式圖』。
Then bring your left foot down, which causes your right foot to go forward, and you again make a horse-riding stance, your right hand again going out raised up. See photo 9c:

功用:
Application:
全式,看來但欲退却似當其將退時卽返身進前,必須盡量表現跌蕩醉態為佳。
The sum of this technique is that you seem about to retreat, but while retreating, your body is instead advancing. You have to do your utmost to look like a stumbling drunk for it be right.

第十式:醉酒似退實進
Posture 10: DRUNKARD SEEMS ABOUT TO RETREAT BUT ACTUALLY ADVANCES

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,兩手不變,先將右脚向左方倒退如偸步之勢如「過渡式甲圖」
Continuing from the previous posture, your hand position does not change as you first retreat your right foot to the left [passing in front of your left foot], almost getting into a stealth step position. See photo 10a:

再將左脚自後抽出,畧離地面,如「過渡式乙圖」
Then your left foot pulls out from behind you [and comes around in front of your right foot], slightly lifted off the ground. See photo 10b:

再以左脚着地,右脚復進前仍成騎馬式,右手再舉出如『定式圖』。
Then bring your left foot down, which causes your right foot to go forward, and you again make a horse-riding stance, your right hand again going out raised up. See photo 10c:

功用:
Application:
全式,看來似欲退却,但當其將退時卽返身進前,必盡量表現跌蕩醉態為佳。
The sum of this technique is that you seem about to retreat, but while retreating, your body is instead advancing. You have to do your utmost to look like a stumbling drunk for it be right.

第十一式:醉酒似退實進
Posture 11: DRUNKARD SEEMS ABOUT TO RETREAT BUT ACTUALLY ADVANCES

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,兩手不變,先將右脚向左方倒退如偸步之勢如「過渡式甲圖」
Continuing from the previous posture, your hand position does not change as you first retreat your right foot to the left [passing in front of your left foot], almost getting into a stealth step position. See photo 11a:

再將左脚自後抽出,畧離地面,如「過渡式乙圖」
Then your left foot pulls out from behind you [and comes around in front of your right foot], slightly lifted off the ground. See photo 11b:

再以左脚着地,右脚須迫前仍成騎馬式,右手再舉出如『定式圖』。
Then bring your left foot down, which causes your right foot to go forward, and you again make a horse-riding stance, your right hand again going out raised up. See photo 11c:

功用:
Application:
全式,看來似欲退却,佢當其將退時卽返身進前,必須盡量表現跌蕩醉態為佳。
The sum of this technique is that you seem about to retreat, but while retreating, your body is instead advancing. You have to do your utmost to look like a stumbling drunk for it be right.

第十二式:醉酒欲斜還正
Posture 12: DRUNKARD ABOUT TO LEAN REGAINS HIS BALANCE

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,兩手不變,全身向右一擰成扭身之勢,如「過渡式甲圖」
Continuing from the previous posture, your hands maintain their position as your body twists to the right, making a twisted stance [with your right leg over your left]. See photo 12a:

再將後脚抽出反居於前,手畧低垂,如「過渡式乙圖」
Then your rear [left] foot swings around to be in front, your [right] hand slightly lowering. See photo 12b:

右脚再向右開成面對南方之騎馬式如『定式圖』。
Then your right foot steps out to the right, making a horse-riding stance that is squared to the south. See 12c:

功用:
Application:
如一般之醉酒法,須跌蕩如酒醉法演出方稱佳妙。
For the typical drunken method, you have to stumble and sway like the performance of a drunkard, and then it can be said to be right.

第十三式:雙封手右蹬腿
Posture 13: DOUBLE SEALING HANDS, RIGHT PRESSING KICK

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,雙手分左前右後,前陽後陰封去,右腿向斜前方橫蹬而出如,『定式圖』。
Continuing from the previous posture, your hands spread apart, left hand forward, right hand behind, sealing off with your forward hand facing upward, rear hand facing downward, and your right leg goes diagonally forward with a sideways pressing kick. See photo 13:

功用:
Application:
敵方欲自我左方攻來,我先用雙手封去之,再出右腿襲擊彼中部,我旣封牢其手,使彼無法退避也。
An opponent tries to attack from my left, so I first use my hands to seal it off, then send out my right foot with a surprise attack to the middle area of his body. By firmly seizing his hand, I cause him to have no means of escape.

第十四式:臥地雙輾腿法
Posture 14: LYING DOWN, SCISSOR LEGS

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,不俟踢起之右腿着地卽全身自空中向前扑下,右腿先下而斜過左方在下,左腿後下而居上,斜過右方兩腿便成較剪形,雙掌按地而使雙脚有剷前之勢為合,如『定式圖』。
Continuing from the previous posture, without waiting for your kicking right foot to come down, your whole body then goes from a state of being in mid-air to lunging forward lying down, your right leg coming down first and going diagonally to the left under your left leg, which then comes down going diagonally to the right over your right leg, your legs making a scissors shape, your palms pushing down onto the ground to give your feet an effect of shoveling forward. See photo 14:

功用:
Application:
彼以我橫蹬腿突攻彼腹部而欲極力往後倒退,我不俟其退卽用臥地法在前用輾腿法以攻其下路。
The opponent notices my sideways pressing kick suddenly attacking his belly, so he does his utmost to retreat. Instead of waiting for him to get away, I then lunge forward, lying down, using a scissor legs technique to attack him below.

第十五式:翻身左掃腿法
Posture 15: TURN OVER WITH LEFTWARD SWEEPING LEGS

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,身畧向地臥下:先舉起左腿,如「過渡式甲圖」
Continuing from the previous posture, your body lies down further toward the ground and you first lift your left leg. See photo 15a:

再將全身翻過左方,左腿着地而反舉起右腿,雙手亦隨身翻過左方而按地,如「過渡式乙圖」
Then your whole body turns over to the left, your left leg coming down to the ground, your right leg correspondingly lifting up, your hands going along with the turning of your body to push down on the ground to the left. See photo 15b:

再使右腿落下則再成臥下輾腿法,如『定式圖』。
Then your right leg comes down, returning you to the position of LYING DOWN, SCISSOR LEGS. See photo 15c:

功用:
Application:
我旣臥於地下,使彼方必欲乘空以居高臨下之勢來襲,於是我乃用連環掃腿法以還攻彼中下路。
Now that I am lying on the ground, the opponent will want to take advantage of my vulnerable position, feeling that he is now in a clearly superior position above me, and will suddenly attack. Therefore I apply this technique of continuously sweeping legs in order to counterattack to his middle or lower body.

第十六式:翻身右掃腿法
Posture 16: TURN OVER WITH RIGHTWARD SWEEPING LEGS

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,全身不動,先將右腿舉起,如「過渡式甲圖」
Continuing from the previous posture, your body stays where it as you first lift your right leg. See photo 16a:

再全身翻過右方,右腿着地,反而舉起左腿,如『過渡式乙圖」
Then your whole body turns over to the right, your right leg coming down to the ground, your left leg correspondingly lifting up. See photo 16b:

再將左腿落於右方以成為剪形,如『定式圖』
Then your left leg comes down to the right side, your legs making a scissors shape. See photo 16c:

功用:
Application:
上式,向左,此式向右互為左右呼應而已,至實二而一耳。
The previous posture went to the left side, and now this one goes to the right side. Working both sides equally, these two postures are actually one technique.

第十七式:臥虎欲起還跌
Posture 17: SLEEPING TIGER WANTS TO GET UP BUT THEN LIES BACK DOWN

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,全身由兩足趾尖與兩掌支撑而起,使身體全部離開地面,頭作廻顧勢,起愈高愈佳,至盡則再全身與手足扑下,如『定式圖』。
Continuing from the previous posture, your whole body, from toes to palms, rises up so that you have completely left the ground, your head turned to look back. The higher you go away from the ground, the better, and then your body, hands, and feet, again plop back down [the effect of the movement looking like a full-body burp]. See photo 17:

功用:
Application:
雖無出手,動腿之運用,能使四肢增强,力道於拳擊上不無禪補也。
Even though you are not sending out your hands or moving your legs, this exercise can strengthen your limbs. It is a strengthening method within boxing arts that is not without real benefit.

第十八式:翻身大滾突圍
Posture 18: TURN OVER AND DO A FULL ROLL TO ESCAPE FROM DANGER

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,全身向前而起,以翻滾方法向前滾去。按,初習以雙掌抵地蹺起左脚,右脚着力往前撑去則易滾,若練之成熟,則不必用手幫助便可滾去矣。如『定式圖』
Continuing from the previous posture, your body goes forward and rises up, and you perform a tumbling maneuver to roll away forward. (Note: In the beginning of the training, it may be easier to roll by putting both palms on the ground, lifting your left [right] foot, and using your right [left] leg to push you over forward, but once you have practiced to the point of skillfulness, you will easily be able to roll without needing your hands to help.) See photo 18:

功用:
Application:
我為求得機起立以作與對方撑擊,乃借滾翻之勢以撤出被圍攻之險地焉。
I find an opportunity to stand up, but it only gives the opponent opportunity to attack, so I go into rolling over in order to remove myself altogether from the place he is attacking.

第十九式:右旋風腿舉杯
Posture 19: RIGHT WHIRLWIND KICK, RAISE THE CUP

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,我脫翻過前方,卽起身作旋風腿之打法卽如第八式同,如「過渡式及定式圖」。
Continuing from the previous posture, once you have rolled over forward, stand up and perform a whirlwind kick. It is the same as in Posture 8. See photos 19a and b:

功用:
Application:
我雙飛腿旣屬兇險之法,難保對方不乘我凌空而起時突用掃膛腿法襲我下一路,因此我再凌空以旋風腿法還擊彼上路。
The flying double kick [forward roll] is a risky maneuver, for it is difficult to keep the opponent from taken advantage of the time during which I am in the air [on the ground]. He suddenly attacks toward my lower body with a hall-sweeping kick, so I again leap up and this time perform a whirlwind kick to counterattack to his upper body.

第二十式:醉酒欲轉還止
Posture 20: DRUNKARD ABOUT TO SPIN ALL THE WAY AROUND STOPS HIMSELF

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,循左扭身以成扭步勢,右手亦隨身移過左方,如「過渡式甲圖」
Continuing from the previous posture, your body twists to the left [right], making a twisted stance [with your right leg over your left], your right hand going along with your body by shifting to the left [right]. See photo 20a:

再將左脚抽出繞過面前以成偸手之勢,手亦轉過右方,如「過渡式乙圖」
Then your left foot comes out and swings around in front of you, making a stealth step, your [right] hand going along with the movement by shifting farther to the right. See photo 20b:

再換步轉身,如「過渡式丙圖」
Then your feet switch their roles [of being the front or rear foot] as you turn around. See photo 20c:

再以醉酒法將身體移正以成騎馬式,手向右方移正,如『定式圖』。
Then shift your body to be facing squarely as you make a horse-riding stance, your [right] hand shifting to the right [left]. See photo 20d:

功用:
Application:
如一般醉酒法向右轉半個身,定式可一次或二次,走時須表現十分醉態為佳。
A typical drunken method is to make a half turn to the right and then steady yourself. This can be done one time or two times [depending on how far you want to get turned around]. When stepping, you have to look extremely drunk for it to be right.

第二十一式:醉酒欲轉還止
Posture 21: DRUNKARD ABOUT TO SPIN ALL THE WAY AROUND STOPS HIMSELF

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,原步向右扭去如偸步勢,手亦隨之轉右,如「過渡式甲圖」
Continuing from the previous posture, with your feet staying in their location, twist to the right, making a stealth step position [with your right leg over your left], your [right] hand going along with the movement by shifting to the right. See photo 21a:

再換步繞過面前,手畧向後移,如「過渡式乙圖」
Then switch your stance by swinging your rear [left] foot around in front of you, your [right] hand shifting farther to the rear. See photo 21b:

再將右脚向右方開出以成騎馬式,手向右前斜方開出,如『定式圖』。
Then your right foot steps out to the right and you make a horse-riding stance, your [right] hand going out diagonally to the forward right [forward left]. See photo 21c:

功用:
Application:
合二十式雖為醉酒法紙得二次,但練時則可增至四次,惟四次皆不可轉至一圈以上,卽是每醉一次皆僅移轉少許而已。
This technique is combined with Posture 20. Although it is performed here only twice, you can add to it and perform it up to four times when practicing. However, if you do it four times, you must not turn yourself all the way around in a complete circle, and therefore each time has to shift you around to a smaller degree.

第二十二式:捧酒過景陽崗
Posture 22: CARRYING WINE TO THE SUNNY SIDE OF THE HILL

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,左脚向右脚拍齊,膝部彎曲,雙手化拳,曲手向正中相貼,如「過渡式圖」
Continuing from the previous posture, your left foot stomps next to your right foot, knees bent, as both hands become fists and come together toward the middle, arms bent. See photo 22:

再原式向前疾走四步仍維持原狀,
Then quickly advance four steps [left, right, left, right], while maintaining this position.

功用:
Application:
彼欲進捶擊我中路,我卽手步向中集合,旣減小攻擊目標,又能以兩手撞擊來手。
The opponent tries to strike forward to the middle area of my body, so I bring together my hands and feet toward the center, thereby shrinking his targeting area. Or I can also use my hands to smash his incoming hand.

第二十三式:騎馬掛手統捶
Posture 23: HORSE-RIDING STANCE, HANGING HAND, COORDINATED PUNCH

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,先將左脚向左後斜方移開,再將右脚向右後斜方移開以成騎馬式,左拳曲肘向上架起,右拳直出如『定式圖』。
Continuing from the previous posture, first your left foot shifts out diagonally to the left rear, then your right foot shifts out diagonally to the right rear, and you make a horse-riding stance. Then your left fist props up, the elbow bent, and your right fist goes straight out. See photo 23:

功用:
Application:
被漏過我手再出手由上劈落我頭上,我畧向後移開,再以招之卽打之法迎擊之。
The opponent slips out of my hands and then sends a hand chopping down to my head from above, so I slightly shift to the rear, then use a method of drawing in and striking out to stop him in his tracks.

第二十四式:登山左劈捶法
Posture 24: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, LEFT CHOPPING PUNCH

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,右脚向後退以成左登山式,左上拳向右前拳腕間劈落,左拳劈落後,卽向前伸出,右拳貼左肩之內,如『定式圖』。
Continuing from the previous posture, your right foot retreats to make a left mountain-climbing stance as your left fist chops down toward the area of your right wrist and then extends forward, your right fist at the same time withdrawing to the inside of your left shoulder. See photo 24:

功用:
Application:
彼先以手封去我之右拳,我為解去其困乃以左拳劈落彼腕部,再乘勢以左拳衝出,斯為連消代打之法也。
The opponent first uses a hand to seal off my right fist, so I escape this predicament by using my left fist to chop down to his wrist, and then follow through by thrusting out. This is a method of defense continuing into attack.

第二十五式:登山右劈捶法
Posture 25: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, RIGHT CHOPPING PUNCH

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,退左脚以成右登山步,右拳自左肩部近向左腕部劈去,左拳受去一劈之後,反收於右肩之內,如『定式圖』。
Continuing from the previous posture, your left foot retreats to make a right mountain-climbing stance as your right fist chops out from your left shoulder toward the area of your left wrist and then extends forward, your left fist at the same time withdrawing to the inside of your right shoulder. See photo 25:

功用:
Application:
與上式同,祗左右之別耳!惟左右連環足以抑止猛烈之攻勢有餘,同時用之作攻擊亦頗具威脅之效。
Same as in the previous posture, only with left and right reversed. By continuously stepping away to diminish the fierceness of the opponent’s attack while at the same time attacking him, the result is that he will be the one to feel intimidated.

第二十六式:登山左劈捶法
Posture 26: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, LEFT CHOPPING PUNCH

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,右脚向後退以成左登山步,左上拳向右前拳腕間劈落,左拳劈落後,卽向前伸出右拳貼左肩內,如『定式圖』。
Continuing from the previous posture, your right foot retreats to make a left mountain-climbing stance as your left fist chops down toward the area of your right wrist and then extends forward, your right fist at the same time withdrawing to the inside of your left shoulder. See photo 26:

功用:
Application:
彼先以手封去我之右拳,我為解去其困乃以左拳劈落彼腕部,再乘勢以左拳衝出,斯為連消帶打之法也。
The opponent first uses a hand to seal off my right fist, so I escape this predicament by using my left fist to chop down to his wrist, and then follow through by thrusting out. This is a method of defense continuing into attack.

第二十七式:登山右劈捶法
Posture 27: MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, RIGHT CHOPPING PUNCH

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,退左脚以成右登山步,右拳自左肩部近向左腕部劈去,左拳受去一劈之後,反收於右肩之內,如『定式圖』。
Continuing from the previous posture, your left foot retreats to make a right mountain-climbing stance as your right fist chops out from your left shoulder toward the area of your left wrist and then extends forward, your left fist at the same time withdrawing to the inside of your right shoulder. See photo 27:

功用:
Application:
與上式同,祗左右之別耳!惟左右連環足以抑止猛烈之攻勢有餘,同時用之作攻擊亦頗具威脅之效。
Same as in the previous posture, only with left and right reversed. By continuously stepping away to diminish the fierceness of the opponent’s attack while at the same time attacking him, the result is that he will be the one to feel intimidated.

第二十八式:撲腿掛手掃捶
Posture 28: CROUCHING STANCE, HANGING HAND, SWEEPING PUNCH

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,先原步不動右手拳往後下方殺落,如「過渡式圖」
Continuing from the previous posture, with your feet first staying where they are, your right fist smashes downward to the rear. See photo 28a:

再身往向左方移轉以成扑腿法,右拳由後轉前向襠下掃落,左拳曲肘橫欄於頭上,如『定式圖』。
Then your body turns to the left and you make a crouching stance, your right fist arcing forward from the rear and sweeping downward until below your crotch, your left fist blocking across above your headtop, the elbow bent. See photo 28b:

功用:
Application:
彼欲以手足兼旋法分向我上下兩路攻來,我左拳護頂,右拳反向袴下掃落俾橫截來腿也。
The opponent tries to swing both a hand and a foot to attack me above and below simultaneously [on my left side], so I send my left fist to guard my headtop [against his attacking hand] as my right fist sweeps down lower than my crotch in order to stop his incoming leg.

第二十九式:封手登山揷掌
Posture 29: SEALING HANDS, MOUNTAIN-CLIMBING STANCE, CRASHING PALM

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,提右脚踏下,再進左脚以成左登山步同時雙手封過右方,再出右掌向前直揷而出,如『定式圖』
Continuing from the previous posture, your right foot lifts up and stomps down, then your left foot advances to make a left mountain-climbing stance. At the same time, both hands seal across to your right, then your right palm crashes forward. See photo 29:

功用:
Application:
彼閃身走過我右方,進拳擊我中上路,我先以雙手封去之,再出掌反攻之。
The opponent suddenly moves over to my right side and sends a fist striking forward to my middle or upper area, so I first use both hands to seal him off, then send out a palm to counterattack.

第三十式:翻身封手叠肘
Posture 30: TURN AROUND, SEALING HAND, FOLDING ELBOW

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,向右翻身過後方,蹶右脚以成左登山步,雙手自上封下,如「過渡式圖」
Continuing from the previous posture, your body does a rightward turn to the rear, your right foot retreating to make a left mountain-climbing stance, your hands sealing downward from above. See photo 30a:

再以右手曲肘向前叠去,如『定式圖』
Then your right arms bends and your elbow goes out forward with a folding action. See photo 30b:

功用:
Application:
彼欲由我後方施行突擊,我迅卽翻身用雙封手法封閉來手,再以叠肘法壓逼來手。
An opponent tries to attack me suddenly from behind, so I quickly turn around, using both hands to seal off his attacking hand, then use a folding-elbow technique to apply pressure to his incoming arm.

第三十一式:欲起先落敬酒
Posture 31: DROPPING DOWN BEFORE RISING UP TO PROPOSE A TOAST

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,原步向右後方扑下,左手抅落後方右手以舉杯法垂下至地,如「過渡式圖」
Continuing from the previous posture, with your feet staying in their location, turn to the right rear and crouch down, your left hand hooking away behind you, your right hand lowering toward the ground in a raise-the-cup position. See photo 31a:

再全身往上挺起右提腿以成獨立勢,身體盡量俯前,如『定式圖』
Then your whole body rises up and your right leg lifts to make a one-legged stance, your body leaning forward as far as it can. See photo 31b:

功用:
Application:
此式對練拳者有發揮表現其腰馬與重心力之機會,功用上則與其他舉杯法相同。
As for practice, this posture exhibits a greater potential for training the waist, stance, and balance. As for application, it is the same as the other raise-the-cup moments.

第三十二式:飄步騎馬献酒
Posture 32: RUSHING STEP, HORSE-RIDING STANCE, OFFERING WINE

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,將提起之右脚盡量向前擊落以成標進之騎馬式,右手先收貼胸部,然後向前舉出,如『定式圖』
Continuing from the previous posture, send your lifted right foot strongly striking down forward, making a rushing-advance horse-riding stance, as your right hand first withdraws near your chest, then goes out forward, raised up. See photo 32:

功用:
Application:
由上落下之標前法端賴身步有靈活力道方克臻此,其用法悉如醉酒舉杯法。
This is a method of rushing forward that involves coming down from above. It depends entirely on the nimbleness and strength of your body and step in order for it to work. In application, it is similar to the previous postures of the drunkard raising his cup.

第三十三式:翻身右旋風腿
Posture 33: SPIN AROUND, RIGHT WHIRLWIND KICK

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,循左轉身打旋風如第八,十九圖打法如『定式圖』。
Continuing from the previous posture, spin around to the left, performing a whirlwind kick. It is the same technique as in Postures 8 and 19 [except without finishing by raising the cup]. See photo 33:

功用:
Application:
與第八,第十九
Same as for Postures 8 and 19.

第三十四式:凌空臥下輾腿
Posture 34: GOING FROM MID-AIR TO LYING DOWN, SCISSOR LEGS

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,不俟右腿着地卽凌空向地扑下,着地時兩腿向左右分開以成輾腿之勢如『定式圖』
Continuing from the previous posture, without waiting for your kicking right leg to come down, go from a state of being in mid-air to lying down. As you come down, your legs spread apart to the left and right, making a scissors shape. See photo 34:

功用:
Application:
與第十四式同。
Same as for Posture 14.

第三十五式:翻身左掃腿法
Posture 35: TURN OVER WITH LEFTWARD SWEEPING LEGS

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,先舉起左腿如「過渡甲式圖」
Continuing from the previous posture, first lift your left leg. See photo 35a:

再全身翻過左方,左腿着地,右腿由下反上,亦於左方以成為較剪形狀如『定式圖』
Then your whole body turns over to the left, your left leg coming down to the ground, your right leg correspondingly going up from below and then also coming to the left side, your legs making a scissors shape. See photo 35b:

功用:
Application:
與第十五式同。
Same as for Posture 15.

第三十六式:翻身右掃腿法
Posture 36: TURN OVER WITH RIGHTWARD SWEEPING LEGS

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,先舉起右腿如「過渡式圖」
Continuing from the previous posture, first lift your right leg. See photo 36a:

再全身翻過右方,右脚先着地,左腿由下反上以交過右方,以成為較剪形狀,如『定式圖』
Then your whole body turns over to the right, your right leg coming down to the ground, your left leg correspondingly going up from below and then crossing over to the right side, your legs making a scissors shape. See photo 36b:

功用:
Application:
與第十六式同
Same as for Posture 16.

第三十七式:翻身大滾突圍
Posture 37: TURN OVER AND DO A FULL ROLL TO ESCAPE FROM DANGER

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,全身向前而起,以翻滾方法向前滾去。按初習以雙掌抵地蹺起左脚,左脚着力往前撑去則易滾,若練之成熟,則不必以手扶助便不滾去矣,如』定式圖』。
Continuing from the previous posture, your body goes forward and rises up, and you perform a tumbling maneuver to roll away forward. (Note: In the beginning of the training, it may be easier to roll by putting both palms on the ground, lifting your left foot, and using your right leg to push you over forward, but once you have practiced to the point of skillfulness, you will easily be able to roll without needing your hands to help.) See photo 37:

功用:
Application:
我為求得機起立以作與對方撑擊,乃借滾翻之勢以撤出被圍攻之險地焉。
I find an opportunity to stand up, but it only gives the opponent opportunity to attack, so I go into rolling over in order to remove myself altogether from the place he is attacking.

第三十八式:右旋風腿舉杯
Posture 38: RIGHT WHIRLWIND KICK, RAISE THE CUP

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,我旣用滾法滾過前方,再疾起用旋風腿法,如「過渡式圖」
Continuing from the previous posture, once you have rolled over forward, quickly stand up and perform a whirlwind kick. See photo 38a:

着地後再舉杯,如『定式圖』
After you come down, again raise the cup. See photo 38b:

功用:
Application:
與三十五勢同。
Same as for Posture 35 [33].

第三十九式:拱拳中平歸座
Posture 39: SALUTING FISTS, STANDING STABLY, RETURNING TO YOUR SEAT

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,左脚向右靠攏,雙手化拳曲肘,平肩,如「定式圖」
Continuing from the previous posture, your left foot moves to stand next to your right foot as your hands become fists and your elbows bend at shoulder level. See photo 39:

功用,
Application:
此為收式,本無功用可言,惟曲肘上抽之着力更比中平蓄勢尤强,多練可使胸部發達與增厚臂肘間之力道也。
This is simply a closing posture, with basically no other function to speak of except for the exertion involved in bending your elbows as you pull your arms upward, further increasing the strength being stored in this position of standing stably. Frequent practice of this movement can cause your chest muscles to develop and thicken, and is a strengthening method for the elbows.

第四十式:脱拷勢雙墜捶
Posture 40: BREAKING FREE WITH DOUBLE DROPPING PUNCHES

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,雙拳由上而下至終點時肘部仍微曲。拳腕間作微曲以增加穿下之力道也如「定式圖」
Continuing from the previous posture, your fists go downward from above, finishing with your elbows still slightly bent, the wrists bending slightly inward to add power to the action of piercing downward. See photo 40:

功用:
Application:
彼若以我腰部空虛而乘機攻來,則我可乘勢穿下以破來勢或我雙手被捉亦可於全身由上踏下之勢與雙下墜之力道去掙脫之。
If the opponent notices that my waist area is now an open target and takes advantage of the opportunity to attack, I can seize the moment by piercing downward to smash his attack. Or if my hands have been grabbed, I can sink my body while strongly dropping my fists to break free.

「全拳至此已完」
(This completes the whole set.)

TIGER TAIL THREE-SECTION STAFF

虎尾三節棍
TIGER TAIL THREE-SECTION STAFF
黃漢勛編著
by Huang Hanxun [Wong Honfan]
羅光玉傳授
as taught by Luo Guangyu

[translation by Paul Brennan, Dec, 2017]

虎尾三節棍
Tiger Tail Three-Section Staff
黃漢勛自署
– calligraphy by Huang Hanxun

黃序
PREFACE BY HUANG XIANG

余性好動,少時嘗習技於南華體育會,使孱弱之軀得以强健,及羅師光玉南來,深慕師名武技,乃投其門下習螳螂拳技凡數載,嗣以職務闗係未克再求深造,已而太平洋戰起,羅師北歸,余亦以生活驅逼而返國內,及勝利後復員,始知羅師於民國卅三年壽終滬寓,余悲悼之餘對螳螂拳術仍夢寐難忘,時欲再求研練也。余深知同學漢勛宗弟追隨羅師最久,盡傳衣砵,乃决隨其習技執弟子禮,今已經年獲益良多,宗弟不祗拳技深湛,且具豐富之理論,著述皆為海內外同道所愛讀者,計十年間已出版至十餘種之多,今宗弟具莫大魄力將螳螂拳技發揚光大,羅師有知當含笑九泉矣。近又以羅師生平名技「三節棍」刋行問世,索序於余,乃舉其槪如上述云爾。
番禺黃翔
I love exercise. When I was young, I trained at the South China Athletic Association, turning my frail and weak body into a strong and healthy one. Then Master Luo Guangyu came south [to Hong Kong]. Greatly admiring his famous martial skill, I joined his school and learned Mantis Boxing from him for several years, but my duties prevented me from pursuing more advanced material with him. Then the War in the Pacific started and Luo returned north. I headed off as well and risked my life to drive out the enemy, but upon being demobbed after victory had been won, I found out that Luo had died in Shanghai in 1944. In addition to mourning him, I could not stop thinking about his Mantis boxing art, and I wanted to start training again.
  I knew well that among my fellow students it was Huang Hanxun who had learned from Luo the longest and had been taught everything, so I decided to regard him as my teacher and have now been learning from him for many years. Not only is his boxing skill very deep, he also has a rich understanding of theory. His books have all been well-liked by martial artists throughout the nation and around the world, more than ten having been published so far within the last decade. Since he is filled with resolve to carry forward the skills of Mantis Boxing, Luo can rest content. Recently he has added Luo’s famous three-section staff set to the list of publications. He asked to me write a preface for it, and thus I have supplied these general comments.
  - Huang Xiang of Panyu County [district of Guangzhou, in Guangdong]

自序
AUTHOR’S PREFACE

三節棍為硬中帶輭之武器,抑亦長中有短之械也,據説是由宋太祖趙匡胤所發明,初名「蟠龍棍」者卽三節棍之原名也。今日武林多以之作「串子」之運用,作獨練單打者少之又少矣。曩自羅師挾技南來後人莫不知其精螳螂拳,羅漢功,鐵砂掌外更以「虎尾三節棍」一技為譽滿武壇,羅師嘗於一次表演中連斷三枝棍仍未演畢者是知其造詣為如何矣,因畧介如上,俾知其槪焉。
黃漢勛于丙申仲夏上浣佳日
The three-section staff is a weapon that has the characteristic of hardness leading to softness, and of being a long-range weapon that also contains short-range techniques. It is said to have been invented by Zhao Kuangyin, founding emperor of the Song Dynasty, and was originally called a “coiling dragon” staff. In martial arts circles nowadays, it is often considered to be a “string of beads” exercise [i.e. merely a means of passing the time and thus not really relevant training], and so there are very few who practice it. When Master Luo came south, everyone knew of his skill with Mantis Boxing, Luohan exercises, and his iron palm ability. His skill with the “tiger tail” three-section staff was also praised in the martial arts community, and once while he was performing with it, everyone realized the high level he had achieved long before he had even finished the set. These are just a few words of introduction to give a very general idea.
  - Huang Hanxun, a fine day in the second month of summer, 1956

第一式 持棍中平式
Posture 1: HOLDING THE MIDDLE OF THE STAFF HORIZONTALLY

說明:
Explanation:
我先擇定西方作起式,雙脚合攏站定,两手分持棍之兩端近節處,棍端向下微斜,中段緊靠腹部,目向南注視,右西,左東,背北,面南,為預備式,如(一)『定式圖』
First position yourself in the western area of the practice space and make the beginning posture, feet standing together, hands spread apart and holding the two end sections, which are pointing slightly diagonally downward, the middle section against your belly. Your gaze is to the south. The west is to your right, east to your left. Your back is toward the north, your face toward the south. This is the preparation posture. See photo 1:

功用:
Application:
棍尚未展開,故無功用可言。
In this posture, you have not yet extended the staff, and thus there is no application to speak of.

第二式 跨虎低攔式
Posture 2: SITTING TIGER, DOWNWARD BLOCK

說明:
Explanation:
先伸出右脚作虛式,同時將棍向左右一分以成一直綫形如「過渡式甲圖」。
First your right foot reaches out, making an empty stance, the staff at the same time spreading to the sides to make a line. See photo 2a:

再出左脚以成跨虎步,两棍向當中一交,交叠中以左下右上叉點朝下為合,如『定式圖』。
Then your left foot goes out, making a sitting-tiger stance, as the ends of the staff cross in front of you, pointing downward with the left section underneath and the right section on top. See photo 2b:

功用:
Application:
彼以長械如槍棍之類,自我下路刺進,我即用交叉法往下攔之。
An opponent uses a long weapon, such as a spear or staff, to stab to my lower body, so I use an action of crossing the ends to block it downward.

第三式 背負蛟龍式
Posture 3: CARRYING THE FLOOD DRAGON ON THE BACK

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,後脚拍前再成立正式,兩手同時一轉使棍之中段向下,如「過渡式甲圖」。
Continuing from the previous posture, your rear foot stomps forward and you stand straight, your hands at the same time rotating to send the middle section of the staff downward. See photo 3a:

再將右脚向西移開,棍亦向西擺去,如「過渡式乙圖」。
Then your right foot steps out to the west, the staff also swinging out to the west. See photo 3b:

再拉起左脚以後跨虎之勢,棍由右西方再兜向左東方成一轉,然後再返囘西後方,向東注視如「定式圖」。
Then [turn around rightward and] pull in and lift your left foot, making a sitting-tiger stance, the staff drawing a circle from the west at your right toward the east at your left and then returning to the west behind you. Your gaze is to the east. See photo 3c:

功用:
Application:
彼以長械自我中上路刺來,我翻棍向上,復使之轉動,來械必為我消去無疑矣。
An opponent uses a long weapon to stab to my upper body, so I send the staff upward in an arc that is sure to send away his incoming weapon.

第四式 掛槍纏繞式
Posture 4: DEFLECTING A SPEAR WITH A COILING CIRCLE

說明:
Explanation:
先將左脚移開,棍仍照原不動,如「過渡式甲圖」
First your left foot steps out, the staff not yet moving from its position. See photo 4a [5b]:

再自面前偸進右脚,棍由後掠過前左方,如「過渡式乙圖」。
Then your right foot advances with a stealth step, the staff sweeping across to the forward left. See photo 4b:

再左轉移以成右跨虎步,棍亦兜一圈,以轉於左方,如「定式圖」。
Then shift to the left and make a right sitting-tiger stance, the staff drawing a circle to the left. See photo 4c:

功用:
Application:
與上式同,祗左右之別耳。
Same as in the previous posture, but with left and right reversed.

第五式 掛槍纏繞式
Posture 5: DEFLECTING A SPEAR WITH A COILING CIRCLE

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,先將右脚移開,棍自後向前撇出,如「過渡式甲圖」。
Continuing from the previous posture, first your right foot steps out, the staff swinging out forward from behind you. See photo 5a:

再移開左脚以成如虛步,棍已兜一圈易右手為上,左手為下矣,如「過渡式乙圖」。
Then your left foot steps out, as if to make an empty stance, the staff drawing a circle that switches your right hand to being above, left hand below. See photo 5b [4a]:

再拉起左脚以成左跨虎步,棍收於右後下,如「定式圖」
Then pull in and lift your left foot, making a left sitting-tiger stance, the staff now hanging downward to the right rear. See photo 5c:

功用:
Application:
與前兩式大致相同。
Mostly the same idea as in the previous two postures.

第六式 魚翁撒網式
Posture 6: OLD FISHERMAN CASTS HIS NET

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,放下左脚,進前右脚成虛式,棍由右後轉過左下方,如「過渡式甲圖」。
Continuing from the previous posture, your left foot comes down and your right foot advances to make an empty stance, the staff arcing from the right rear to the lower left. See photo 6a:

再將左脚由後偸過東方以成坐盤式,同時右手移握棍之端末,棍由後西方極力朝前東方一殺而出,右掌則反攔於頭上,如『定式圖』。
Then your left foot does a stealth step to the east from the rear, making a sitting-twisted stance, as your right hand shifts to grab the end of the staff, the staff going from the west behind you to forcefully smash forward to the east, your right [left] palm turning over to guard above your head. See photo 6b:

功用:
Application:
彼為我連續消去刺來之數槍,我覓得空隙乃乘其畧一緩慢,即以全棍放盡之勢,全力殺擊之。
Having continuously deflected away the opponent’s stabs, I notice a gap and take advantage of his moment of slightly slowing down by using the whole staff to do a smashing attack.

第七式 囘身劈槍式
Posture 7: TURNING AROUND, CHOPPING AWAY A SPEAR

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,先原步不變,以左手先握右手所握之處,使右手順落握棍之中段,如「過渡式甲圖」。
Continuing from the previous posture, with your feet staying where they are, your left hand first takes over your right hand’s grip, and your right hand slips down to grab the middle section of the staff. See photo 7a:

再先退右脚,再退左脚,以成右登山步,棍由東方經過頭頂殺落西方,如『定式圖』。
Your right foot retreats, then your left foot, and you make a right mountain-climbing stance, the staff passing over your head from the east and smashing down to the west. See photo 7b:

功用:
Application:
彼繞過我後方,擬以槍自我中下路刺來,我即疾退兩步,以減其洶洶之勢,再運棍劈之使其不能逞也。
The opponent passes around behind me and tries to stab his spear to my middle or lower body, so I quickly retreat with each foot to escape from danger, then chop with the staff to keep him from being able to get to me.

第八式 偷步斜打式
Posture 8: STEALTH STEP, STRIKE DIAGONALLY

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,右脚由面前偸過東方,棍隨步轉移拖過東方,如「過渡式甲圖」。
Continuing from the previous posture, your right foot goes from in front of you and does a stealth step to the east, the staff going along with the step by dragging across in an arc to the east. See photo 8a:

再原步不變,運棍由東經面前殺向西方,如『定式圖』。
With your feet staying where they are, swing the staff from the east, passing in front of you and smashing to the west. See photo 8b:

功用:
Application:
彼漏過我上式之劈殺,隨即進來一槍,我先偸步讓之,更以棍拖來槍,再乘一拖一讓之勢,揮棍殺擊之。
Dodging my smashing chop from the previous posture, the opponent then immediately stabs again, so I first do a stealth step to evade it while using the staff to drag his spear aside, then take advantage of the moment by swinging the staff at him with a smashing strike.

第九式 轉身小劈式
Posture 9: TURNING-BODY LESSER CHOP

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,由左轉身再退左脚以成右登山式,棍隨身轉復劈於西方,如『定式圖』。
Continuing from the previous posture, turn your body to the left and retreat your left foot, making a mountain-climbing stance, the staff going along with the turning of your body and then chopping to the west. See photo 9:

功用:
Application:
與第七式畧同。
Same as in Posture 7.

第十式 走跳右劈式
Posture 10: RUNNING HOP, RIGHT CHOP

說明:
Explanation:
全身以蹤跳方式躍進前西方以成右七星式,當躍進時將棍端盡力抽擊過右方,如『定式圖』
Your body hops forward to the west, making a right big-dipper stance, and you send the staff in a forceful whipping strike across to the right side. See photo 10:

功用:
Application:
彼以我上式劈殺之太兇勇,乃思退步躱閃,我不俟其撤退即躍進橫抽之。
The opponent finds my chop from the previous posture to be too ferocious, so he wishes to retreat and evade, but once he backs off, I hop forward and whip my staff across.

第十一式 走跳左劈式
Posture 11: RUNNING HOP, LEFT CHOP

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,原步全身再向西前方躍進一步,將抽向右方之棍反抽過左方,如(一)『定式圖』。
Continuing from the previous posture, your body again hops forward to the west to be in the same stance and you send the staff whipping across to the left side. See photo 11:

功用:
Application:
與上式大致相同,惟連續左右進擊之法為可取也。
Mostly the same as in the previous posture, just continuing the technique to perform it on both sides.

第十二式 馬勢迴攔式
Posture 12: HORSE-RIDING STANCE, TURNING BLOCK

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,先放平右脚,再進左脚於西方即成面南之騎馬式矣,棍則隨身轉動而抽東右方使成攔截之勢,如『定式圖』
Continuing from the previous posture, first your right foot comes down fully, then your left foot advances to make a south-facing [north-facing] horse-riding stance, the staff going along with the turning of your body by whipping to the right with a blocking action to the east. See photo 12:

功用:
Application:
此是提防自後突擊,或彼繞我右方而走之寓攻於守之法也
This is a method of defending against a sudden attack behind me, or of defending against the same opponent if he has circled around to my right to attack me.

第十三式 七星反抽式
Posture 13: BIG-DIPPER STANCE, WHIPPING BACK AND FORTH

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,先將右脚自面前偸過西方,棍亦隨步轉過西左方,如「過渡式甲圖」。
Continuing from the previous posture, first your right foot does a stealth step in front of you to the west, the staff going along with the step by arcing leftward across to the west. See photo 13a:

再開左脚蹺起右脚即成可北之右七星步矣,棍亦在轉步之間,由左西方繞一圈力殺過右東方,如『定式圖』。
Then your left foot steps out and your right toes lift up, making a north-pointing big-dipper stance, the staff going along with the step by smashing across with a forceful rightward arc to the east. See photo 13b:

功用:
Application:
斯是偏身側馬之打法,亦是似進似退,亦攻亦守之法,連「十四」「十五」三式為連環。
This is a method of attacking while evading with my body and sidestepping, a means of seeming to advance and retreat at the same time, or of seeming to attack and defend at the same time. Together with Postures 14 and 15, these three postures form a continuous technique.

第十四式 七星反抽式
Posture 14: BIG-DIPPER STANCE, WHIPPING BACK AND FORTH

說明:
Explanation:
與十三式同
Same as in Posture 13. [See photos 14a and b:]

功用:
Application:
與十三式同
Same as in Posture 13.

第十五式 七星反抽式
Posture 15: BIG-DIPPER STANCE, WHIPPING BACK AND FORTH

說明:
Explanation:
與十三式同
Same as in Posture 13. [See photos 15a and b:]

功用:
Application:
與十三式同
Same as in Posture 13.

第十六式 馬勢迴攔式
Posture 16: HORSE-RIDING STANCE, TURNING BLOCK

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,將右七星步之脚自向北繞過向西以成騎馬式,棍亦隨身轉過向西之偏南方殺下至企直為止,如『定式圖』
Continuing from the previous posture, your right big-dipper stance twists around to the west and you make a horse-riding stance, the staff going along with the turning of your body by smashing downward to the west and slightly toward the south, finishing with the end section vertical. See photo 16:

功用:
Application:
彼繞過我西後方施以突擊或另一敵自我後突入,我即變步易勢以迎攔之。
The opponent circles around behind me to the west to suddenly attack me, or another opponent suddenly attacks behind me, so I change my stance to face him and block it.

第十七式 撤步蓋頂式
Posture 17: WITHDRAWING STEP, COVERING ABOVE

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,左右不變原來本來位置,祗易馬式作登山式耳,棍亦隨步向東直撇而出,如「過渡式甲圖」。
Continuing from the previous posture, your feet stay where they are and your position does not change, except that you switch from a horse-riding stance to a mountain-climbing stance, the staff going along with the stance change by swinging out to the east. See photo 17a:

再將右脚自前偸進東方,棍從左兜一圈易前作後如「過渡式乙圖」。
Then your right foot does a stealth step in front of you to the east, the staff drawing a circle from the left and going behind you. See photo 17b:

步向左轉以成右跨虎步,棍由後撇前下方,如『定式圖』
Your body turns to the left and you make a right sitting-tiger stance, the staff swinging forward and downward. See photo 17c:

功用:
Application:
彼集多械紛紛向我上路擊來,我即用轉勢橫掃法迎擊之。
Several armed opponents attack my upper body in succession, so I use a method of sweeping across to strike them away.

第十八式 撤勢蓋頂式
Posture 18: WITHDRAWING, COVERING ABOVE

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,先將右前脚向東移開以成右登山式,棍亦向前東方撇去,如「過渡式甲圖」。
Continuing from the previous posture, first your right foot steps out to the east and you make a right mountain-climbing stance, the staff swinging out forward to the east. See photo 18a:

再將右脚向後西方撤退一步,再以左脚由前偸步西方,棍循右後方兜一大圈然後再成如「過渡式乙圖」。
Then your right foot retreats a step to the west and your left foot does a stealth step to the west in front of you, the staff continuing to the right rear, drawing a large circle that takes it forward again. See photo 18b:

再將右脚開向後西方以成左跨虎步,棍亦由前拖歸後下方,如『定式圖』。
Then your right foot steps back to the west and you make a sitting-tiger stance, the staff dragging across to the rear and downward. See photo 18c:

功用:
Application:
與上式大致相同,祗左右之別耳。
Mostly the same as in the previous posture, only with left and right reversed.

第十九式 坐盤倒劈式
Posture 19: SITTING TWISTED, CHOPPING BEHIND

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,先放平左脚,偸前右脚,棍全未動,如「過渡式甲圖」。
Continuing from the previous posture, first your left foot comes down fully, then your right foot does a stealth step in front of you, the staff not yet moving. See photo 19a:

左脚自後偸前,棍由南後方拖過北後方,如「過渡式乙圖」。
Your left foot does a stealth step behind you, the staff dragging across from behind you, to the south, to the north, and behind you again. See photo 19b:

再全身一坐以成坐艦之勢,棍自西方殺過東前方,如『定式圖』。
Then your whole body sits into a sitting-twisted stance, the staff going from the west and smashing forward to the east. See photo 19c:

功用:
Application:
彼械擬從我左側刺來,我先拖去之,再跟棍直殺其顱。
An opponent tries to stab to my left side, so I first drag his weapon aside, then follow by smashing to his head.

第二十式 登山迎劈式
Posture 20: CLIMBING THE MOUNTAIN, GREETING WITH A CHOP

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,全身循左轉即易面對北方為面對南方,棍亦隨身而轉,如「過渡式甲圖」。
Continuing from the previous posture, your body continues to turn to the left until it has gone from facing to the north to facing to the south, the staff turning along with your body. See photo 20a:

再進右脚以成右登山式,棍由後劈向前東方,如『定式圖』。
Then your right foot advances and you make a right mountain-climbing stance, the staff going from behind and chopping forward to the east. See photo 20b:

功用:
Application:
彼欲退躱,我即轉身接近之,再以棍力劈而下。
The opponent wishes to retreat and evade, so I spin around and close in, forcefully chopping down with my staff.

第二十一式 欲進先退式
Posture 21: RETREATING IN ORDER TO ADVANCE

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,將右脚一提以成獨立之勢,棍由前東方反向斜北方劈返,如「過渡式甲圖」。
Continuing from the previous posture, your right foot lifts, making a one-legged stance, the staff going from forward in the east and turning over with a chop diagonally toward the north. See photo 21a:

再原步不變,將劈北之棍劈過南後方,如「過渡式乙圖」
With your stance staying the same, the northward chopping staff now chops toward the south behind you. See photo 21b:

再由南直向前東方剪落,左手收於腋下,成右登山式,如『定式圖』。
Then the staff goes from the south and chops down forward to the east, your left hand being placed below your [right] armpit, as you make a right mountain-climbing stance. See photo 21c:

功用:
Application:
彼以長械自我左右下方分刺而來,我先提步消去來勢,即以棍分劈之,迨我旣劈開後乃更反擊一棍。
An opponent uses a long weapon to stab at my lower body from the left and right, so I first lift my leg to evade and use my staff to chop away to each side, then counterattack.

第二十二式 纏槍大轉式
Posture 22: SPEAR COILING ALL THE WAY AROUND

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,先易前登山為後登山式,棍由右向左後西方一拉使成纏頸之勢,如「過渡式甲圖」。
Continuing from the previous posture, first switch from a forward mountain-climbing stance to a rearward mountain-climbing stance, the staff going from your right to your left rear toward the west, pulled into an action of coiling around your neck. See photo 22a:

再疾向左大轉身向西而走,棍仍加於頸隨身而轉,如『定式圖』。
Then quickly spin your body around leftward and step out to the west, the staff going along with the turning of your body by continuing around your neck. See photo 22b:

註:
Note:
此式以雙手方去棍為最佳,惜攝影技術上不許可及難以表現為憾耳!
This technique works best when using both hands, and I apologize that this is not shown better in these photographs.

功用:
Application:
此是大轉勢之全面出擊法,為勢雖佳,但冒險成份甚多也
This is a method of spinning all the way around to attack every direction. Although beautiful, it is a rather risky thing to do.

第二十三式 全身盤旋式
Posture 23: BODY-DRIVEN WHEELING

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,雙手握囘棍之中段垂两端於地,如「過渡式甲圖」。
Continuing from the previous posture, both hands grab the middle section of the staff, the tips hanging down to the ground. See photo 23a:

再轉成左登山式開始作打棍花之第一式,如「過渡式乙圖」。
Then switch to a left mountain-climbing stance, performing the first of three large striking flourishes. See photo 23b:

進右脚成登山式,作打花之第二式,如「過渡式丙圖」。
Advance into a right mountain-climbing stance, performing a second striking flourish. See photo 23c:

再進前東方作大打花之第三式,如『定式圖』。
Advance to the east, performing a third striking flourish. See photo 23d:

註:
Note:
(此為大打花前進式,進步與繞花多少是無嚴限者,視場地長短為度。)
This technique of advancing with large striking flourishes is not restricted to a particular number of flourishes, and so you may perform it according to the length of the practice space.

功用:
Application:
斯為全身上下盤旋之法,亦寓攻守合一之法。
This is a method of twisting with the whole body, a technique of attack and defense combined into one.

第二十四式 全身盤旋式
Posture 24: BODY-DRIVEN WHEELING

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,除去廿三過渡甲圖外,悉照其餘三圖打法,惟廿三式乃進步打花法,此式則退步打花法之不同耳!祈照之可也。
Continuing from the previous posture, it is the same as the photos for Posture 23, minus photo 23a. However, in that posture you are advancing with striking flourishes, whereas now you are retreating. See photos 24a-c:

功用:
Application:
與上式相同,祗進退之別耳。
Same as in the previous posture, but retreating instead of advancing.

第二十五式 登山迎劈式
Posture 25: CLIMBING THE MOUNTAIN, GREETING WITH A CHOP

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,即「大打花至最後一圖」,左手沿棍直落握囘下棍端,從左轉過後西方以成右登山式,右手握棍中段,而以右末端殺落於地下,如『定式圖』。
Continuing from the previous posture, after the final large striking flourish, your left hand lowers to grab the lower section and you turn leftward to the west behind you, making a right mountain-climbing stance, your right hand grabbing the middle section, and you send the far end smashing down to the ground. See photo 25:

功用:
Application:
我旣以大打花法作進退攻擊後,迅即返身力殺意圖自我後進擊之敵人。
After advancing and retreating with large flourishing strikes, I quickly turn around and forcefully smash with the intention of attacking an opponent behind me.

第二十六式 欲進先退式
Posture 26: RETREATING IN ORDER TO ADVANCE

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,先提起右脚以成獨立之勢,棍由西方反劈返面前之南方,如「過渡式甲圖」。
Continuing from the previous posture, first lift your right foot, making a one-legged stance, the staff going from the west and turning over to chop in front of you toward the south. See photo 26a:

再原步不變,將殺南之棍轉劈後北方,如「過渡式乙圖」。
With your stance staying as it is, the staff then arcs into a chop toward the north behind you. See photo 26b:

再落右脚成登山式,棍由北轉正殺往西方,如『定式圖』。
Then your right foot comes down into a mountain-climbing stance, the staff arcing from the north to smash to the west. See photo 26c:

功用:
Application:
與廿一式同,祗差方向耳。
Same as in Posture 21, except in a different direction.

第二十七式 魚翁撒網式
Posture 27: OLD FISHERMAN CASTS HIS NET

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,左右脚不變原來位置,全身由向西轉為向東且變為扑腿式,棍亦由向西全棍往東殺去,右掌加於頭上,如『定式圖』。
Continuing from the previous posture, your feet stay where they are, your body turns from west to east, and your stance switches to a crouching stance, as the staff goes from the west and smashes to the east, your right hand placed above your head. See photo 27:

功用:
Application:
彼趁我後防空虛之時,擬有所企圖,我先求低勢以減其目標外,復以全棍往後劈殺之。
While an opponent notices an opening behind me and is planning how to take advantage of it, I first lower my posture to become less of a target, then do a chopping smash with the whole staff.

第二十八式 收棍轉花式
Posture 28: GATHERING THE STAFF WITH SPINNING AND FLOURISHING

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,先用左脚為登山式,左手將棍拖起,右手接囘放在地下之另一棍端,如「過渡式甲圖」。
Continuing from the previous posture, first shift into a left mountain-climbing stance, your left hand dragging the staff to lift it up, your right hand coming down to grab the other end. See photo 28a:

再往左一扭以成為偸步之勢,手收於腹部,右手繞過左後方,如「過渡式乙圖」。
Then twist to the left into a stealth-step posture, your [left] hand placed at your abdomen, your right hand arcing toward your left rear. See photo 28b:

右後脚繞過面前,再向西移開以成登山式,棍隨步轉以成如『定式圖』。
Your right foot behind you arcs around in front of you and steps out to the west into a mountain-climbing stance. See photo 28c:

功用:
Application:
此為短法之纏繞方式,其勢頗像使用雙刀法之也。
This is a short-range method of coiling around, very similar to using double sabers.

第二十九式 跨虎低攔式
Posture 29: SITTING TIGER, DOWNWARD BLOCK

說明:
Explanation:
循上式先踏進正南方,再踏進右脚以成為虛式之勢,全棍張開,如「過渡式甲圖」。
Continuing from the previous posture, first your [left] foot advances to the south, then your right foot advances, making an empty stance, as the whole staff spreads out. See photo 29a:

再出右脚以成跨虎步,雙手持棍向面前交叉而下,如『定式圖』。
Then your right [left] foot steps out, making a sitting-tiger stance, your hands crossing the staff ends forward and downward. See photo 29b:

功用:
Application:
與第二式同。
Same as in Posture 2.

第三十式 蟠龍歸洞式
Posture 30: COILING DRAGON RETURNS TO ITS CAVE

說明:
Explanation:
循上式,先原步不變,將右手之棍交於左手,中段自然貼連一起矣,如「過渡式甲圖」。
Continuing from the previous posture, with your feet staying where they are, your right hand crosses over your left hand, naturally bringing the ends into line with the middle section. See photo 30a:

右脚踏前以成立正之勢,右掌往繞一匣復由肩上往下放齊,如『定式圖』。
Your right foot steps forward, making a posture of standing at attention, as your right palm arcs to draw a box-shaped salute and then lowers from shoulder height to be level with your other hand. (This concludes the whole set.) See photo 30b:

註:
Note:
此式先師表演及授時俱無者,斯為漢勛加多者,習之者如認為不必,則可不要此式,祈為自擇可也。
When Master Luo performed this set, he did not perform this posture, it is my own addition. If you feel it is unnecessary, you do not need to do it, up to you.

N

W  西 + 東   E

S

虎尾三節棍形勢图例几由西至東之直線形俱為同一直形亦為往返之勢也。
Here is a map of the postures in the set. The postures will travel from west to east, mostly in a straight line, and then coming back from east to west.

WANG HUAIQI’S TWENTY-FOUR POSTURE YIJINJING | Brennan Translation

WANG HUAIQI’S TWENTY-FOUR POSTURE YIJINJING Posted on November 30, 2017 by Paul Brennan – 易筋經廿四式圖說 A HANDBOOK FOR TWENTY-FOUR POSTURE YIJINJING 王懷琪 by Wang Huaiqi [published by 商務印書館 Merchant Publishing House, Sep, 1917] [translation by Paul Brennan, Nov, 2017] – 編者小影 Portrait of the author

Sorgente: WANG HUAIQI’S TWENTY-FOUR POSTURE YIJINJING | Brennan Translation

WANG HUAIQI ON TWELVE POSTURE YIJINJING | Brennan Translation

WANG HUAIQI ON TWELVE POSTURE YIJINJING Posted on November 30, 2017 by Paul Brennan – 易筋經十二勢圖說 A HANDBOOK FOR TWELVE POSTURE YIJINJING 王懷琪 by Wang Huaiqi [published by 商務印書館 Merchant Publishing House, Oct, 1917] [translation by Paul Brennan, Nov, 2017]

Sorgente: WANG HUAIQI ON TWELVE POSTURE YIJINJING | Brennan Translation

A Lost Kung Fu Manual and Nature of “Chinese Boxing” – Kung Fu Tea

A Lost Kung Fu Manual and Nature of “Chinese Boxing”

Posted by BENJUDKINS on NOVEMBER 26, 2017

Sorgente: A Lost Kung Fu Manual and Nature of “Chinese Boxing” – Kung Fu Tea

1860s photograph of a “Chinese Soldier” with butterfly swords. Subject unknown, taken by G. Harrison Grey.

 

Introduction

This is my keynote address from the recent (Nov. 9-10th, 2017) conference on fightbooks held at the German Blade Museum in Solingen.  A full report on this event is coming soon, but I am eager to share this with the readers of Kung Fu Tea.  Enjoy!

Allenamento Mercoledì 8 Novembre

Oltre ai dettagli ed alcune precisazioni su qualche movimento della Laojia Yilu, ricordiamoci al prossimo incontro della necessità di concentrarci sulla forma del passo (gongbu, mabu, passo vuoto) e sul metodo del passo, cioè la sua corretta esecuzione in accordo con i requisiti del Chen.

Per quanto riguarda la Paoqui, in esteso Laojia Erlu Paoqui, di seguito il filmato di riferimento della prima linea che abbiamo rivisto davvero al volo Mercoledì, sulla quale lavorerei come linee il prossimo allenamento:

 

TEACHINGS OF LI CUNYI ON XINGYI’S FIVE ELEMENTS

五行連環拳譜合璧
A COMBINED VOLUME:
FIVE ELEMENTS MANUAL / CONTINUOUS BOXING MANUAL
深州李存義口述
Dictated by Li Cunyi of Shenzhou [in Hengshui, Hebei]
廣宗杜之堂編錄
Recorded by Du Zhitang of Guangzong [in Xingtai, Hebei]
[circa 1916 (This book has no date on it, but is listed within the 精武本紀 Jingwu Anniversary Book, which itself was published in late 1919. According to that listing, this book was published by the 天津武士會 Warriors Association of Tianjin, which was established in 1912. Compromising between these two dates, 1916 seems reasonable for the time being.)]

[translation by Paul Brennan, Oct, 2017]

五行拳譜
MANUAL FOR THE FIVE ELEMENTS TECHNIQUES

第一章 總論
CHAPTER ONE: GENERAL INTRODUCTION

第一節 五行解
Section One: Explanation of the Five Elements

五行者金木水火土也內有五臟外有五官皆與五行相配心屬火脾屬土肝屬木肺屬金腎屬水此五行之隱於內者目通肝鼻通肺舌通心耳通腎人中通脾此五行之著於外者五行有相生之道焉金生水水生木木生火火生土土生金又有相克之義焉金克木木克土土克水水克火火克金五行見於洪範而漢儒借之以解經後人每譏其於義無取而生克之理究不為不當也拳之以是取名用以堅實其內整飭其外取相生之道以為平時之習練取相克之義以為對手之破解云爾非必沾沾於古說也
The five elements are metal, wood, water, fire, and earth. Internally there are five major organs and externally there are five senses. All of these things are paired with the five elements. The heart corresponds with fire. The spleen corresponds with earth. The liver corresponds with wood. The lungs corresponds with metal. The kidneys corresponds with water. This is the five elements hidden within. The eyes are connected to the liver, the nose is connected to the lungs, the tongue is connected to the heart, the ears are connected to the kidneys, and the Renzhong acupoint [between nose and upper lip] is connected to the spleen. This is the five elements functioning externally.
  The five elements have a method of generating each other: metal gives rise to water, water gives rise to wood, wood gives rise to fire, fire gives rise to earth, and earth gives rise to metal. There is also the method of how they control each other: metal overcomes wood, metal overcomes earth, earth overcomes water, water overcomes fire, and fire overcomes metal.
  The five elements concept first appeared in the Hong Fan [“flood model”] document [Book of Documents, document 32], which was then used by Han Dynasty scholars as a way to interpret the world. Later generations mocked the theory because they no longer understood it, however, but the principle of the elements generating and overcoming each other is never unworthy of study. The five elements are after all where these boxing techniques get their name. Make use of them to be solid internally and in good order externally. The method of them generating each other has to do with the solo practice. The concept of them controlling each other helps make sense of the partner practice. It is not necessary here to go more deeply into the ancient explanations.

第二節 五拳解
Section Two: Explanations for the Five Techniques

崩鑽劈礮横五拳之名稱也崩拳之形似箭性屬木礮拳之形似礮性屬火横拳之形似彈性屬土劈拳之形似斧性屬金鑽拳之形似電性屬水由相生之說論之故横拳能生劈拳劈拳能生鑽拳鑽拳能生崩拳崩拳能生礮拳礮拳能生横拳也萬物生於土故横拳能生各拳由相克之說論之故劈拳能克崩拳崩拳能克横拳横拳能克鑽拳鑽拳能克礮拳礮拳能克劈拳也
The five techniques are: crashing, drilling, chopping, blasting, and crossing. Crashing is like an arrow, and so it is associated with wood. Blasting is like a cannon, and so it is associated with fire. Crossing is like a springiness, and so it is associated with earth. Chopping is like an ax, and so it is associated with metal. Drilling is like an electric shock, and so it is associated with water.
  They generate each other in this way: crossing can generate chopping, chopping can generate drilling, drilling can generate crashing, crashing can generate blasting, and blasting can generate crossing, All things are born of the earth, therefore crossing can also generate all the other techniques. They overcome each other in this way: chopping can overcome crashing, crashing can overcome crossing, crossing can overcome drilling, drilling can overcome blasting, and blasting can overcome chopping.

第三節 四梢說
Section Three: Explanation of the Four Antennas

人有血肉筋骨血肉筋骨之末端曰梢蓋髮為血梢舌為肉梢爪為筋梢牙為骨梢四梢用力則可變其常態而令人畏懼焉
The body has blood, muscles, sinews, and bones. The endpoints of these tissues are called “antennas”. The antenna of the blood is the hair, the antenna of the muscles is the tongue, the antenna of the sinews is the nails, and the antenna of the bones is the teeth. When the four antennas express power, they can transform you into something unearthly, transmitting to the opponent that he should fear you.

一 血梢:
1. The Blood’s Antenna

怒氣填膺豎髮衝冠
血輪速轉敵膽自寒
毛髮雖微摧敵何難
Filled with a rage,
your hairs will stand on end.
With your blood clearly quickened,
the opponent will tremble in fear.
Even though hairs are so small,
they have no trouble in wrecking the opponent’s morale.

二 肉梢:
2. The Antenna of the Muscles

舌捲氣降雖山亦撼
肉堅比鐵精神勇敢
一舌之威落魄喪膽
Curl your tongue upward and energy will descend,
and then even mountains will be shaken to pieces before you.
Your muscles will be hard as iron
and your spirit will be filled with courage.
With a single powerful action of your tongue [completing a potent energy circuit],
the opponent will lose heart and be scared to death.

三 筋梢:
3. The Antenna of the Sinews

虎威鷹猛以爪為鋒
手攫足蹋氣力兼雄
爪之所到皆可奏功
With the might of a tiger and the fierceness of an eagle,
treat your nails as sharp weapons.
Your hands seize and your feet trample,
both with an energy of boldness.
No matter where you put your claws,
you will win.

四 骨梢:
4. The Antenna of the Bones

有勇在骨切齒則發
敵肉可食皆裂目突
惟牙之功令人恍惚
Courage lies in the bones
and expresses in the teeth.
The opponent’s flesh looks yummy,
says your glaring eyes.
Baring your teeth
will make him quite unnerved.

第四節 八字訣
Section Four: The Eight Terms

四梢之外又有八字拳勢一跕八字具備皆所以蓄力養氣使敵我者失所措也此亦五行拳所特有者八字之名稱一曰頂二曰扣三曰圓四曰毒五曰抱六曰垂七曰曲八曰挺而八字又各有三事都二十四事分述之如左
Beyond the four antennas, there are also the eight terms. Once you have settled into the boxing postures, you are ready for the eight terms. They are all a means of storing power and nurturing energy, keeping one who would fight against you from having a way to get started. They are special qualities of the Five Elements techniques. The eight terms are: 1. pressing, 2. covering, 3. roundness, 4. cruelty, 5. wrapping, 6. lowering, 7. bending, 8. straightening. Each of the eight is divided into three parts. All twenty-four of these items are explained individually below:

一 三頂
1. Three Pressings

頭上頂有衝天之雄手外頂有推山之功舌上頂有吼獅吞象之容是謂三頂
[i] Your head presses upward with the brashness to pierce the sky.
[ii] Your hands press outward with the ability to push over a mountain.
[iii] Your tongue presses upward and thereby you have the power of a lion roaring as if to gulp down an elephant.

二 三扣
2. Three Coverings

肩扣則氣力到肘掌扣則氣力到手手足指扣則周身力厚是謂三扣
[i] Your shoulders cover, and thus power reaches your elbows.
[ii] Your palms cover, and thus power reaches your hands.
[iii] Your fingers and toes cover, and thus power will fill your whole body.

三 三圓
3. Three Roundnesses

脊背圓則力催身前胸圓則兩肱力全虎口圓則勇猛外宣是謂三圓
[i] With your spine rounded, power will urge your body.
[ii] With your chest rounded, your forearms will be filled with power.
[iii] With the tiger’s mouths rounded, bold fierceness will be outwardly shown.

四 三毒
4. Three Cruelties

心毒如怒狸攫鼠眼毒如覷兎之飢鷹手毒如捕羊之餓虎是謂三毒
[i] Your mind is cruel, like an angry fox seizing a rat.
[ii] Your eyes are cruel, like a hungry hawk spotting a rabbit.
[iii] Your hands are cruel, like a hungry tiger catching a sheep.

五 三抱
5. Three Wrappings

丹田抱氣氣不外散膽量抱身臨變不變兩肱抱肋出入不亂是謂三抱
[i] Your elixir field wraps your energy so that it does not scatter away.
[ii] Courage wraps your body so that you will face changes in a situation unfazed.
[iii] Your elbows wrap your ribs so that you may attack and withdraw without falling into disorder.

六 三垂
6. Three Lowerings

氣垂則氣降丹田肩垂則肩催肘前肘埀則兩肱自圓是謂三垂
[i] Energy lowers, thereby descending to the elixir field.
[ii] Your shoulders lower and thereby urge your elbows forward.
[iii] Your elbows lower and thereby give a natural roundness to your arms.

七 三曲
7. Three Bendings

兩肱宜曲曲則力富兩股宜曲曲則力凑手腕宜曲曲則力厚是謂三曲
[i] Your arms should be bent. Then power will be abundant.
[ii] Your legs should be bent. Then power will be collected.
[iii] Your wrists should be bent. Then power will be full.

八 三挺
8. Three Straightenings

挺頸則精氣貫頂挺腰則力達四梢挺膝則氣恬神壹是謂三挺
[i] When your neck straightens, energy will course through to your headtop.
[ii] When your torso straightens, power will arrive at the four antennas.
[iii] When your knees straighten, your energy will be calm and your mind will be focused.

第二章 分論
CHAPTER TWO: DESCRIPTIONS OF EACH TECHNIQUE

第一節 開勢
Section 1. BEGINNING POSTURE

五行拳用法最精密由身而肩而肱而手而指而股而足而舌而肛門莫不有說焉分條列之於左
The Five Elements techniques are to be performed with great precision. The body, shoulders, forearms, hands, fingers, thighs, feet, tongue, and tailbone are all involved. Each of these parts is described below:

一 身:
i. Body

前俯後仰其勢不勁
左側右欹皆身之病
正而似斜斜而似正
If you lean forward or back,
the posture will have no power.
To lean to either side
is an error for the whole body.
Be upright but seem to be at an angle,
and be angled but seem to be upright.

二 肩:
ii. Shoulders

頭欲上頂肩須下埀
左肩成坳右肩自随
身力到手肩之所為
Your head wants to press upward,
but your shoulders have to hang down.
Your left shoulder twists in
and your right shoulder naturally goes along with it.
When the strength of your body reaches your hands,
your shoulders are where it is transmitted from.

三 肱:
iii. Forearms

左肱前伸右肱在肋
似曲不曲似直不直
曲則不遠直則少力
Your left forearm is extended forward
and your right forearm is at your ribs.
[Your front arm] seems bent but not bent,
straight but not straight.
If too bent, it has no reach,
and if too straight, it has little power.

四 手:
iv. Hands

右手在脇左手齊心
後者微搨前者力伸
兩手皆覆用力宜多
Your right hand is at your ribs
and your left hand is at solar plexus level.
Your rear hand slightly presses in
and your front hand strongly reaches out.
Both hands turn over to be facing downward,
and should do so with much power [equal force].

五 指:
v. Fingers

五指各分其形似鈎
虎口圓開似剛似柔
力須到指不可强求
The fingers are all spread apart
and the shape is like a hook.
The tiger’s mouth is rounded and open,
and there seems to be hardness and yet softness.
Power has to reach the fingers,
but must not be forced to be there.

六 股:
vi. Thighs

左股在前右股後撑
似直不直似弓不弓
雖有支絀每見雞形
Your left thigh is forward
and your right thigh supports behind.
[Your front leg] seems straight but not straight,
bent but not bent.
With one leg supporting while the other sticks out,
it always looks like a chicken.

七 足:
vii. Feet

左足直出欹側皆病
右足勢斜前踵對脛
二尺距離足指扣定
Your left foot goes out pointing straight,
it being an error to have it turned out to the side.
Your right foot is pointing diagonally,
the front heel aligned with the rear ankle.
There is a distance of two feet between your feet,
and the toes are firmly covering.

八 舌:
viii. Tongue

舌為肉梢捲則氣降
目張髮立丹田愈壯
肌肉如鐵內堅腑臟
The tongue is the antenna of the muscles
and is curled upward for energy to descend.
Your eyes will widen, your hairs will stand,
and your elixir field will be boosted.
Your muscles will be like iron
and your internal organs will be strengthened.

九 肛:
ix. Tailbone

提起肛門氣貫四梢
兩骽繚繞臀部肉交
低則勢散故宜稍高
Tuck in your tailbone
and then energy will course through to the four antennas.
Your legs will be rounded
and your buttocks will squeeze together.
If your tailbone is sticking out, the posture will be in disarray,
therefore it should be slightly tucked in.

用勢不惟五拳開始用之各拳用者甚夥宜熟讀九歌以自練習
Performing the techniques is not just a matter of the five techniques. The beginning posture is used with each of them and its functions are many. You should memorize these nine poems and then the practice will be natural.

第二節 劈拳
Section Two: CHOPPING

一 路線
1. Footwork

形意與諸拳不同者前脚先進後脚必跟也拳之用也宜速進前脚則便捷靈敏必能取勝拳之進也宜猛跟後脚則氣催身往必不可當不惟劈拳然也劈拳之路線三步為一組前脚進為一後脚進為二旣進之脚復跟為三如下圖
What makes Xingyi different from other boxing arts is that when the front foot advances, the rear foot will follow. When performing a technique, your front foot should quickly advance. You will thus be so nimble and agile that you will always be able to win. When advancing, your rear foot should fiercely follow. Thereby energy will urge your body on and nothing will be able to stand against you, and this is not only true for the chopping technique. The footwork of chopping is to make three steps with each performance of the technique: 1. your front foot advances, 2. your rear foot advances, 3. the foot that first advanced now follows. See the diagram:

開勢 beginning posture
一組 1st time 二組 2nd time 三組 3rd time
一 1st step 二 2nd step 三 3rd step

二 起勢
2. Starting

兩手緊握同變陽拳
拳從口出小指翻天
高不過肩力垂左肩
後拳隨出肘置胸前
眼平舌捲氣降丹田
Your hands grasp tightly into fists,
both with the center of the fist facing upward.
Your fists go out from by your mouth,
rotated so that the little finger is upward.
[Your left fist] goes no higher than shoulder level,
the strength in your left shoulder.
Your rear fist goes out following [your front fist],
the elbow placed in front of your chest.
Your gaze is level, your tongue curled upward,
and energy sinks to your elixir field.

三 落勢
3. Finishing

前脚先開後脚大進
脚手齊落推挽兩迅
後脚斜跟前脚仍順
指開心齊後手脇近
脚手與鼻列成直陣
Your front foot steps out first
and your rear foot advances a large step.
Your feet and hands finish in unison,
one hand pushing out, the other pulling in, both moving quickly.
Your rear foot is at an angle,
but your front is again straight.
[Your front hand] is at solar plexus level, fingers spread,
and your rear hand is near your ribs.
Your feet, hands, and nose
are arranged into a vertical alignment.

四 回身勢
4. Turning Around

右手在前則左轉身(左手在前則右轉身)前脚在後後脚在前仍然前脚進為一後脚進為二旣進之脚復跟為三如下圖
From your right hand being forward, turn around to the left. (If your left hand was in front, you would turn around to the right.) Your front foot becomes the rear foot and your rear foot becomes the front foot. Then process is as before: 1. the front foot advances, 2. the rear foot advances, 3. the new rear foot follows. See the diagram:

第三節 鑽拳
Section Three: DRILLING

一 路線
1. Footwork

亦以三步為一組與劈拳同
These three steps are the same as for chopping.

二 起勢
2. Starting

左脚前進左掌翻陽
掌凹肱曲如弓斯張
右掌握拳仰置肋旁
眼觀前手銳氣發揚
連接落勢乃不能防
Your left foot advances,
your left palm turning over so the palm is facing upward.
The palm hollows and the elbow bends
so that it is like drawing a bow.
Your right palm grasps in a fist,
the center of the facing upward, and is place beside your ribs.
Your gaze is toward your front hand
and aggressive energy builds.
Then as you continue into finishing,
this technique cannot be defended against.

三 落勢
3. Finishing

左脚已開右脚再進
脚落拳鑽覆拳宜迅
左脚斜跟右脚仍順
前拳取鼻後拳肘近
脚手與鼻列成直陣
Your left foot opens outward,
then your right foot advances.
As the foot comes down, your [right] fist drills,
and your [left] fist should turn over rapidly.
Your left foot follows, pointing diagonally,
and your right foot is pointing straight.
Your front fist seeks to be at nose level
and your rear fist has its elbow tight against you.
Your feet, hands, and nose
are all vertically aligned with each other.

四 囘身勢
4. Turning Around

右手在前則左轉身(左手在前則右轉身)右手自脇邊反出以扣敵腕步法與劈拳同
From your right hand being forward, turn around to the left. (If your left hand is in front, you would turn around to the right.) Your right goes to your [left] ribs, turning over to cover the opponent’s wrist. The footwork is the same as in chopping.

第四節 崩拳
Section Four: CRASHING

一 路線
1. Footwork

崩拳極簡單不能分起落勢而回身較他拳為繁故以出勢回身分叚其鍊法左骽在前右骽脚跟進故亦名左骽崩拳如下圖
The crashing technique is so simple that it cannot be divided into postures of starting and finishing, but its turning around is more complex than for the other techniques, and so its postures are divided into the actions of sending out and turning around. Its practice method involves the left leg being in front and the right foot following forward, hence it is also called LEFT-LEG CRASHING. See the diagram:

二 出勢
2. Sending Out

左脚先開右脚隨進
脛對左踵骽曲勢峻
兩掌變拳後陽前順
順者力挽陽者前奮
兩手互易步法莫紊
Your left foot first goes out,
then your right foot advances.
The ankle is next to your left heel,
and though your legs are bent, the posture stands proudly.
Your palms become fists
and your rear fist goes straight forward, the center of the fist facing to the left.
Your left fist forcefully pulls straight back
as your right fist goes vigorously forward.
Your hands switch places with ease
and your footwork is not in disorder.

三 回身勢
3. Turning Around

左脚右横隨勢轉身
右脚横提右拳陽伸
左拳抑抱推挽力均
脚手齊落兩掌變陰
後掌左脇前掌齊心
Your left foot turns sideways to the right,
going along with the [rightward] turning of your body.
Your right foot lifts, turning sideways,
your right fist reaching out with the center of the fist facing upward.
Your left fist is wrapping in,
then your hands push and pull with equal force.
Your foot and hands finish in unison,
your palms turning to be facing downward.
Your rear palm is at your left ribs
and your front palm is at solar plexus level.

回身線
Footwork for turning around:

囬身 turning around 一組 1st time [along new line]

四 收勢
4. Closing Posture

他拳徑收惟崩拳則於二次囘身後打出則左手在前右骽斜退一步脚横落左骽大退一步斜落骽退時兩手存原勢至左脚落時右手猛撤左手力出名曰退步横拳路線如下
The other techniques are concluded simply, but with the crashing technique, after the second time you turn around and strike out, your left hand then goes forward. Your right leg diagonally retreats a step, the foot coming down sideways, then your left leg retreats a large step. When your right foot comes, your hands stay as they are. When your left foot comes down, your right hand fiercely withdraws and your left hand forcefully goes out. This movement is called RETREAT, CROSSING [movement 3 of the Continuous Boxing set]. See the footwork diagram:

第五節 礮拳
Section Five: BLASTING

一 路線
1. Footwork

劈鑽以三步為一組崩拳以二步為一組礮拳則以四步為一組勢皆斜出如下圖
Whereas chopping and drilling each use three steps, and crashing uses two steps, blasting uses four steps, always moving diagonally. See the diagram:

二 起勢
2. Starting

左脚先進右脚隨之
右斜左提眼觀一隅
掌變陽拳右脇左臍
有如丁字莫亢莫卑
兩肘夾肋舌捲氣垂
Your left foot advances first,
then your right foot follows.
With your right foot pointing diagonally, your left leg lifts,
and your gaze goes to the corner.
Your palms becomes fists, the centers of the fists facing upward,
your right fist at your ribs, your left fist at your navel.
It is like a T shape,
neither hand higher or lower than the other.
As your elbows squeeze your ribs,
curl your tongue upward for energy to descend.

三 落勢
3. Finishing

右拳順出如石之投
左拳裏翻置之眉頭
足提者進與左拳侔
左右互換無用他求
試詳路線如龍如虯
Your right fist goes straight out
like a stone being thrown.
Your left fist turns over inward
as it is placed at your forehead.
Your [left] foot lifts and advances
in unison with your left fist.
The movement is then performed alternating to the left and right
without doing anything else.
Try out the footwork
and you will find it is like a dragon or a serpent.

四 回身勢
4. Turning Around

左手出則左轉身(右手出則右轉身)轉時左脚稍動右脚回至左脚地而左脚提起仍斜打譬如路線南北轉身前打東南者轉身後則打東北四隅皆依此類推下為一隅路線圖
From your left hand being forward, turn around to the left. (If your right hand is forward, you would turn around to the right.) When turning, your left foot slightly shifts, your right foot gathers in to be where your left foot was, then your left foot lifts and you again strike out diagonally. The diagram below is aligned north-south. Before you turn around, you are striking to the southeast. After you turn around, you are striking to the northeast. (The rest of the four corners can be deduced from this.) See the diagram below, which shows the stepping to the corners:

第六節 横拳
Section Six: CROSSING

一 路線
1. Footwork

横拳亦用斜勢其步數類劈鑽而非直線其彎曲似礮拳而步數減如下圖
Crossing again uses diagonal stepping. The technique has similarities to chopping and drilling, but is not performed along a straight line. Its winding path is like blasting, but with fewer steps. See the diagram:

二 起勢
2. Starting

前脚提退後脚孤立
兩手成拳前仰後抑
仰者眉齊抑者肘匿
身正眼平卷舌屛息
停峙雖暫宜厚其力
Your front foot lifts and withdraws,
and your rear foot stands one-legged.
Your hands become fists,
the center of your front fist facing upward, your rear fist pressing under its arm.
Your front fist is at eyebrow [shoulder] level
and your rear fist is hidden under its elbow.
Your body is upright, your gaze is level,
your tongue is curled upward, and your breath slows.
Although you pause standing tall for an instant,
you should be filled with power.

三 落勢
3. Finishing

脚進而落已成翦形
後拳外鑽前拳退行
鑽翻小指退與肘平
下拳横出故以横名
手足變換反用則成
Your [left] foot advances and comes down,
making a scissor shape.
Your rear fist drills outward
and your front fist retreats along its arm.
Your drilling fist turns over so the little finger is upward,
your retreating fist level with its elbow.
The fist that was underneath goes out across,
hence “crossing”.
Your hands and feet alternate
to perform the technique on both sides.

四 回身勢
4. Turning Around

左手出則右轉身(右手出則左轉身)轉時左脚稍動右脚進左脚進拳鑽右脚跟如下圖
From your left hand being forward, turn around to the right. (If your right hand is forward, you would turn around to the left.) When turning, your left foot slightly shifts, then your right foot advances, your left foot advances, your [right] fist drills, and your right foot follows. See the diagram:

第三章 結論
CHAPTER THREE: CONCLUSIONS

第一節 練習
Section One: Practice

一 專練
1. Concentrated Practice

習拳術者對己者十八對人者十二耳故曰壯身者其常勝敵者其暫也專言壯身無論何拳均可習練至於勝敵則五行拳專擅其長焉且勝敵之道貴精不貴多勝一人用此勢勝人人亦可用此勢務博而荒求繁而亂身體無切確之磨練應敵無純熟之技藝此兩失也人情之所樂觀而致意者在濃不在澹在博不在約在急不在緩孤幹無枝之喬松固不若鮮花翠柳之快意迨經酷霜冒嚴雪熟為後凋可斷言矣五行拳皆單勢平時練習之正則也
The practice of boxing arts is eighty percent solo practice, twenty percent partner practice. Thus it is said: “Strengthening the body is constant. Defeating opponents is temporary.” As for strengthening the body, any boxing art can be practiced. As for defeating opponents, the Five Elements techniques are best. A method of defeating opponents requires quality more than quantity. These techniques can be used to fight against one person or many. If you are practicing too many techniques, you will be neglecting all of them. If you strive to have a large amount, you will only end up with a big mess. If your body has not been properly trained, or you try to deal with opponents having not yet achieved skill, in either case you will lose.
  It is human nature to devote our attention to what we enjoy. We want things to be full-flavored rather than bland, to be wide-ranging rather than restricted, and to come to us quickly rather than making us wait. A lonely pine tree with a long branchless trunk may not be as pleasing a sight as freshly flowering willows, but which is better at surviving through harsh winter? The Five Elements techniques are all simple postures and are thus the proper thing for ordinary practice.

二 久練
2. Long-Term Practice

深無止境廣無涯涘者惟拳術為然得其淺者一人敵得其最深者何嘗不可萬人敵也習拳固宜虛心而淺嘗輙止忽作忽輟亦不可望其深造且五行拳尤不易為數月己自可觀十年亦非絕藝淺者視之容有後不如前久不如暫者葢熟化之至內力充外力縮也非多厯年所熟復而無間斷未足以臻此極境臻極境者一由於虛心一由於恒性也謂論者恒謂拳術多私每有請而不告告而不盡者夫豈其然其心易滿者或輕試而招禍或好爭而欺人自亡之媒也其性無常者一知半解自視已足朝興暮止自謂己成至於試之無效不曰我師欺我則曰所習己誤是不惟傳授失人而拳術亦為一世所輕矣豈私也哉
“So deep there is no bottom, so vast there is no horizon.” Boxing arts are like this. If you achieve a shallow level, you may be able to deal with one opponent, but if you achieve the deepest level, you will be able to deal with any number of them. To practice boxing arts, you truly have to be humble. If you only take a taste and then stop, working at it sporadically, you cannot expect to get very far. The Five Elements techniques are not at all easy. After just a few months you will see progress, but even after ten years you will still not have mastered them.
  A superficial person will look at the contents of the art and feel that the finish line is no better than the starting line, that the long-term achievement is no better than the short-term achievement. However, once your skill has ripened, you will be filled with internal strength, and the tendency toward external strength will have faded. Unless you put many years of uninterrupted work into it, you will not be able to achieve mastery. Mastery comes from two things: humility and perseverance.
  Opinionated people keep saying that boxing arts teachers are all selfish, that whenever you ask them something, they will not explain, and whenever they do explain, they do not explain fully. Is this really so? Students who are full of themselves will either recklessly challenge others and invite disaster or they will love to fight so much that they go around bullying people. They are vehicles for their own destruction. Students who are inconstant learn something halfway and then think they know it well enough. They start in the morning, but quit by the evening, and then say they have completed the course. When you test your skill and find out that it is useless, do not say “my teacher cheated me”, say “I practiced it wrong”. It was not that the teacher failed you, it was that you never took the art seriously. How was he being selfish?

第二節 變化
Section Two: Variations

拳雖有五而寔有神妙之功用自其變化言之則劈拳有六鑽礮横各有七崩拳有九共三十六套以下分述之凡前所有者皆列每段之首
Although there are only five techniques, they are indeed ingenious in their function, for they can naturally be adapted. There are six versions of chopping. Drilling, blasting, and crossing each have seven. Crashing has nine. Altogether this makes thirty-six. They are listed below, the versions already appearing in the descriptions above being at the head of each section of the list.

一 劈拳
1. CHOPPING

正步劈拳 進步劈拳 退步劈拳 搖身劈拳 轉身劈拳 捋手劈拳
Straight-step chopping, advance with chopping, retreat with chopping, shaking-body chopping, turning-body chopping, rolling-back chopping.

二 鑽拳
2. DRILLING

順步鑽拳 進步鑽拳 退步鑽拳 搖身鑽拳 轉身鑽拳 拗步鑽拳 捋手鑽拳
Straight-step drilling, advance with drilling, retreat with drilling, shaking-body drilling, turning-body drilling, crossed-step drilling, rolling-back drilling.

三 崩拳
3. CRASHING

左骽崩拳 進步崩拳 退步崩拳 搖身崩拳 轉身崩拳 十字崩拳 順勢崩拳 右骽崩拳 捋手崩拳
Crashing with left leg forward, advance with crashing, retreat with crashing, shaking-body crashing, turning-body crashing, crossed-hands crashing, straight-step crashing, crashing with right leg forward, rolling-back crashing.

四 礮拳
4. BLASTING

拗步礮拳 進步礮拳 退步礮拳 搖身礮拳 轉身礮拳 順步礮拳 捋手礮拳
Crossed-step blasting, advance with blasting, retreat with blasting, shaking-body blasting, turning-body blasting, straight-step blasting, rolling-back blasting.

五 横拳
5. CROSSING

拗步横拳 進步横拳 退步横拳 搖身横拳 轉身横拳 順步横拳 捋手横拳
Crossed-step crossing, advance with crossing, retreat with crossing, shaking-body crossing, turning-body crossing, straight-step crossing, rolling-back crossing.

五行拳譜終
(This concludes the manual for the Five Elements techniques.)

連環拳譜
MANUAL FOR THE CONTINUOUS BOXING SET

第一章 總論
CHAPTER ONE: GENERAL DISCUSSION

第一節 名稱
Section One: About the Name

變化五行拳合為一套倐進倐退勢皆循環光怪陸離勢皆連貫故謂之連環拳以其進退無常也故又謂之進退連環拳今從簡稱
The transformations of the five elements are merged together into one set, suddenly advancing and suddenly retreating, cycling on and on, a variety of techniques linked together, which is called Continuous Boxing. It changes constantly between advancing and retreating, therefore it is also called Advance & Retreat Continuous Boxing, but is abbreviated in this book for the sake of simplicity.

第二節 練習
Section Two: Practice

連環拳以五行拳為母五拳未能習熟不必學連環拳此拳共有十勢又進退各半雖往復練之範圍亦小是以有引長之法練習於寬地亦不見為短也引長之法前節不轉身至崩拳仍接二勢則往復足四十勢矣
The Continuous Boxing set is based in the Five Elements techniques. If the five techniques have not yet been practiced to familiarity, there is no point in learning the Continuous Boxing set. This set has altogether ten postures [minus the beginning posture and the turning posture], about half of them advancing, half retreating. Although the scope of practicing only back and forth is rather small, it does have the method of reaching far. Practice in a broad space so that the postures do not get shortened. Reach far all the way through the first performance of the postures. Do not turn around until you have performed the final crashing technique, then repeat the movements [going back to where you started]. And then by going back and forth all over again, the set will consist of forty postures.

第三節 應用
Section Three: Application

拳法以應用為主連環拳可以連環用之握之則為拳伸之則為掌故可變為連環掌此徒手之應用也刀槍棍劍無不可用有刃者則砍有鋒者則刺無鋒刃者則打不過手勢之變化耳故器械無論雙單長短大小皆可包括無遺苟明變化之功用何往而不應用哉
Boxing methods are based first of all in application. The Continuous Boxing set can be considered continuous application. A hand rolled up is a fist. A hand extended is a palm. Therefore you may adjust the techniques to being continuous palming, if that is what suits the situation in a fight. Or the techniques can all be done using a saber, spear, staff, or sword. The edge of a blade can be used to chop. The tip of a blade can be used to stab. In the absence of edge or tip, the weapon can be used to strike. These are merely variations on the hand postures. Regardless of the characteristics of the weapon – double or single, long or short, large or small – all of these techniques can be included. If you understand the applicability of adaptability, these techniques can be used in all situations.

第四節 路線
Section Four: Footwork Diagram

開 beginning posture
一 posture 1 二 2 三 3 四 4 五 5 六 6 七 7 八 8 九 9 十 10

第二章 分論
CHAPTER TWO: DESCRIPTIONS OF EACH MOVEMENT

第一節 開勢
1. BEGINNING POSTURE

連環拳仍用五行拳之開勢
The Continuous Boxing set uses the same opening posture as with the individual Five Elements techniques.

第二節 進步崩拳
2. ADVANCE, CRASHING

由開勢兩手變拳進左骽左拳陰出順落齊心左拳順回陽落齊臍同時右骽隨進脛對左踵提肛兩骽稍絀
From the beginning posture, both hands become fists. Your left leg advances. Your left [right] fist goes straight out, the center of the fist facing to the left, finishing at solar plexus level, and your left fist withdraws straight back, the center of the fist facing upward, finishing at your navel. At the same time, your right leg follows forward so the ankle is next to your left heel. Tuck in your tailbone. Both legs knees slightly stick out.

第三節 退步橫拳
3. RETREAT, CROSSING

右骽斜退一步脚橫落左骽大退一步脚斜落右骽退時兩手存原勢至左脚落時右手猛撤齊臍左手力出齊心兩骽翦形故又名翦子步
Your right leg diagonally retreats a step, the foot coming down sideways, then your left leg retreats a large step, the foot coming down diagonally. When your right leg retreats, your hands stay as they are. When your left foot comes down, your right hand fiercely withdraws to your navel and your left hand powerfully goes out at solar plexus level. Your legs are making a scissors shape, hence it is called a “scissor step”.

第四節 順步崩拳
4. STRAIGHT STEP, CRASHING

左骽進絀右拳陽出順落齊心左拳順回陽落齊臍左脚稍跟
Your left [right] leg advances, your right fist going straight out, the center of the fist facing to the left, finishing at solar plexus, your left fist withdrawing straight back, the center of the fist facing inward, finishing at your navel. Your left foot slightly follows.

第五節 白鵝亮翅
5. WHITE GOOSE SHOWS ITS WINGS

左骽退兩拳攏至襠成十字卽以原勢上起至額兩拳又各繞半圜至襠左掌右拳力打右骽於上起時撤與左骽並兩骽皆稍絀
Your left leg retreats. Your fists come together to make an X shape which is lifted until at your forehead. Then both fists arc, each making a half circle, until at your crotch, your left palm and right fist forcefully striking together. When your hands rise, your right leg withdraws to stand next to your left leg, both knees slightly sticking out.

第六節 進步礮拳
6. ADVANCE, BLASTING

右骽進絀左拳出齊心右拳翻上至額是謂拗步礮拳
Your right leg advances, your left fist going out at solar plexus level, your right fist turning over as it goes upward to your forehead. This is called “crossed-step blasting”.

第七節 退步鑽拳
7. RETREAT, DRILLING

右骽大退右掌下落左拳由胸部鑽出左骽退與右脚並兩骽稍絀兩陽掌置臍部左橫右頂
Your right leg retreats a large step, your right fist lowering, your left fist drilling out from your chest. Your left foot retreats to stand next to your right foot, both knees slightly sticking out. Your palms are placed at your navel, both facing upward, left palm flat, right palm supporting underneath.

第八節 進步撥掌
8. ADVANCE, DEFLECTING PALM

左骽進左掌外撥右骽右拳皆存原勢眼視掌左骽絀右骽支
Your left leg advances, your left palm deflecting outward. Your right leg and right fist both stay where they are. Your gaze is toward your palm. As your left leg goes out, your right leg supports.

第九節 進步鑽拳
9. ADVANCE, DRILLING

左骽稍進仍絀左掌變拳右拳出小指上翻左拳回撤陽置肋右骽稍跟
Your left leg slightly advances further, your left palm becoming a fist. Your right fist goes out, turning over so the little finger is upward, your left fist withdrawing to your ribs, the center of the fist facing upward, as your right leg slightly follows.

第十節 拗步劈拳
10. CROSSED STEP, CHOPPING

左骽進兩拳陽置胸前左上右下右脚橫落左掌覆推右掌覆挽眼視前掌俗稱狸貓上樹
Your left leg advances, both fists being placed in front of your chest, the centers of the fists facing upward, left fist above, right fist below. Your right foot comes down sideways, your left palm turning over and pushes out, your right palm turning over and pulling in. Your gaze is toward your front palm. This is commonly called LEOPARD CLIMBS THE TREE.

第十一節 進步崩拳
11. ADVANCE, CRASHING

兩手變拳右脚順進左骽大進右拳陰出順落齊心左掌順回陽落齊臍右骽隨進脛對左踵提肛兩骽稍絀
Both hands becoming fists, your right foot advances straight ahead and your left leg advances a large step. Your right fist goes out straight ahead, the center of the fist facing to the left, finishing at solar plexus level, your left fist withdrawing straight to your navel, the center of the fist facing inward. Your right leg follows forward so the ankle is next to your left heel. Tuck in your tailbone. Both knees slightly stick out.

第十二節 回身勢
12. TURNING AROUND

左脚右橫隨勢轉身
右脚橫提右拳陽伸
左拳抑抱推挽力均
脚手齊落兩掌變陰
後掌在脇前掌齊心
Your left foot turns sideways to the right,
going along with the turn of your body.
Your right foot lifts up sideways,
your right fist extending with the center of the fist facing upward.
Your left fist is wrapped in, the center of the fist facing upward,
then your hands push and pull with equal force.
Your [right] foot coming down as your hands finish,
your palms turning over to be facing downward.
Your rear palm is at your ribs,
your front palm at solar plexus level.

連環拳譜終
(This concludes the manual for the Continuous Boxing set.)

Allenamento 04/10/2017

Il V gruppo di movimenti – Zhu Tiancai

che abbiamo approfondito ieri sera eseguito da Zhu Tiancai

Lista dei movimenti – V zuhe dongzuo (gruppo di movimenti) – III duan (linea)
1. 小擒打 xiaoqinda – piccola presa
2. 包頭推山 baotou tuishan – avvolgere la testa e spingere la Montag
3. 六封四閉 liufeng sibi – sei sigilli quattro chiusure
4. 單鞭 danbian – la frusta
5. 前招 qianzhao – mossa avanti
6. 后招 houzhao – mossa indietro
7. 野馬分鬃 yema fenzong – dividere la criniera del cavallo selvaggio
8. 六封四閉 liufeng sibi – sei sigilli quattro chiusure
9. 單鞭 danbian – la frusta

Buxin, Bufa: la forma del passo, il metodo del passo
Prestare attenzione al passo, al metodo del passo (bu-fa – il metodo del passo): bisogna passare dal centro, chiudere ed aprire le anche.

Prestare attenzione alla forma del passo (bu xin – la forma del passo) ed stabilità della postura.

Prestare attenzione al trasferimento del peso da un lato all’altro: il peso trasla da un lato all’altro, non si deve “scammellare”

 

Shouxin, Shoufa: la forma della mano, il metodo della mano
Prestare attenzione a come si tengono le mani. Il Chen prevede che la mano a palmo disteso abbia la forma giusta:

che è diversa dalla forma della mano dello Yang o di altri stili:

Image result for yang chengfu

Yang Chengfu

 

Liufen Sibi – Danbian: ricordiamoci il lavoro di “gomito” e di dare varietà al movimento non solo spaziando verso i lati, ma anche da e verso il petto.

 

VI gruppo di movimenti (Zhu Tiancai)

Lista dei movimenti – VI zuhe dongzuo (gruppo di movimenti) – sempre III linea
1. 單鞭 danbian – la frusta
2. 玉女穿梭 yunü chuansuo – la fanciulla di giada lancia la spola
3. 金剛搗碓 Jingang daodui – il Jingang pesta nel mortaio
4. 懶扎衣 lanzhayi – appuntare pigramente il vestito
5. 六封四閉 liufeng sibi – sei sigilli quattro chiusure
6. 單鞭 danbian – la frusta
7. 運手 yunshou – muovere le mani
8. 擺腳迭岔 baijiao diecha – calcio esterno e divaricata
9. 金雞獨立 jinji duli – il gallo d’oro su una zampa

 

CHAQUAN #4

國術教範查拳
A MARTIAL ARTS TEACHING MANUAL FOR CHAQUAN
吳志青
by Wu Zhiqing
張本源
postures performed by Zhang Benyuan
[published by 大東書局 Great East Bookstore, 1929]

[translation by Paul Brennan, Sep, 2017]

中央國術館鑒㝎 吴志青編
Authorized by the Central Martial Arts Institute: Wu Zhiqing’s
國術教範查拳
A Martial Arts Teaching Manual for Chaquan
于右任
– [calligraphy by] Yu Youren

編者吳志靑先生
The author, Wu Zhiqing

館長張之江先生玉照
Portrait of Director Zhang Zhijiang

國術敎範弁言
FOREWORD

居恆見國人稱日人為矮奴以其身軀之短小猥瑣名之以示輕蔑耳然日本自維新以還致力柔術提倡體育昔之短且小者今已頎而長矣反觀吾國以國人之體格與日人較恐將自慚弗如徵之每歲國人投考日本士官學校以檢驗體格而致落選者十之七八他國以東亞病夫譏我者今尚不能稍湔此恥國內學校雖間有摹擬西土體育如田徑球類乃衡之全民適形成其為少數人之貴族體育而吾國固有鍛鍊體魄之武術反漸次頹廢將成絕響吾人偶思及國民體育之現象撫今憶昔未嘗不惄然憂之夫我國國術上溯秦漢下迄明淸雖乏詳載之專書而其價値蓋已久彰普通拳術雖婦人稚子老叟病夫苟能稍嫺卽可化衰病為壯健易萎靡為英武惟以歷來武術家之秘密自封各宗派之鬥爭分裂重以離迷玄奧之神道思想重文輕武之社會觀念種種摧蝕遂致久積畧備之武術逐漸退化幾垂於絕或曰昔之武術僅備戰陣之用今則科學進步火器昌明雖十年煉臂十年煉目將焉所用轉質之歐洲治軍者乃云鐵彈之堅不如肉彈更察晚近世界之各大戰其最後勝利亦皆賴白兵肉搏而獲得衝鋒之江亦常待罪行間深悉突擊遠戰固需火器近接則嫺刺擊者常操勝算國術在軍事上之效用於斯益徵本館編國術教範查拳一書事蕆序此誌感研究而練習之尚期諸吾偉大之國民敢為弁言
中華民國十八年六月 張之江
I still notice my countrymen referring to the Japanese as the “short slaves”, as if their bodies are short, small, and ugly. The name is used as a pejorative. However, ever since the Japs have modernized their country, they have devoted themselves to Jujitsu and promoted physical education. They used to be short and small, but now they are big and tall. When we compare the physique of our own people to that of the Japanese, it has to be said that we are shamefully inferior. As proof of this, every year our countrymen sign up for the physical fitness exam at the Japanese naval academy [in Shanghai], and seventy-five percent of them flunk. Other countries ridicule us as “the sick men of Asia” and we are still unable to wash off any of this humiliation, even though schools in our nation have been imitating Western physical education, such as track and field activities, and ball sports. We have to take into account what is suitable for the whole populace, and these activities are a rather aristocratic form of physical education in that they suit only a small number of people. But we already have a means of training the physique: our martial arts!
  Unfortunately, these arts have gradually been eroded to the point that they are almost lost. Whenever we think of the state of our physical education, no one who thinks back does not grieve. Our nation’s martial arts have been around from the dynasties of Qin and Han to the Ming and Qing. Although we lack detailed records in specialized books, it is at least clear that they were valued for a very long time. A typical boxing art is for everyone, whether woman or child, old or infirm. If one can develop even a slight level of skill, the training can transform a person from feeble to robust, from listless to valiant. However, martial arts masters through the ages kept their arts secret, and so styles feuded with each other over who had the most profound and magical system, and society meanwhile championed literary pursuits and denigrated martial arts. Both of these things had a corrosive effect. Consequently we have built up a long-standing neglect for martial arts training and gradually these arts have deteriorated and almost fallen away completely.
  It has been pointed out that martial arts in former days were used only to prepare for war but nowadays, due to scientific advances, firearms are flourishing instead. Even after ten years of training the limbs and eyes, what use would it be? But European generals have said that the best artillery is still inferior to “human bullets”. Notice that in all the great battles of recent years, the final victory always depended on hand-to-hand combat to win the assault. I often had to threaten fearful men with punishment during my service in the army, so thoroughly did I understand the importance of getting them to charge. Long-range combat truly requires firearms, but close-quarter combat requires skill in stabbing and striking to be sure of success. The usefulness of the martial arts in the military is proven by this.
  From this institute comes A Martial Arts Teaching Manual for Chaquan, which has just been finished. I here record my feeling for this event: through study and practice, there will come a time when our people will be mighty again, and I dare to proclaim it so.
  - Zhang Zhijiang, June, 1929

國術敎範序
PREFACE

古之言治禮樂尚已。禮以射為重。樂以舞為主。射者必志正體直。神定思閒。然後命中。可以觀德。可以上功。其後騎射之術。流為兵家。安邊禦侮。代有聞人。至近世火器發明而寖衰。舞有干舞、羽舞、旄舞、帗舞之別。投步赴節。垂手側弁。亦將以明德象功也。其後雅樂不作。鄭聲雜奏。而驚鴻飛燕之舞姿。猶傳於樂府。余觀於此。而知古人於雍容揖讓之間。不忘武事。小心翼翼。良士瞿瞿。陶情淑性之節文。不離乎易筋洗髓之法則。此殆拳術之權輿也。今世拳術派別。不外內外二家。外家稱少林。祖高僧達摩。達摩以前無聞焉。內家稱太極。祖丹士張三丰。三丰以前無聞焉。二子者。近則宋。遠則梁。洵如寧波府志所載。得自神授耶。抑拳法亦與佛法同來自天竺耶。何以孟子所引北宮黝、孟施舍之養勇。一則不膚撓。不目逃。刺萬乘君若刺褐夫。一則不能必勝。而能無懼耶。又何以漢書藝文志。有手搏六篇。列入兵家。而司馬遷傳。有張空拳冒白刃語。皇甫嵩傳。又有雖兒童可使奮拳以致力語耶。北宮黝之勇近外家。孟施舍之勇近內家。惜其養勇之術無傳焉。手搏六篇。亦屬逸書。顧名思義。搏訓擊取。是達摩三丰之前。吾國確有拳術專家與專書矣。彼二子不過精於斯道。後人不能溯師承所自。遂奉為不祧之祖耳。夫以神明華胄之裔。文物禮制。郁郁彬彬。而顧無行健自強之術。以養吾勇而作吾氣。則華夏早淪於夷虜。民族早歸於凋喪矣。是故射為君子所必爭。舞為周禮所備載。發揚蹈厲。有勇知方。古本無重文輕武之弊也。慨自後世學術傳授。恆出祕密。不輕著述。昭示衆人。於拳技尤甚。以不公開討論之故。自不如近代科學有原則定律。足供尋繹日進不已。往往得自天才。傳以口訣。精微奧妙。與人俱亡。其糟粕之矢石刀馬。徒為莽夫博取功名之資。甚則短打長把。舞臺伶工。猶模仿一二表演英烈。此外則拳師鏢客。私相受授而已。學士大夫輒羞為之。陳亮序酌古論曰。文武之道一也。後世始歧而為二。文士專鉛槧。武夫事劍楯。彼此相笑。求以相勝。各有所長。時有所用。豈二者卒不可合耶。余少喜外家拳。長治文史。漸不屑為。及游東瀛。覩彼國人對於柔道。劍術之勘摯不懈。乃恍然其强國之故。鍛鍊國家。固應自鍛鍊國民始。且其鍛鍊之術。多由吾國襲取而得。彼羅拜歐化之流。並以西式體操為已滿足。而遺棄吾國固有之武術者。不已更足誚乎。今國民政府為發揚吾族固有之文明。首開國術館於新都。並徧設分館於全國。請張子薑先生掌其事。聚海內名家講求國術。期年而風氣丕變。街談巷議。不出拳脚。文人韻士。亦寖知讀拳譜習步法矣。該館編審處處長吳君志靑。更就平日實際教授所得。編為國術教範。附以圖解。撮其用法。定位行拳。瞭如指掌。將以第一編刊行問世。而徵余序之。余於此術荒疎實甚。第知此為强種强國之布帛菽粟。固未可須臾離者也。謂宜以公開研究。變革祕傳。以科學方法。推演拳技。尤宜使智體俱進。文武一道。教範之作。庶幾大輅之輪椎也歟。
民國十八年五月十八日山右王用賓序於南京立法院
There is much esteem in ancient writings for rituals and music. The most important ritual was archery, and the emphasis in music was upon dance. An archer had to correct his mentality and straighten up his body. With his spirit calm and mind at ease, he could then hit the target. Thus could be observed both his virtue and skill. If he then demonstrated skill with archery while on horseback, he would qualify as a military commander, sent to pacify borders and repel invaders. Through the dynasties, there were many men who gained fame in this way, but by modern times, the invention of firearms caused such rituals to gradually fade away. As for dancing, there was baton dancing, plume dancing, banner dancing, ribbon dancing, and so on. Rhythmic steps and elegant hand gestures exhibited both virtue and skill. Courtly airs later gave way to more melodic music, with a wider range of instruments, and the movements of dance became more graceful and nimble.
  From reading surviving songs and poems, I know that amidst the dignity and courtesy of ancient people, they did not forget martial affairs, which they attended to with great care and gentlemen treated with great respect. Their ceremonial rituals for cultivating a sense of ease and refinement were not that far from the methods of Sinew Changing and Marrow Washing. This seems to have been the beginning of our martial arts.
  Modern martial arts styles do not go beyond the two schools of internal and external. The external school is called Shaolin and descends from the eminent monk Damo, there being no one of that school who existed prior to him that we know of. The internal school is called Taiji and descends from the elixirist Zhang Sanfeng, there again being no one of that school who existed prior to him that we know of. Zhang is more recent, living during the Song Dynasty, whereas Damo lived as far back as the Liang Dynasty. According to the Records of Ningbo Prefecture, Zhang obtained his art divinely [being taught in a dream by the “Dark Warrior” Emperor (i.e. a Daoist “god of war”)]. Similarly, Damo’s boxing techniques seem to be Buddhist methods coming from India.
  In Mengzi [chapter 2a], there is the description of Bei Gongyou and Meng Shishe “cultivating courage”: “Bei Gongyou did not flinch at pain nor shy his eyes away from anything, just as willing to stab an emperor as he was to stab a peasant… Meng Shishe felt that one could not be sure of victory but could at least be free of fear.” In the “Bibliographical Records” of the Books of Han, there is mention of “six chapters on bare-handed fighting” listed among military texts. From the bio of Sima Qian [Li Guang] [Books of Han – bios, part 25]: “A warrior will dare to fight bare-handed even at the risk of naked blades.” From the bio of Huangfu Song [Books of Later Han – bios, part 65]: “Even a boy can devote himself to boxing.”
  Bei Gongyou’s courage was like that of the external school, and Meng Shishe’s was like that of the internal school, but unfortunately their methods for cultivating courage were not passed down. The “six chapters on bare-handed fighting” are also lost works, and as the name suggests, were presumably lessons on wrestling and striking. This means that prior to Damo and Zhang Sanfeng, our nation did indeed have boxing arts experts and specialized texts. Damo and Zhang were nothing more than masters of their arts, but since later generations have not been able to trace back to the source of those arts, they revere those men as the earliest ancestor of each, treating them as descendants of divine beings or of royalty.
  In the midst of traditions of conduct that were elegant and refined, it was felt that without arts of invigorating activity for self-improvement [paraphrasing from the Book of Changes, hexagram 1: “Nature acts with vigor. Likewise a gentleman ceaselessly improves himself.”], in order to cultivate one’s courage and build up one’s energy, then China would have long ago slipped into being a nation of barbarians, and its people would have withered and died off. Therefore archery was a compulsory competition for gentlemen and dances were recorded in the Rites of Zhou. There was glorification and emulation of those who had both courage and proper conduct, and so in ancient books we do not find the error of over-emphasizing the civil and trivializing the martial.
  Alas, though later generations passed down these arts, they persisted in keeping secrets, not lightly sharing knowledge with everyone. This is a problem in martial arts in particular. To not discuss ideas publicly is contrary to the rules of modern science. Supplying information to be re-evaluated leads to endless progress and constantly produces more talented individuals. Pass on the secrets of your art, every profound subtlety, or they will pass away with you.
  At the bottom of the barrel, martial artists ended up serving as soldiers under braggarts who had not earned their rank honestly. Better off, martial artists performed stage-fighting, imitating heroes in a few plays. Beyond these things, boxing masters were often caravan escorts, simply making a living. Whatever the case, scholarly gentlemen were embarrassed to be in their presence. Chen Liang [of the Song Dynasty] wrote in the preface to his Considering Ancient Theories: “The ways of civil and martial started out the same. It was in later generations that they branched off into two things. The scholar is focused on pen and page, whereas the warrior is concerned with sword and shield. They mock each other and seek to succeed over each other. [In times of peace, the scholar wins. In times of conflict, the warrior wins.] Each has his strengths and his moment to be useful, so why can they not be in accord?”
  When I was young, I enjoyed external boxing arts, but when I matured, I studied literature and history, gradually developing a disdain for martial arts. Then I traveled to Japan, where I observed their countrymen studying Judo and Kendo with an untiring sincerity, and I suddenly realized that the means of strengthening a nation is by strengthening its people. We surely should begin to exercise our people and train their skills. Our nation has effectively been taken over, giving in to the surrounding Western influence, and so it has become satisfied with adopting Western calisthenics. But we have abandoned our own martial arts in the process, for which we should feel endlessly guilty.
  Therefore the National Government is now exalting our nation’s innate culture. First a Martial Arts Institute was opened in the new capital [Nanjing] and further institutes are being established everywhere in the nation. Zhang Zijiang [Zhijang] was appointed to manage this enterprise and he has gathered together martial arts masters from throughout the nation. The institute has just had its first anniversary [having opened in Mar, 1928] and there is a mood of great change having been achieved that is being talked of all over town, for this is not just a matter of punching and kicking. Even scholars and poets have gradually learned to appreciate boxing manuals and are practicing the movements.
  Much is owed to the head of the institute’s editing department, Wu Zhiqing, who has taken a typical example of the curriculum to make A Martial Arts Teaching Manual, including descriptions of movements, pointers on application, and orientation directions for how to move through the practice routine, all made perfectly clear. For this first volume of such publications, a preface was requested of me. Although I am quite out of practice with these arts, I know that they are the essentials [“the clothing and food” – equivalent to “the bread and butter”] of strengthening the people to strengthen the nation, and that there is not a moment to lose. I say that we should publish such research and transform secret teachings [into public knowledge], use scientific methods to analyze boxing skills, and especially that we should get theory and practice to advance together, the ways of the scholar and warrior merged into one. With the producing of teaching manuals, perhaps we can “hammer the wheels of the larger cart” [i.e. fix the large-scale problem].
  - written by Wang Yongbin of Shanxi at the Nanjing Legislative House, May 18, 1929

自序
AUTHOR’S PREFACE

世界原無新物。特本諸原質,各盡其發明製造之能事而已。世界亦無新理。特本諸自然,各盡其尋繹推演之心力而已。一代之技能,有一代之應用。一國之技能,有一國之特性。古代之技能,或不適用於今世。歐美之技術,亦未竟適於中國。其環境不同,思想各異故也。革命以還,凡百建設。將次頽廢之國術,亦得復興。本館乘時而起。張公子薑,主持其間。慘淡經營,以期達强種救國之目的。草創迄今,成績斐然。各省市縣分支各館,爭先成立者,已達全國三分之二有强。但欲作普遍之運動,非藉文字之宣傳不為功。依照吾國民族之特性,及歷史與環境之背景;苟欲達到强種救國之途:將藉重西洋之體操乎?抑恢復固有之國術乎?詳加究察,不問可知。雖然:處此科學昌明之二十世紀,非講實用,不能圖存。國術之所以日見式微者,卽在缺乏尋繹推演之心力,墨守成法,不知改進故耳!
幸明達之士,有鑒於斯,竭力提倡。各家各派,風起雲湧,各展所長,力求改進。一派以考據名於世。一派以玄理炫於時。一派以科學相號召。一派以折衷為提倡。而詳察考據之新著,殊不多覯。間有圖說,尚闕理論。玄理派以孫祿堂先生之太極拳等書,為最近之表現。科學派以章乃器先生所著之內功拳的科學基礎一書,詳說理論。及拙著中國新體操為理法幷論之創作。折衷派以馬子貞先生所著之中華新武術為調劑各派之著述。
以上僅舉其略,以供國術同志之研究。唯按之科學原理,陳義太高者,不切於事實。使人目眩神移,頗難循序而進。而不顧生理之需要,近於矯作之運動者,尤為現代教育所不取。
是以承館長張公之命,編輯此書。每式附以用法,圖說,式定名詞,法釋應用,圖明動作,說解意義。順次推進,以圖適世界之潮流,作研究之借鏡;鍛我體魄,强我國魂。志靑雖不才,是為厚望!
中華民國十八年四月古歙吳志靑序於中央國術館編審處
The world originally had no new things in it, just some basic elements, but they were eventually worked into skillful inventions. There also used to be no new ideas, just some natural phenomena, but through thoughtful analysis, underlying principles were eventually deduced. The skills of an era serve the function of that era. The skills of a nation have the character of that nation. The skills of antiquity sometimes do not suit the modern world. The skills of Europe and America are not entirely suitable for China. Different circumstances, different ideas.
  Since the Revolution [1911], so many things have had to be rebuilt, and thus faded martial arts will also be revived. This institute is seizing the moment to do so. Zhang Zijiang has taken charge of the situation, persistently putting forth painstaking effort in hopes of achieving the goal of strengthening the people and rescuing the nation. What has been done so far is a great accomplishment. People are hurrying to establish an institute in every province, city, county. Already two-thirds of the country is being strengthened. However, if we want to make such exercise universal, it cannot be done without the publishing of books.
  They should suit the personality of our nation’s populace, and be in the context of our history and circumstances. If we want to achieve the strengthening of the people to rescue the nation, do we really need to rely on Western calisthenics? Should we not restore our own martial arts? Through meticulous research, what has not even been considered can be understood. Although we are now in the twentieth century, this era of flourishing science, if we do not discuss actually making use of science, we will be unable to survive. The reason why our martial arts are in decline is because of a lack of thoughtful analysis to deduce principles, simply a mindless adherence to established ways rather than an understanding of how to improve them.
  Fortunately, wise experts have in view of this been doing their utmost to encourage such study. Each system and each style has received a storm of popular support [“winds rising, clouds massing”], each expressing its strong points and striving to improve where it lacks. One school may do textual research to share with the world. Another school may highlight old abstract theories to show off to the present. Another may make an appeal for more scientific knowledge. And still another may take a middle ground and advocate all of these approaches. New works of textual research are not often seen, for books still tend to have lots of pictures and lack in theory. For abstract theories, Sun Lutang’s Study of Taiji Boxing and his other books are a recent expression of this. For scientific awareness, Zhang Naiqi’s Scientific Internal Boxing Arts is a fundamental example, giving detailed explanations of principles, as well as my own clumsily written China’s New Calisthenics. For the middle ground, Ma Zizhen’s China’s New Martial Arts uses each approach equally.
  Given above is simply some brief information about the studies of martial arts comrades. In accordance with a scientific mindset, if we overly glamorize any approach, it will cease to correspond to reality, causing students’ eyes to be dazzled and their minds to be distracted, making it difficult to progress in the proper order of training. Students would then pay no attention to physiological requirements and end up forcing themselves through the exercise, which is not at all what modern education is seeking.
  Therefore, carrying out the order of Zhang Zhijiang, I have compiled this book. With each posture is included its function and a description. Equipped with the name of the technique, explanation of the application, and description of the movement, its significance will be clear. Progress through them in sequence and make use of the common trend, learning from the experience of others. We will train our bodies and strengthen our national spirit. Although I have no talent, I do have great hopes!
  - written by Wu Zhiqing of Guxi [in Anhui] at the Central Martial Arts Institute’s editing department, Apr, 1929

凡例
GENERAL COMMENTS

一此編取材於查拳第四路,分為二章。第一章緒論。第二章單練。
– This book showcases the fourth set of Chaquan. It is divided into two parts: part one – introductory material; part two – the solo set.

一此編依教育程序。一章分四節。每節分三段。每段分四式。每式附以用法,圖說,式定名詞,法釋應用,圖明動作,說解意義。使學者一目了然,易於練習。
– This book complies with the teaching procedure of the set being divided into four parts, each part divided into three sections, each section divided into four postures. With each posture is included an explanation of its function and a description of the movement. Equipped with the name of the technique, explanation of the application, and description of the movement, its significance will be clear, enabling you to understand at a glance and practice easily.

一此編教授團體,可參照軍事教育法行之。
– As this book is designed for teaching whole groups, it can be referred to for methods of giving drill instruction to the army.

一此編各式有口令,原為初學便利起見。習熟後,可由繁入簡,一氣呵成。以不違古人定法,近代教育程序為原則。
– In this book, there is a command for each posture to make it easier for beginners to know what to do. After they are familiar with the movements, they can move on from such details and simply flow through the set. So as to not violate the principles of our forefathers and yet teach with a modern procedure, there is this way of doing it.

一此編假定行拳方位,為初學便於記憶而設。練熟後,則不拘方向。
– With this book, practice takes place facing certain directions. This is so that beginners can easily memorize and establish themselves in the material. After practicing it until it is familiar, you can face any direction.

一此編謌譜為自昔所傳,讀其語句,多費索解。但因尊重原著起見,未便擅改,致失其眞。
– The instructional songs in this book were passed down from long ago. Reading through their phrases, there are often parts that are difficult to explain, but out of respect for the original material, let us not alter them and end up losing the authentic version.

一此編所定術名,或因便句讀,或切於實用,或想像形式以定之。考我國武術名詞,各家各派,分歧不同,或各套動作同,而名詞則異。此為深中祕密之害,實武術界一大缺點也!用特聲明。
– The names of the techniques in this book sometimes represent a kind of simple punctuation between the postures, sometimes separate distinct applications, and sometimes provide poetic visualizations as to how a posture should look. Examining the terminology of our nation’s martial arts, each system and each style has divergent usages. Sometimes movements are the same but the names are different [or vice versa]. This is one of the harms of keeping things secret and is truly one of the greater shortcomings in the martial arts world, thus I specially point it out here.

一此編為本館教授班之講義,並以供諸同志之參考。
– This book was made to be teaching material for use in our school, but we offer it to all our comrades for their reference as well.

一此編掛漏之處,在所不免。尚祈國術同志,加以指正!
– This book inevitably has something about it that is incomplete. I hope my martial arts comrades will give me corrections.

四路查拳
FOURTH SET OF CHAQUAN

第一章 緒論
CHAPTER ONE: INTRODUCTION

第一節 國術之替興
Part 1: The Fall & Rise of Martial Arts

國術一道,湮沒不彰者久矣!憶及庚子一役,國人曾病帝國主義之壓迫,國勢因之日削。於是義憤塡膺,聯絡武術界,組織義和團。挾紅燈白蓮諸邪術,假神道之名,以扶淸滅洋相號召。遂召八國聯軍之禍。至使外人反以拳匪目之!詎知紅燈白蓮,皆係左道感人,與武術風馬牛不相及。未可以邪誣正。嗣武術界同志,積不能平。深信術有眞傳,足以强國禦敵,不甘受外人之蔑視。北方則有李存義李景林諸先生。設武士會於天津。許禹生孫祿堂吳鑑泉劉月亭諸先生。先後設體育研究社,及國技研究社於北平。馬子貞先生,設武術傳習所於濟南。霍元甲陳公哲諸先生,設精武體育會於上海。劉崇峻先生,設武士會,及國技學校於成都。志靑不敏,亦糾合同志,創辦中華武術會,及體育專門學校於上海。撮其大略:二十餘年,改良提倡,風行全國,已具相當成績。此為武術之復興時代。迨民十六,中央奠都南京。黨國領袖,以武術為强種救國之要素,羣力倡辦,於去年春,成立中央國術館於首都。博延國術人材,共同研究。復以科學方式,詳加整理。力求適合教育之原理,衞生之需要,且本心理學功用以支配。其剛柔繁簡,期與學者年齡,不相違背。他如廣發刊物,以資宣傳;招班教授,以廣後進;舉行國考,以拔眞才:迄至於今,省市分館,逐報成立者,已幾有全國之半。國術普及,可立而待。茲為國術教育統一起見,審愼教材,編輯教範,暫作過渡之範本。惟是素無專書,苦乏參考。挂漏之誚,所不免焉!
That martial arts as a whole have been falling into oblivion was not apparent for a long time. Recall that at the time of the Battle of 1900 [i.e. Boxer Rebellion], our countrymen were oppressed under imperialism and our national strength was consequently being whittled away. Filled with righteous fury, these men united the martial arts community and formed the Righteous Harmony Society. Embracing the sorcery of Red Lantern Zhu and the White Lotus cult, they became famous for their “magic” ways, and their motto was: “Support the Qing! Exterminate foreigners!” This invited ruin from the Eight-Nation Alliance [Austria-Hungary, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, Russia, UK, USA] by instead making foreigners intent upon opposing the rebel Boxers.
  Surprisingly, the Red Lantern and White Lotus always depended on fake performances to move the hearts of people, using ways that were actually totally unrelated to martial arts. And so one cannot really slander these arts as fake sorcery or look down upon the inheritors of these arts. We firmly believe that these arts are authentic teachings, sufficient to empower the nation and fend off its enemies, and we will not willingly accept the scorn of foreigners.
  In the north, Li Cunyi and Li Jinglin have established the Warriors’ Society in Tianjin. In Beijing, Xu Yusheng, Sun Lutang, Wu Jianquan, and Liu Yueting established first the Physical Education Research Society and then the Martial Arts Research Society. In Jinan, Ma Zizhen has established the Martial Arts Teaching Bureau. In Shanghai, Huo Yuanjia and Chen Gongzhe established the Jingwu Athletic Club. In Chengdu, Liu Chongjun has established a Warriors’ Society and the Martial Arts Academy. Also in Shanghai, since I am not smart enough on my own, I gathered together comrades, and we have established a Chinese Martial Arts Society and a Physical Education College.
  In a nutshell: for more than twenty years, these arts have been getting increasingly promoted and are now popular throughout the nation, which is an achievement in itself. This is the era of martial arts revival. Since the government made Nanjing the capital in 1927, the party leaders have considered martial arts to be the key factor in strengthening the masses and rescuing the nation, and have all been strongly advocating such a way forward. Last spring, they established the Central Martial Arts Institute in the capital. They sent invitations to martial arts experts everywhere to come study together and then make use of scientific methods to carefully arrange a curriculum. These experts have been striving to arrange material in order to suit the principles of education, the requirements of health, and improved psychological functioning. An art’s hardness or softness, complexity or simplicity, must be appropriate to a student’s age.
  Other projects include widespread publication of periodicals to better spread information, recruiting teams of instructors to extend this knowledge to the younger generation, and holding national tournaments to draw out genuine talent. Furthermore, there are now branch institutes being established one after another in the provinces and cities, already reaching half the nation. With our martial arts spread everywhere, we will be able to stand ready for whatever comes. This is the purpose of a unified martial arts education. We are scrutinizing teaching materials and compiling manuals to provide useful models to work from. Without specialized books, there is a frustrating lack of reference material. Feel free to reproach us for the incompleteness of this book, because it is inevitably lacking in some way.

第二節 國術性質之分析與本館職責之貢獻
Part 2: The Characteristics of Martial Arts & the Duties of this Institute

吾人研究國術,必先識別,何項屬於技擊?何項屬於運動?何項屬於藝術?茲將各項之國術,分析列表,以供研究:
We who study martial arts must first distinguish how to categorize between skill, exercise, and artistry. These aspects of martial arts are outlined below:

國術技擊的
Martial arts skills:
練法―少林十八法―雙推手―三十六合鎖―七十二手拿法
For training techniques: Shaolin’s Eighteen Techniques, Pushing Hands, Thirty-Six Locks, Seventy-Two Seizing Methods.
練勁――打樁―打沙包―打木人
For training power: striking posts, sandbags, wooden dummies.
練身――各門派之長短拳
For training the body: the long boxing and short boxing routines of the various schools.
練力――石砘―――石擔
For training strength: stone weights and barbells.

國術運動的
Martial arts exercise:
療病健身―洗髓經――易筋經――八段錦
For curing disease and invigorating the body, there are exercises such as Marrow Washing, Sinew Changing, and Baduanjin.

國術藝術的
Martial arts artistry:
遊藝―表情式的演武滚叉
For simple entertainment purposes, there are the exaggerated postures of acrobatic performance.
戲技―舞臺式的各種表演
For use in the dramatic arts, there are various methods of performing on a stage.

目的―健身自衞
Martial arts goals: physical fitness and self-defense.

上表國術分析,雖不一類。而目的總不外於健身自衞。考國術分析之原來,因環境之不同,趨向不歸一致。或專以延年健體,獨善其身,或迫於生活,江湖賣藝,甚至不存身份,以博觀衆之歡心。由是遂喪失武術之眞面目矣!且有所謂發狉之勇者,抱狹隘思想,以武術作私鬭利器,每為世人所詬病,以上種種,均係不明教育原理,以至躐入岐途。本館有鑒於此,急為矯正,以圖進展。(一)打破門戶之見,不容狹隘思想,參於其間,總其名曰國術。俾其成為科學化。(二)提高武術同志地位,先以灌輸教育為原則。(三)將祕不傳人之高尚武術,編著專書,以期公諸於全國。並聘請專家,共同研究,積極進行。務民衆均國術化。(四)不背古訓,亦不為時代之落伍,參合教育原理,及方法。編輯各種教範以問世。此為本館最低限度之工作,業已次第實現,嗣後更當積極研究,務求適合時代之國術,取諸教育原理與方法。及心理,生理,衞生,生物各科學為標凖。俾國術在理論上有系統,在科學上有根據,在練習上有程序。此本館責無旁貸,亦編者所應注意也!
Although the outline above shows different aspects of martial arts, the overall purpose never departs from physical fitness and self-defense. If we look for the source of these different aspects, the reason lies in the tendency for different circumstances to bring about different results.
  One may be focused on health and longevity, interested only in self-cultivation. Another may be compelled by his life situation to make his living as a street performer, even disregarding his own dignity to gain the favor of spectators. In either of these situations, the true features of martial arts could be lost. Furthermore, one who has what is called “wild courage” will get stuck in his own narrow-minded ideas, and may use his martial skills to fight for power, only to become denounced as a villain by the common people.
  Each of these examples has to do with not understanding the principles of education, resulting in skipping skips and ending up going down the wrong path. [i.e. One should not commit to only training for skill, health, or expressive performance, but a mix of all three.] This institute has examined this problem, is anxious to deal with it, and has this scheme as a means to do so:
  1. To destroy sectarian bias, we do not tolerate narrow-mindedness. All martial arts are put under the umbrella term of “national arts” so that we can make them all more scientific.
  2. To raise the status of our martial arts comrades, they first have to be taught how to teach.
  3. For those lofty martial arts that have been kept secret instead of passed on to people, we are recording them in specialized books with the hopes that they will be shared with the whole nation. And we have invited experts to come together and do research in order that we may more vigorously progress. The task is to transform the masses through martial arts.
  4. We do not turn our backs on ancient lessons, nor consider them to be outdated. In fact we refer to them for teaching principles and methods for every kind of manual that we produce.
  This is the most basic work of this institute. Already we are making achievements one after another, and we will hereafter put even further energy into our research. In our striving to fit our martial arts into our own era, we make use of all teaching principles and methods. We look to all of the sciences for our standards – psychology, physiology, health, biology, etc. – in order that our martial arts will have a systematic theory, be in accordance with science principles, and have a proper sequence of training. This is the duty of this institute, and all writers of such books should give attention to this point as well.

第三節 行拳方位圖
Part 3: Orientation Diagram for Practicing the Set

N


W 西 ― ― 東 E
|

S

說明:初開始時―站於場之東面,向正北。如立正姿勢圖。
Explanation: To begin the set, stand in the eastern area of the practice space, facing to the north, standing at attention as in the photo:

第四節 四路查拳謌訣
Part 4: Song for the Fourth Set of Chaquan

四路查拳藝人傳。奧妙無窮用無邊。
六人八解捲上手。藝人傳妙妙人傳。
The fourth set of Chaquan, passed down by masters,
has subtlety without limit, usefulness without end.
The “six-part person” [sight, sound, smell, taste, touch, thought] goes through the “eight liberations” [process of transcending sense-based desires] to achieve the highest skill.
Masters have passed down wonders, wonders that will again be passed down.

第五節 四路查拳譜
Part 5: Song for the Postures in the Set

變化無窮四路拳。扶按撩陰腿當先。
抽手撩襟鞍占跨。套步冲捶右足彈。
上步夜叉探海式。掀掌撩步跨雕鞍。
擠步箭起黃鶯架。套步冲捶勢朝天。
陸海迎門三不顧。提步箭踢栽捶勢。
抽捶撤步跨雙拳。轉身接打騎馬勢。
把捶立掌左腿懸。引手劈掌挨身靠。
白鶴亮翅貫兩肩。鯨魚合口敗勢奇。
敗人誘敵回頭觀。轉身接打回馬腿。
撩掌及胯穩如山。活步二虎登山勢。
劈掌挑打不容寬。套步鷂子抓肩勢。
霧雲接打在裏邊。提步跨虎登山勢。
上步單臂擒方臘。撤步五子對雙拳。
開步托掌頂心肘。迎面接掌不容寬。
套步顚筋多勇猛。提步護膝雙手展。
瀉步順掌攔正面。穿掌護膝把腿捲。
上步接打順步腿。側身左刴右足彈。
穿袖蓋步護肩掌。敗勢跌打勢冲天。
抽樑換柱急震步。穿袖定心十字拳。
手按七星忙撤步。順風擺柳勢法全。
The fourth boxing set transforms without limit.
After pushing down on your leg, do a RAISING KICK TO THE GROIN as your first line of defense.
Withdraw your hands for RAISING THE JACKET, sitting onto the saddle.
After a sheathing step, do a THRUSTING PUNCH and then a RIGHT SNAPPING KICK.
Step forward with NIGHT DEMON SEARCHES THE SEA.
Perform UNCOVERING PALM with a raised step, perching like a vulture.
Perform HURRIED STEPS like an arrow rising, then be like an oriole perching.
After a sheathing step, do a thrusting punch to PROP UP THE SKY.
  In any direction can be performed WELCOMING AT THE GATE, but only one direction can be focused on.
Lift your leg to do an ARROW KICK, then do a PLANTING PUNCH.
Withdraw and punch with a WITHDRAWING STEP, sitting with double fists.
Perform TURN THE BODY, CONNECT & STRIKE in a horse-riding stance.
Grab and punch to perform STANDING PALM, your left leg lifted.
Perform LURING HAND, CHOPPING PALM, leaning your body in.
To perform WHITE CRANE SPREADS ITS WINGS, the movement expresses through both shoulders.
Perform WHALE CLOSES ITS MOUTH, then FLEEING POSTURE to surprise him.
  Showing defeat to lure opponent in, TURN THE HEAD TO WATCH BEHIND.
Spinning around, connect and strike with a TURNING-HORSE KICK.
Do a RAISING PALM with your legs as stable as a mountain.
After a lively step, perform SECOND TIGER CLIMBS THE MOUNTAIN.
Do a DRAPING PALM, then CARRY & STRIKE without any mercy.
With a sheathing step, perform HAWK GRABS THE SHOULDER.
After swirling a mist all around, perform CONNECT & STRIKE inside it.
Lift your leg to perform SITTING TIGER CLIMBS THE MOUNTAIN.
  Step forward with ONE ARM SEIZES THE PREY.
Perform WITHDRAWING STEP, FIFTH SON MAKES DOUBLE FISTS FACING EACH OTHER.
Step out with a propping palm to perform ELBOW STRIKE TO THE HEART.
Do a PALM STRIKE TO THE FACE without any mercy.
Do a sheathing step and rouse the sinews to do a valiant [THRUSTING PUNCH].
Lift your leg and guard your knee with DOUBLE SPREADING HANDS.
Swiftly stepping, perform FLOWING PALMS to block in front.
Do a THREADING PALM to guard your knee, pulling back your leg.
  Step forward with CONNECT & STRIKE, then perform FLOWING STEPS, KICK.
Turn your body sideways for a LEFT PRESSING KICK, then do a RIGHT SNAPPING KICK.
Thread through and make a covering step to perform SHOULDER-GUARDING PALM.
Showing defeat, stumble away, then perform THRUSTING TO THE SKY.
To perform REMOVE A ROOF BEAM TO REPLACE A PILLAR, quickly stomp.
Thread through the center to make CROSS-SHAPED PUNCHES.
With one hand supporting, make the BIG-DIPPER POSTURE, quickly withdrawing a step.
WILLOW BRANCHES SWAYING IN THE WIND finishes the set.

第二章 單練
CHAPTER TWO: SOLO PRACTICE

第一節 拳譜
Lyrics for Part 1:

變化無窮四路拳。扶按撩陰腿當先。
抽手撩襟鞍占跨。套步冲捶右足彈。
上步夜叉探海式。掀掌撩步跨刁鞍。
擠步箭起黃鶯架。套步冲捶勢朝天。
The fourth boxing set transforms without limit.
After pushing down on your leg, do a RAISING KICK TO THE GROIN as your first line of defense.
Withdraw your hands for RAISING THE JACKET, sitting onto the saddle.
After a sheathing step, do a THRUSTING PUNCH and then a RIGHT SNAPPING KICK.
Step forward with NIGHT DEMON SEARCHES THE SEA.
Perform UNCOVERING PALM with a raised step, perching like a vulture.
Perform HURRIED STEPS like an arrow rising, then be like an oriole perching.
After a sheathing step, do a thrusting punch to PROP UP THE SKY.

第一段 口令數一二三四
SECTION 1 (The command counts “1… 2… 3… 4…”):

第一式
Posture 1
術名
Name of the technique:
對拳
FISTS FACING EACH OTHER
用法
Function:
此式為開始之起手法
This posture is for beginning the movements.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數一,卽由立正式,兩手由左右向中相對。位於腹前。同時身向右轉,右脚出一步,左脚卽跟上靠攏。向北成正立。如第一圖。
Hear the command of: “One!” From standing at attention, your hands go from the sides to the middle to be pointing toward each other, placed in front of your abdomen. At the same time, your body turns [to the left and then back] to the right, your right foot steps out, and your left foot promptly follows to stand next to it. You are standing straight, facing to the north. See photo 1:

第二式
Posture 2
術名
Name of the technique:
引手
LURING HAND
用法
Function:
此式為防禦之法
This is a method of defending.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數二,卽由上式,右拳變掌。手垂。由胯前繞一圈四分之三。至左肩前。手心向西。左手仍握拳,垂於左。身軀不動。頭轉向左。眼平視西。同時左脚向左移半步,右脚迅卽跟上站立。如第二圖。
“Two!” Continuing from the previous posture, your right fist changes to a palm, the hand hanging down, and arcs through three quarters of a circle until in front of your left shoulder, the palm facing to the west, as your left hand, still grasped into a fist, hangs down to your left. Your torso does not move, but your head turns to the left, your gaze level toward the west. At the same time, your left foot shifts a half step to the left and your left foot quickly follows to stand next to it. See photo 2:

第三式
Posture 3
術名
Name of the technique:
撩陰掌
RAISING TO THE GROIN, PALM STRIKE
用法
Function:
此式為應敵還敵之法。腿為撩敵之陰,掌為應敵之手。掌為虛,腿為實。卽所謂避實冲虛之法也。
This is a method of responding to and counterattacking an opponent. Your leg raises into his groin as your palm deals with his incoming hand. Your palm is a feint and it is your leg that is the real attack. This is a technique of evading where he is full and attacking where he is empty.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數三,由上式左脚向西出一步,成左弓箭式。同時左拳變掌,扶按於左膝上。虎口向內,右掌垂直。速卽向西,往上撩。如第三圖。
“Three!” Continuing from the previous posture, your left foot steps out to the west to make a left bow and arrow stance. At the same time, your left fist becomes a palm and pushes down on top of your left knee, the tiger’s mouth facing inward, as your right palm hangs straight down and then quickly raises up to the west. See photo 3:

第四式
Posture 4
術名
Name of the technique:
撩陰腿
RAISING KICK TO THE GROIN
用法
Function:
此式以掌應敵,乘其不備。出右腿撩其陰之法也。
This is a method of using a palm to respond to the opponent and then taking advantage of where he is unprepared by raising my leg to his groin.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數四,由上式,左脚不動,右脚向西踢。腿同時。左拳變掌,往西,向前撩掌。右掌變拳,卽收回置右脅下。如第四圖。
“Four!” Continuing from the previous posture, with your left foot not leaving its location, your right foot kicks to the west. At the same time, your left fist changes to a palm and raises forward to the west as your right palm changes to a fist and promptly withdraws to be placed below your right ribs. See photo 4:

同時右脚仍回原地,成左弓式。左掌卽變拳,收回置於腰間。右掌仍向西撑出,與第三圖同。惟前係左掌按膝,於此係抱拳於腰。
Then your right foot goes back to its original location, making a left bow stance, your left palm promptly changing to a fist and withdrawing to your waist as your right palm again braces out to the west. It is similar to photo 3, except that in that case your left palm was pushing down on your knee, whereas in this case it is wrapped into a fist at your waist.

第二段 口令一二三四
SECTION 2 (The command counts “1… 2… 3… 4…”):

第五式
Posture 5
術名
Name of the technique:
穿掌撩襟
THREADING PALM, RAISING THE JACKET
用法
Function:
此式為脫險致勝後,復欲侵隙進取之法。
This is a method of avoiding danger that then reveals a way to victory, and will be followed by a desire to press home my attack.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數一,右掌翻轉。手心向上。卽向後抽,撩至右上方。掌心向外。左拳變掌。緣右袖穿出。卽變鈎手。由前平擄至左方。與肩平行。同時右脚不動。膝彎。左脚收回,成寒鷄勢。面向正西。如第五圖。此圖按拳路向西側面,因恐閱者不易了然,改照正面。(又注。)
“One!” Your right palm turns over to be facing upward, then promptly withdraws to the rear and raises to the upper right, the palm facing outward, as your left fist changes to a palm, threads out along your right arm, then promptly changes to a hooking hand and captures across to the left, moving at shoulder level. At the same time, your right foot stays where it is, the knee bending, as your left foot withdraws, making a shivering-chicken stance. You are facing to the west. See photo 5 (This posture faces to the west and so should be shown from the side, but as that would be harder to see, the photo instead shows the posture from the front.):

第六式
Posture 6
術名
Name of the technique:
冲捶
THRUSTING PUNCH
用法
Function:
此式為閃轉之法,有冲擊敵方上中下三部之妙用。
This is a method of suddenly changing actions, the subtlety lying in attacking the opponent at different levels.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數二,左脚向南,出一步,成右弓式。面向東。右脚卽插於左脚後。交扠身,略向右轉。面向北,左脚再向西,出一步,成騎馬式。兩脚尖俱向北。同時右掌由左額前下,蓋至脇前。卽變拳往右腰間帶。同時左鈎變拳,收回至腰間。向西平冲。眼視左拳。兩脚復再直立。右脚卽時靠左脚站立。脚尖向西。同時左拳變掌,護於右肩前。右拳同時向西冲出。面向西。如第六圖。
“Two!” your left foot steps out toward the south, making a right bow stance facing to the east, your right foot inserts behind your left foot, making a crossover stance, your body slightly turning to the right to be facing to the north, then your left foot steps out to the west to make a horse-riding stance, the toes of both feet pointing toward the north. At the same time, your right palm passes the left side of your forehead, covering downward until in front of your [left] ribs, then pulls back to the right side of your waist as a fist, as your left hooking hand becomes a fist and withdraws to your waist, then does a level thrust to the west. Your gaze is toward your left fist. Then both legs stand straight, your right foot moving to stand next to your left foot, the toes pointing to the west, your left fist becoming a palm and guarding in front of your right shoulder as your right fist thrusts out to the west. You are facing to the west. See photo 6:

第七式
Posture 7
術名
Name of the technique:
彈腿
SNAPPING KICK
用法
Function:
此式敵擊我上部,我卽取其下部之法也。
The opponent strikes to my upper body, so I attack his lower body.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數、三由上,式左脚向西、出一步。右腿提起,向西彈出。同時右手收囘於腰間,左掌卽向西平撑。如第七圖。
“Three!” Continuing from the previous posture, your left foot steps out to the west and your right leg lifts to do a snapping kick to the west, your right palm at the same time withdrawing to your waist, your left palm doing a level bracing to the west. See photo 7:

第八式
Posture 8
術名
Name of the technique:
探海勢
SEARCHING THE SEA
用法
Function:
此式為抅擄敵手,直探敵腹之法。
This is a method of using a hooking action to capture the opponent’s hand and then go straight for his abdomen.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數四、由上式,右腿落地。左脚卽向東南出一步,成左弓式。同時左掌變鈎,平擄至左側方。復由右上方,向前下按,掌置於右膊下。右拳變掌,卽向前插掌。成手心向上四十五度角。眼視右掌。身稍前傾。如第八圖。
“Four!” Continuing from the previous posture, your right leg comes down and your left foot promptly steps out to the southeast [southwest], making a left bow stance. At the same time, your left palm changes to a hook, which captures across to the left, then returns to the upper right [as a palm], and pushes down in front to be placed below your right arm, as your right fist changes to a palm and promptly goes forward with an inserting palm strike, the palm facing forty-five degrees upward. Your gaze is toward your right palm, your body slightly leaning forward. See photo 8:

第三段 口令數一二三四
SECTION 3 (The command counts “1… 2… 3… 4…”):

第九式
Posture 9
術名
Name of the technique:
翻身蓋掌
TURN AROUND, COVERING PALM
用法
Function:
此式為轉變應敵防禦之法。
This is a method of changing position to defend against an opponent.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數一、由上式,右掌翻轉。手心向上。左鈎變掌。手心向上。卽緣右手掌向前穿出。右掌卽由上往下蓋。左手變鈎,平按於前。右掌置於左肩前。手心向北。同時右脚踵提起。用脚尖右向後轉。左脚卽提起。隨身轉向東北。成提零式。如第九圖。
“One!” Continuing from the previous posture, your right palm turns over to be facing upward, as does your left palm, which goes along your left palm to thread out forward, and your right palm then covers downward from above, your left hand becoming a hook and pushing out forward, your right palm placed in front of your left shoulder, the palm facing to the north. At the same time, your right heel lifts and pivots on the ball of the foot to turn you around to the right rear, your left foot lifting as your body turns to the northeast, making a lifted-emptiness stance. See photo 9:

第十式
Posture 10
術名
Name of the technique:
掀掌
UNCOVERING PALM
用法
Function:
此式為追擊進取凖備之法。
This posture is a method of preparing to pursue and attack.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數二,由上式,右腿直立。左腿提起。大腿平。小腿垂直。左鈎,向左平擄。右掌向右展,手心向前指,端向上。腰直。胸挺。眼平視西北方。如第十圖。
“Two!” Continuing from the previous posture, your right leg stands straight and your left leg lifts so the thigh is level, the lower leg hanging straight down, as your left hooking hand captures across to the left and your right palm spreads to the right, palm facing forward, fingers pointing upward. Your waist is upright, chest sticking out, your gaze level toward the northwest. See photo 10:

第十一式
Posture 11
術名
Name of the technique:
擠步應掌
HURRIED STEPS, MEETING PALM
用法
Function:
此式為敵左右閃避,乘機追擊之法。
The opponent is dodging side to side, so I seize the opportunity to chase and attack.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數三,由上式,左脚向西北落地。右脚卽跟於左脚後。同時左脚卽向西北,再出半步,兩脚直立。右脚再向西北出一步,直立。左脚提起,脚背卽貼於右小腿後。同時右掌向內,繞一圈,仍向右平,掌右鈎。手由身前,向上繞半圈,變掌,置於肩前。面向正北,復再左。脚落下,向左出一步。右脚卽向左靠攏,兩腿竝立,脚尖向北。同時右手不動,掌卽向下變鈎,右掌卽向西撑開。如第十一圖。
“Three!” Continuing from the previous posture, your left foot comes down to the northwest and your right foot follows behind your left foot, then your left foot goes out a half step to the northwest and your legs stand straight, and then your right foot goes out a full step to the northwest and you stand straight, your left foot lifting so the back of the foot is touching your right calf. At the same time, your right palm goes inward, makes a circle, and again braces across to the right, as your right [left] hooking hand goes from in front of your body to arc a half circle upward, becoming a palm, placed in front of your shoulder. You are facing to the north. Then your left foot comes down stepping out to the left and your right foot promptly goes to the left to stand next to it, the toes of both feet pointing to the north, your right hand not changing from its position, but drooping downward to become a hook, your right [left] palm bracing away to the west. See photo 11:

第十二式
Posture 12
術名
Name of the technique:
托天勢
PROPPING UP THE SKY
用法
Function:
此式為敵由高撲擊我上部,我則以托天勢以應之。
An opponent does a pouncing attack to my upper body from above, so I use a “propping up the sky” posture to deal with it.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數四,由上式,左脚向西南出一步。右脚卽揷於左脚後。左脚卽與右脚竝立。同時左掌由左上方,繞半圈,至肩前,手心向下。右鉤變掌,由下方收至腰間,由內卽上托掌。如第十二圖。
“Four!” Continuing from the previous posture, your left foot steps out to the southwest, your right foot does an inserting step behind your left foot, then your left foot steps to stand next to your right foot. At the same time, your left palm goes from the upper left, arcing a half circle to be in front of your [right] shoulder, palm facing downward, as your right hooking hand becomes a palm, goes from below to withdraw to your waist, and then props upward from the inside. See photo 12:

第二節 拳譜
Lyrics for Part 2:

陸海迎門三不顧 提步箭踢裁捶勢
抽捶撤步跨雙拳 轉身接打騎馬勢
把捶立掌左腿懸 引手劈掌挨身靠
白鶴亮翅貫兩肩 鯨魚合口敗勢奇
敗人誘敵回頭觀 轉身接打回馬腿
In any direction can be performed WELCOMING AT THE GATE, but only one direction can be focused on.
Lift your leg to do an ARROW KICK, then do a PLANTING PUNCH.
Withdraw and punch with a WITHDRAWING STEP, sitting with double fists.
Perform TURN THE BODY, CONNECT & STRIKE in a horse-riding stance.
Grab and punch to perform STANDING PALM, your left leg lifted.
Perform LURING HAND, CHOPPING PALM, leaning your body in.
To perform WHITE CRANE SPREADS ITS WINGS, the movement expresses through both shoulders.
Perform WHALE CLOSES ITS MOUTH, then FLEEING POSTURE to surprise him.
Showing defeat to lure opponent in, TURN THE HEAD TO WATCH BEHIND.
Spinning around, connect and strike with a TURNING-HORSE KICK.

第四段 口令數一二三四
SECTION 4 (The command counts “1… 2… 3… 4…”):

第十三式
Posture 13
術名
Name of the technique:
迎門掌
GATEWAY-GREETING PALM
用法
Function:
此式用抄掌蹼腿誘敵之法,
This posture uses a scooping palm in a crouching stance to lure the opponent in.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數一,由上式,向西南蹼左腿。右膝彎。右拳變鈎,向東,往下擄。左掌伸直下垂,隨身沿左脚向上抄。同時右脚向西南出一步,成右弓式。右鈎手變掌,卽隨右腿向前迎左掌,卽護於右肩前。身稍向前傾。眼視右掌。如第十三圖。
“One!” Continuing from the previous posture, your left leg extends to the southwest to make a crouching stance, your right knee bending, as your right fist [palm] becomes a hook, goes downward, and captures toward the east, and your left palm hangs straight down, goes along your left leg, and scoops upward. Then your right foot steps out to the southwest to make a right bow stance, your right hooking hand becoming a palm and following your right leg forward to meet the opponent, your left palm guarding in front of your right shoulder. Your body is slightly leaning forward, your gaze toward your right palm. See photo 13:

第十四式
Posture 14
術名
Name of the technique:
裁捶勢
PLANTING PUNCH
用法
Function:
此式為敵人取我之上部,我卽用應手踢打之法以應之,敵避讓,我卽進步擊敵之下部。
The opponent attacks me above, so I use a meeting hand and a kick to deal with to it. He evades this, so I advance and strike to his lower body.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數二,由上式,左腿提起。右掌由前上方挑擺於左上方。同時左腿未落地前,卽起右腿,向西南踢出。左手向前應掌。同時右腿落地。左掌變拳,護於額前。右拳卽向西南斜下裁捶。眼視右拳,成右弓式。如第十四圖。
“Two!” Continuing from the previous posture, your left leg lifts, your right palm carrying upward and waving across to the upper left. Just before your left leg comes down, promptly lift your right leg and kick out to the southwest, your left hand going forward as a meeting palm. As your right leg comes down, your left palm changes to a fist and guards in front of your forehead, and your right fist goes diagonally downward with a planting punch. Your gaze is toward your right fist. You are making a right bow stance. See photo 14:

第十五式
Posture 15
術名
Name of the technique:
撤步拳
WITHDRAWING STEP, PUNCH
用法
Function:
此式敵擊我中部,我用封閉之法以禦之。
The opponent strikes to the middle of my body, so I use this method of sealing off to defend against it.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數三,由上式左拳收回於腰間。右拳一翻,手心向內,肘稍出。同時右脚收回,脚尖點地,左膝下彎,成寒鷄勢。面向西南,眼平視。如第十五圖。
“Three!” Continuing from the previous posture, your left fist withdraws to your waist as your right fist rotates so the center of the hand is facing inward, the elbow slightly bending. At the same time, your right foot withdraws, toes touching down, your left leg slightly bent, making a shivering-chicken stance. You are facing to the southwest, your gaze level. See photo 15:

第十六式
Posture 16
術名
Name of the technique:
轉身接打
TURN THE BODY, CONNECT & STRIKE
用法
Function:
此式敵由側方擊我上部,我卽用轉身架打之法。
An opponent attacks my upper body from the side, so I turn my body as I perform propping and hitting.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數四,由上式右脚向東北,出一步。同時右臂仍握拳上架。左脚卽向西南上步。左拳卽由腰間向西南平冲,成騎馬勢。兩脚尖斜向東北,眼視西南如第十六圖。
“Four!” Continuing from the previous posture, your right foot steps out to the northeast, your right arm at the same time propping upward, maintaining its fist. Then your left foot promptly steps forward to the southwest [northwest] as your left fist leaves your waist with a level thrust to the southwest [northwest]. You are making a horse-riding stance, the toes of both feet pointing diagonally toward the northeast, your gaze to the southwest [northwest]. See photo 16:

第五段 口令數一二三四
SECTION 5 (The command counts “1… 2… 3… 4…”):

第十七式
Posture 17
術名
Name of the technique:
立掌
STANDING PALM
用法
Function:
此式為敵擊我中部,我卽以撩掌以應之,
The opponent strikes to my middle, so I use a raising palm to deal with it.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數一,由上式,右脚原地不動,腿卽伸直。左脚收回,脚尖指地,懸於左,與右脚成丁式。同時右拳由後,往前撩掌一週,仍抱拳於腰間。左拳變掌收回,由右肩前,向西北應掌。眼仍視西北。如第十七圖。
“One!” Continuing from the previous posture, your right foot stays where it is, the leg somewhat straightening as your left foot withdraws, toes touching down, the foot pulled up to make a T-shaped stance with your right foot. At the same time, your right fist circles to the rear, [downward,] and forward as a raising palm, then goes to your waist, wrapped into a fist, as your left fist becomes a palm and withdraws toward your right shoulder, then goes forward to the northwest as a meeting palm. Your gaze is again toward the northwest. See photo 17:

第十八式
Posture 18
術名
Name of the technique:
引手劈掌
LURING HAND, CHOPPING PALM
用法
Function:
此式為擒拿之法。接左手,管左腿,劈右掌,將身挨近敵側,此為近身破敵之法也。
This is a method of seizing. Contacting with my left hand, controlling with my left [right] leg, chopping with my right palm, and sending my body right against his, this is a means of crowding in to defeat him.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數二,由上式,左掌應手。右拳變掌,由後上方下劈。連肩帶胯,向前挨靠於敵身。右脚向西北上一大步,管住敵脚,成右弓式。左掌由下方繞半圈置於右肩前。脚向西南。眼仍視西北,如第十八圖。
“Two!” Continuing from the previous posture, your left hand performs as a meeting hand as your right fist becomes a palm and chops down from above in the rear, leading your shoulder and then hip forward to lean against the opponent’s body, your right foot taking a large step to the northwest to control his foot, making a right bow stance, your left palm arcing a half circle from below to be placed in front of your right shoulder. Your [front] foot is pointing toward the southwest [northwest], your gaze still toward the northwest. See photo 18:

第十九式
Posture 19
術名
Name of the technique:
白鶴亮翅
WHITE CRANE SHOWS ITS WINGS
用法
Function:
此式連上法而成。若敵右手仍向我上部擊打,則我用此式以制之。
This posture is a continuation of the previous technique. If the opponent’s right hand again strikes to my upper body, I will then use this posture to defeat it.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數三,由上式,兩脚原地不動。右膀向西北上挑。左膀向東南後撇,掌心向後。右掌心向前。眼回視東南。如第十九圖。
“Three!” Continuing from the previous posture, with your feet staying where they are, your right arm carries upward to the northwest as your left arm flings back to the southeast, the palm facing to the rear, your right palm facing forward. Your gaze is turned back to the southeast [although the photo shows the gaze is still to the northwest]. See photo 19:

第二十式
Posture 20
術名
Name of the technique:
鯨魚合口
WHALE CLOSES ITS MOUTH
用法
Function:
此式敵由中門擊我中部,我以鯨魚合口之法接住,往後吞擰以制之。
An opponent strikes from his middle to my middle, so I use this technique to connect to his attack, then absorb to the rear and twist in order to defeat it.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數四,由上式,右脚跟向西北移動。左脚收回,足尖點地,兩膝彎成寒鷄勢。同時右掌由右上方,往東南蓋下。左掌翻轉,向內上托。兩手腕相接於身前。復將兩手握住敵拳,由左向右擰,左手在下,指端向前,右手在上,指端向上。眼視東南。如第二十圖。
“Four!” Continuing from the previous posture, your right heel shifts to the northwest and your left foot withdraws, toes touching down, knees bent, make a shivering-chicken stance. At the same time, your right palm goes from the upper right and covers downward to the southeast, your left palm turning over to prop inward and upward, your wrists touching together in front of your body, and your hands will the grasp the opponent’s fist and twist from left to right. Your left hand is below, fingertips pointing forward, right hand above, fingertips pointing upward. Your gaze is to the southeast. See photo 20:

第六段 口令數一二三四
SECTION 6 (The command counts “1… 2… 3… 4…”):

第二十一式
Posture 21
術名
Name of the technique:
敗勢
FLEEING POSTURE
用法
Function:
此式為敵變更戰略,我卽乘勢詐敗以誘之法也。
This is a method of changing my strategy, going along with the situation by feigning defeat to lure him in.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數一,由上式,右掌由下,往後上方繞一週,仍蓋於左手不動。惟掌變鈎,手心向下。同時左腿提平。右脚伸直。右掌復再沿左大腿外,由下向前上挑,揚掌於右上方。左鈎順擄至左側方。眼平視東南。如第二十一圖。
“One!” Continuing from the previous posture, your right palm goes from below, arcing in a circle to the rear, upward, and then covering your left hand, which has not moved from its position, but has changed from palm to hook, the center of the hand facing downward. Then your left leg lifts so the thigh is level, your right leg straightening, and your right palm goes along the outside of your left thigh, going from below to carry upward and forward, the palm raising to your upper right as your left hooking hand captures to the left side. Your gaze is level toward the southeast [northwest]. See photo 21:

第二十二式
Posture 22
術名
Name of the technique:
回頭觀
TURNING THE HEAD TO WATCH BEHIND
用法
Function:
此式為誘敵追我,回顧後方之法也。
This is a method of luring the opponent to chase me, with my head turned to watch him behind.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數二,由上式,左腿向東北出一步。右脚繼續前進。走(弧線)六步。走時,兩脚踵提起,膝略彎。同時頭部右後轉,作回頭觀。兩臂姿勢,仍上式,不變。如第二十二圖。
“Two!” Continuing from the previous posture, your left leg steps out to the northeast and your right foot continues the movement by advancing. Walk altogether six (curving) steps, walking with the heels lifted, knees slightly bent. At the same time, turn your head toward the right [left] rear, making the posture of watching behind, the position of your arms not changing from the previous posture. See photo 22:

第二十三式
Posture 23
術名
Name of the technique:
回馬腿
TURNING-HORSE KICK
用法
Function:
此式為敵已入我有效攻擊之地,卽我用回馬腿以取之。
The opponent has already entered my space with an effective attack, so I promptly use a “turning-horse” kick to catch him.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數三。由上式。卽提左腿蹤,身向上,卽速由右向後轉。同時右腿乘勢蹤身轉動時,卽向正西踢腿。兩手隨身轉左。鉤變掌。右手由後往前,用掌背乘勢接拍左掌,卽復拍右脚面。同時兩脚落地,向北成右弓式。兩脚向左右平展,如白鶴亮翅然,眼視西。如第二十三圖。此圖,係預備拍掌,踢腿之勢。(又注)
“Three!” Continuing from the previous posture, your left leg lifts and your body leaps up, quickly spinning around to the right, your right leg at the same time going along with the momentum of your leaping and spinning body by kicking toward the west. Your hands also go along with the spin of your body, your left hooking hand becoming a palm, your right hand going forward from the rear and using the back of the hand to slap against your left palm, then using the palm side to slap the top of your right foot. Then both of your feet come down into a right bow stance toward the north and your feet [hands] spread apart to the left and right, similar to WHITE CRANE SHOWS ITS WINGS. Your gaze is to the west. See photo 23 (which shows the moment when you are about to slap the kicking foot):

第二十四式
Posture 24
術名
Name of the technique:
翻掌撩陰
TURNING PALM, RAISING UNDERNEATH
用法
Function:
此式為應手防禦之法。
This is a method of using a meeting hand to defend against attack.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數四,由上式,右腿不動。左脚向北上半步,脚尖點地,成寒鷄勢。同時右掌翻轉,由前上方往後勾擄,至右側上方。高舉左拳,順左腿向北上前,用撩陰掌。如第二十四圖。
“Four!” Continuing from the previous posture, your right foot stays where it is and your left foot goes forward a half step to the north, toes touching down, making a shivering-chicken stance. At the same time, your right palm turns over and goes from above in front to capture to the rear, placed above to the right side, as your left hand goes along with your left leg to go upward and forward to the north, using a raising-underneath palm. See photo 24 [viewed from the west]:

第三節 拳譜
Lyrics for Part 3:

撩掌及胯穩如山 活步二虎登山勢
披掌挑打不容寬 套步鷂子抓肩勢
霧雲接打在裏邊 提步跨虎登山勢
上步單臂擒方臘 撤步五子對雙拳
開步托掌頂心肘 迎面接掌不容寬
套步顚筋多勇猛 提步護膝雙手展
Do a RAISING PALM with your legs as stable as a mountain.
After a lively step, perform SECOND TIGER CLIMBS THE MOUNTAIN.
Do a DRAPING PALM, then CARRY & STRIKE without any mercy.
With a sheathing step, perform HAWK GRABS THE SHOULDER.
After swirling a mist all around, perform CONNECT & STRIKE inside it.
Lift your leg to perform SITTING TIGER CLIMBS THE MOUNTAIN.
Step forward with ONE ARM SEIZES THE PREY.
Perform WITHDRAWING STEP, FIFTH SON MAKES DOUBLE FISTS FACING EACH OTHER.
Step out with a propping palm to perform ELBOW STRIKE TO THE HEART.
Do a PALM STRIKE TO THE FACE without any mercy.
Do a sheathing step and rouse the sinews to do a valiant [THRUSTING PUNCH].
Lift your leg and guard your knee with DOUBLE SPREADING HANDS.

第七段 口令數一二三四
SECTION 7 (The command counts “1… 2… 3… 4…”):

第二十五式
Posture 25
術名
Name of the technique:
踢腿
STAMPING KICK
用法
Function:
此式為取敵下部,先我用左脚活步,是虛用,用右脚踢腿,是實法,所謂聲東擊西之法也。
To attack the opponent’s lower body, I first do a lively step with my left foot as a feint, then use my right foot to kick as the actual technique. This is a method of “threatening to the east but striking to the west”.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數一,由上式,右掌應手,復由前上方至後方變鈎。同時右脚向左脚後,擠步。左脚(卽向前活半步)同時,兩臂仍是上式不變。右脚向北踹腿,脚尖斜向右。(踹腿係用足跟力)如第二十五圖。
“One!” Continuing from the previous posture, your right palm goes forward as a meeting hand, then hooks to the rear. At the same time, your right foot makes a crowding step behind your left foot, and your left foot promptly goes forward with a lively half step. With your arms staying in their position, your right foot does a stamping kick to the north, the toes pointing diagonally to the right (“stamping” meaning applying strength at the heel). See photo 25 [viewed from the west]:

第二十六式
Posture 26
術名
Name of the technique:
披掌
DRAPING PALM
用法
Function:
此式為敵嚴防下部,我卽出其不意,乘虛而入,由上下劈之法也。
The opponent guards his lower body, so I appear where he does not expect, taking advantage of a gap by chopping down from above.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數二,由上式,右腿落地,成右弓式。右鈎手,由後上方向前劈蓋。左掌托住右臂。眼正視北。如第二十六圖。
“Two!” Continuing from the previous posture, your right leg comes down to make a bow stance as your right hooking hand goes upward and chops down forward, your left palm propping up your right arm. Your gaze is to the north. See photo 26 [viewed from the west]:

第二十七式
Posture 27
術名
Name of the technique:
挑打
CARRY & STRIKE
用法
Function:
此式敵防於上,我則取於中,出奇致勝,在此其中矣。
The opponent guards himself above, so I attack his middle. This is a technique of victory through surprise.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數三,由上式,右脚原地不變。左脚上步,與右脚平行,成騎勢。同時左掌上挑收回,護於右肩前。右拳收回,復由腰間,向北出打子午拳。兩脚尖正向北。眼平視。如第二十七圖。
“Three!” Continuing from the previous posture, with your right foot staying where it is, your left foot steps forward to stand parallel with your right foot, making a horse-riding stance. At the same time, your left palm carries upward and then withdraws to guard in front of your right shoulder, as your right fist withdraws and then strikes out from your waist with a pointing punch to the north. The toes of both feet are pointing toward the north, your gaze level. See photo 27 [viewed from the west]:

第二十八式
Posture 28
術名
Name of the technique:
抓肩勢
GRABBING THE SHOULDER
用法
Function:
此式為敵取我左側部,我卽借其之勢以乘之,
An opponent attacks my left side, so I borrow his momentum to take advantage of the situation.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數四,由上式,左脚原地,彎膝。右脚套步,卽插於左脚後。同時左手握拳,順勢垂於左側。右拳變掌,抓於左肩。兩腿成坐勢。如第二十八圖。
“Four!” Continuing from the previous posture, your left foot stays where it is, knee bent, as your right foot does a sheathing step, inserting behind your left foot. At the same time, your left hand grasps into a fist and goes along with the posture by hanging to your left side as your right fist changes to a palm and grabs your left shoulder. Your legs are making a sitting stance. See photo 28:

第八段 口令數一二三四
SECTION 8 (The command counts “1… 2… 3… 4…”):

第二十九式
Posture 29
術名
Name of the technique:
接打勢
CONNECT & STRIKE
用法
Function:
此式為上法之借勢,取敵中部,使用連環接打之法。
Continuing the momentum from the previous technique, I attack the opponent’s middle, flowing into an attack of connecting and striking.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數一,由上式,右手不動。左拳變掌,向左下繞一週,仍至胸前。同時左脚向西出一步,成右弓式。右掌卽向正西插掌。左拳卽收至腰間,復緣右掌向西冲出。右掌卽向上方右架。同時右腿彎成騎馬勢。如第二十九圖。
“One!” Continuing from the previous posture, with your right hand staying where it is, your left fist becomes a palm, goes to the lower left, and arcs through a circle to again be in front of your chest as your left foot steps out to the west to make a right bow stance. Then your right palm does an inserting palm strike to the west as your left fist withdraws to your waist. Your left fist then goes along your right palm with a thrust out to the west, your right palm propping up to the right, your right leg at the same time bending to make a horse-riding stance. See photo 29:

第三十式
Posture 30
術名
Name of the technique:
登山勢
CLIMBING THE MOUNTAIN
用法
Function:
此式為我欲擒而故縱之法。
The opponent tries to grab me, but I slip away.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數二,由上式,右腿高提,脚尖向西。右脚直立。左肘上挂,肘尖接迎左膝蓋。右掌變拳,由上向下劈。眼視左拳,面向西。如第三十圖。
“Two!” Continuing from the previous posture, your right [left] leg lifts high, toes pointing toward the west, your right leg standing straight, your left elbow hanging upward, the tip of the elbow almost meeting your left knee, your right palm becoming a fist and chopping down from above. With your gaze toward your left fist [elbow], you are facing to the west. See photo 30:

第三十一式
Posture 31
術名
Name of the technique:
橫捶
SWINGING PUNCH
用法
Function:
此式為取敵之側面,擒而擊之。
This is a technique of catching an opponent from the side, grabbing him and striking.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數三,由上式,左脚向西北落地。右脚再向西北上一大步,成右弓式。同時右掌變拳,由側方橫擊,肘稍彎,手心向上。左拳卽變掌,托右臂於身前。如第三十一圖。
“Three!” Continuing from the previous posture, your left foot comes down to the northwest, then your right foot takes a large step to the northwest to make a right bow stance. At the same time, your right fist strikes across from the side, the elbow slightly bending, the center of the hand facing upward [inward], your left fist becoming a palm and bracing at your right arm in front of your body. See photo 31:

第三十二式
Posture 32
術名
Name of the technique:
撤步雙拳
WITHDRAWING STEPS, DOUBLE FISTS
用法
Function:
此式為收容陣地,伺機以待之法也。
This posture is a method of resetting your position in order to await opportunity.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數四,由上式,右脚向東北撤一大步。同時左脚收回,與右脚竝立。右拳變掌。兩手由右脚撤回時,下垂至兩脚靠攏時,兩手握拳,相對於腹前。如第三十二圖。
“Four!” Continuing from the previous posture, your right foot withdraws a large step to the northeast, then your left foot withdraws to stand next to your right foot. With your right fist becoming a palm, your hands hang down as your right foot withdraws, then grasp into fists pointing at each other in front of your abdomen as your feet stand together. See photo 32:

第九段 口令數一二三四
SECTION 9 (The command counts “1… 2… 3… 4…”):

第三十三式
Posture 33
術名
Name of the technique:
頂心肘
ELBOW STRIKE TO THE HEART
用法
Function:
此式為敵擊我左側,我托掌以應之,出肘以取之,因勢克敵之法也。
An opponent strikes at me from the left side, so I respond to it with a propping palm and send out an elbow to attack him, causing the tables to turn.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數一,由上式。左脚向西南出一步,成左弓式,同時左拳變掌,向左上方托掌。右拳盤肘,向西南,使頂心肘。眼視右掌。如第三十三圖。
“One!” Continuing from the previous posture, your left foot steps out to the southwest to make a left bow stance. At the same time, your left fist becomes a palm and props up to the upper left as your right fist bends in for you to send an elbow strike to the southwest. Your gaze is toward your right palm [elbow]. See photo 33:

第三十四式
Posture 34
術名
Name of the technique:
迎面掌
PALM STRIKE TO THE FACE
用法
Function:
此式為敵擊我側方,而我用左蓋右劈之法,以擊敵之上部。
An opponent attacks me from the side, so I use this method of “left covering, right chopping” to attack him above.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數二,由上式,右脚向西北出一步,成右弓式。同時右拳變掌,向西北上劈下。左掌先由右肘前蓋下,卽托住右肘。身稍前傾。眼視右掌。如第三十四圖。
“Two!” Continuing from the previous posture, your right foot steps out to the northwest to make a right bow stance. At the same time, your right fist becomes a palm and chops down to the northwest, your left palm first covering downward in front of your right elbow, then propping up under the elbow. Your body is slightly leaning forward, your gaze toward your right palm. See photo 34:

第三十五式
Posture 35
術名
Name of the technique:
抽掌冲捶
WITHDRAWING PALM, THRUSTING PUNCH
用法
Function:
此式銜接上法,以挑打之法,以擊敵人之中部。
This posture is a continuation of the technique above, a method of carrying and striking to now attack the middle of the opponent’s body.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數三,由上式,右脚不動。左脚向右脚後,插成交叉步。同時右掌抽囘,握拳於腰間。左掌同時向西北上托,卽架於額前。右拳卽由腰間向西北平冲。同時右脚再向西北出一步,成騎馬式。眼視右拳。如第三十五圖。
“Three!” Continuing from the previous posture, your right foot stays where it is and your left foot does an inserting step behind your right foot, making a crossover stance, as your right palm withdraws to your waist, grasping into a fist. Then your left palm props up to the northwest [southwest], blocking in front of your forehead, and your right fist does a level thrust to the northwest from your waist, your right foot at the same time stepping out to the northwest to make a horse-riding stance. Your gaze is toward your right fist. See photo 35:

第三十六式
Posture 36
術名
Name of the technique:
雙展手
DOUBLE SPREADING HANDS
用法
Function:
此式為敵取我下部,我則提腿以避之,出掌以取之。
The opponent attacks my lower body, so I lift my leg to evade it and then attack him with palms.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數四,由上式,轉身向北。右腿提起。左脚伸直。同時兩臂下垂,拳卽變鈎,向後擄。兩手復由鈎變掌,雙掌向前上抄。兩臂稍彎,兩掌相距與肩平行,指端向上。同時右腿向北,落地成右弓式。雙掌向懷中一帶,卽向北推出。眼平視北。如第三十六圖。此圖面應向南攝背面,則手法被掩,改攝側面。(又註)
“Four!” Continuing from the previous posture, your body turns toward the north, your right leg lifting, left leg straightening, as your arms hang down, your fists becoming hooks and capturing to the rear. Then your hooking hands becomes palms, which scoop forward and upward, arms slightly bent, the palms shoulder width apart, fingertips pointing upward, and as your right leg comes down to the north to make a right bow stance, they pull back to your chest, then promptly push out to the north. Your gaze is level toward the north. See photo 36 (which should be a front view, but as that would make the hand action unclear, is instead shown viewed from the side):

第四節 拳譜
Lyrics for Part 4:

瀉步順撑攔正面 穿掌護膝把腿捲
上步接打順步腿 側身左剁右足彈
穿袖蓋步護肩掌 敗勢跌打勢冲天
抽樑換柱急震步 穿袖定心十字拳
手按七星忙撤步 順風擺柳勢法全
Swiftly stepping, perform FLOWING PALMS to block in front.
Do a THREADING PALM to guard your knee, pulling back your leg.
Step forward with CONNECT & STRIKE, then perform FLOWING STEPS, KICK.
Turn your body sideways for a LEFT PRESSING KICK, then do a RIGHT SNAPPING KICK.
Thread through and make a covering step to perform SHOULDER-GUARDING PALM.
Showing defeat, stumble away, then perform THRUSTING TO THE SKY.
To perform REMOVE A ROOF BEAM TO REPLACE A PILLAR, quickly stomp.
Thread through the center to make CROSS-SHAPED PUNCHES.
With one hand supporting, make the BIG-DIPPER POSTURE, quickly withdrawing a step.
WILLOW BRANCHES SWAYING IN THE WIND finishes the set.

第十段 口令數一二三四
SECTION 10 (The command counts “1… 2… 3… 4…”):

第三十七式
Posture 37
術名
Name of the technique:
順撑掃腿
FLOWING BRACINGS, SWEEPING LEG
用法
Function:
此式右側面,受敵襲擊,我順勢抽撑以破之。
I receive a surprise attack from an opponent to my right side, so I go along with the situation by using withdrawing and bracing to defeat it.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數一,由上式,右脚不動。左脚倒插於右脚後。兩膝稍彎。左掌卽套於右膊下。身略向左轉。同時右腿向西掃。左脚不動。成右弓式。右掌抽回腰間。左掌乘勢向東撑出,速變鈎,擄至左後方。而右掌復由腰間向東撑出。兩脚仍左弓式。眼視東。如第三十七圖。
“One!” Continuing from the previous posture, your right foot stays where it is and your left foot does an inserting step behind your right foot, both knees slightly bending, your left palm inserting under your right arm, your body turning slightly to the left. Then your right leg sweeps to the west, your left foot not leaving its location, and you make a right bow stance as your right palm withdraws to your waist. Your left palm at the same time braces out to the east, then quickly becomes a hook and captures to the left rear, your right palm now bracing out to the east from your waist, your feet now making a left bow stance. Your gaze is to the east. See photo 37:

第三十八式
Posture 38
術名
Name of the technique:
穿掌
THREADING PALM
用法
Function:
此式為防護敵襲之法也。
This is a method of defending against the opponent’s surprise attack.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數二,由上式,右脚不動,膝稍彎。左脚收回,脚尖點地,成寒鷄勢。同時右掌由前下方至右後上方,繞一圈,向前蓋下,接近左腕。左鈎手卽變掌,向前伸穿。右掌復變鈎,平舉於前,掌心向下。如第三十八圖。
“Two!” Continuing from the previous posture, with your right foot staying where it is, the knee slightly bent, your left foot withdraws, toes touching down, making a shivering-chicken stance. At the same time, your right palm makes a circle that takes it downward, to the right rear, upward, and forward to be covering downward near your left wrist, as your left hooking hand changes to a palm, threads forward over your right palm, then again changes to a hook, raised level in front, the center of the hand facing downward. See photo 38:

第三十九式
Posture 39
術名
Name of the technique:
順步腿
FLOWING STEPS, KICK
用法
Function:
此式攻敵中部為體,取敵下部為用,一虛一實,運用不拘格調,隨機變化可也。
This technique appears to attack the middle of the opponent’s body but then actually attacks his lower body, one part false, one part true. This is an example of how techniques are not limited, but can be adapted according to the situation.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數三,由上式,左脚向東探半步。左鉤變掌,穿右掌,抽回於胸前。同時右脚上步。左脚再上一步。左掌卽變拳收於腰間右掌由胸前上提。右脚卽向東踢腿。右掌下拍右脚面。同時右腿落地,成右弓式。右掌卽在右膝前向東切掌。左手仍抱拳於腰間。眼視東。如第三十九圖。
“Three!” Continuing from the previous posture, your left foot reaches out a half step to the east as your left hooking hand becomes a palm and withdraws in front of your chest, your right palm threading out [over it]. Then your right foot steps forward and your left foot again steps forward, now a full step, as your left palm changes to a fist and withdraws the rest of the way to your waist, your right palm lifting from in front of your chest, and then your right foot kicks to the east, your right palm slapping the top of the foot. Then your right leg comes down to make a right bow stance as your right palm promptly goes to the east with a cutting palm in front of your right knee, your left hand remaining wrapped into a fist at your waist. Your gaze is to the east. See photo 39:

第四十式
Posture 40
術名
Name of the technique:
蹬脚
PRESSING KICK
用法
Function:
此式為敵由後逆擊我上部,而我側轉以應之。
An opponent attacks my upper body from the rear, so I turn and use this posture to deal with him.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數四,由上式,左脚不動,膝稍彎。右脚卽倒叉於左脚後。同時左拳變掌。兩掌向胸前,抄合成交叉手。右臂在內。左臂在外。身稍向右側彎。同時左腿提起,向西蹬出。兩掌卽向左右平展。身向右側彎。眼視左腿。如第四十圖。
“Four!” Continuing from the previous posture, with your left foot staying where it is, the knee slightly bends and your right foot promptly crosses behind your left foot. At the same time, your left fist changes to a palm and your palms scoop up to cross in front of your chest, right arm on the inside, left arm on the outside, your body leaning slightly to the right. Then your left leg lifts and presses out to the west, your palms spreading across to the left and right. Your body is leaning to the right, your gaze toward your left leg. See photo 40:

第十一段 口令數一二三四
SECTION 11 (The command counts “1… 2… 3… 4…”):

第四十一式
Posture 41
術名
Name of the technique:
彈腿
SNAPPING KICK
用法
Function:
此式銜接上法,拘擄敵手,用冲捶踢腿以攻之。
Continuing from the previous technique, I capture the opponent’s hand and use a thrust punch and then a kick to attack him.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數一,由上式,左掌向左拘擄,握拳收回於腰間。右拳變掌,由腰間向西平冲。同時左腿向西落地,成左弓式。收回右拳於腰間。復同時左掌向前撑。右腿卽向西踢。左脚不動。同時左掌收回,握拳於腰間,右拳卽變掌,仍向西撑出。右脚同時收回,仍成左弓式。眼平視西。如第四十一圖。
“One!” Continuing from the previous posture, your left palm captures to the west as a hook and withdraws to your waist as a fist, as your right fist becomes a palm [palm becomes a fist] and does a level thrust to the west from your waist, your left leg at the same time coming down to the west to make a left bow stance. Then your right fist withdraws to your waist and your left palm braces forward as your right leg kicks to the west, your left foot staying where it is [the photo showing the movement at this point]. Then your left palm withdraws to your waist grasping into a fist, as your right fist becomes a palm and also braces out to the west, your right foot at the same time withdrawing to return to the left bow stance. Your gaze is to the west. See photo 41:

第四十二圖
Posture 42
術名
Name of the technique:
護肩掌
SHOULDER-GUARDING PALM
用法
Function:
此式銜上法,舍攻為守之法也。
This posture continues from the previous one, a method of switching from attack to defense.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數二,由上式,右脚原地,右向後轉。左脚提起,脚尖點地,卽向東,成寒鷄勢。同時左拳變掌,卽向右掌上穿出。右掌卽由下往後,右上方向前下蓋掌。左掌卽變鈎,由左後上方向前下鈎。眼視東。如第四十二圖。
“Two!” Continuing from the previous posture, your right foot stays where it is but pivots around to the right rear, your left foot lifting so the toes are touching down pointing to the east, making a shivering-chicken stance. At the same time, your left fist becomes a palm and threads out over your right palm. Your right palm then goes downward, to the rear, to the right, upward, forward, and downward as a covering palm, while your left palm goes to the rear, to the left, upward, forward, and downward as a hook. Your gaze is to the east. See photo 42:

第四十三式
Posture 43
術名
Name of the technique:
冲捶
THRUSTING PUNCH
用法
Function:
此式為追敵擒拿之法,復用震步跥其脚面以制之。
I chase the opponent to seize him, then stomp on the top of his foot to defeat him.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數三,由上式,右脚原地不動,右腿伸直。左腿提平,小腿垂直,脚尖向南,左鈎手向左側方平擄。右掌向右側方平展,指端向上。眼視東。同時左脚向東北落地。右脚再上一步,如斯繼續上五步,(走弧形,至開始時之原地。)同時走至第四步時,右掌向前應手,至第五步。左脚由右脚前繞至右方,同時身體向右後轉,右脚卽竝立於左脚,兩腿稍彎。同時右臂伸直平舉,隨身磨轉一週。右掌變拳,收回於腰間,卽向上冲捶。左鈎變拳,由右上方蓋下,至膊下。同時右脚提起,卽速往下震地。兩脚尖向北。身體直立。眼仰視北。如第四十三圖。
“Three!” Continuing from the previous posture, your right foot stays where it is, the leg straightening, and your left leg lifts, the lower leg hanging straight down, the toes pointing toward the south, as your left hooking hand captures to the left and your right palm spreads away to the right, fingertips pointing upward. Your gaze is to the east. Then your left foot comes down to the northeast, your right foot steps forward, and then continue in this way for a total of five steps (walking in an arc, until returning to original starting place). With the fourth step, your right palm goes forward as a meeting hand, and with the fifth step, your left foot is arcing to the right in front of your right foot, your body turning to the right rear, then your right foot moves to stand next to your left foot, both legs slightly bent. At the same time, your right arm goes along with your body’s full turn by changing from palm to fist, withdrawing to your waist, and going upward with a thrust punch as your left hooking hand becomes a fist and covers downward from above to be below your [right] arm, your right foot lifting and suddenly stomping down, the toes of both feet pointing to the north. Your body is standing straight, your gaze upward toward the north. See photo 43:

第四十四式
Posture 44
術名
Name of the technique:
抽樑換柱
REMOVE A ROOF BEAM TO REPLACE A PILLAR
用法
Function:
此式為誘敵接近我身,而用依接着法以制之。
I lure the opponent to get closer to my body, then take him by surprise to defeat him.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數四,由上式,左脚向東出一步,腿下彎。右脚伸直,成左弓式。同時左拳收回懷中。兩拳卽向左右冲出。右拳稍高。左拳略低。虎口斜向上。右拳卽變掌,由上方向左下蓋於左腕。同時左拳後抽。上體略向左閃身。右掌卽由左拳下,向前向上挑。左拳復向前冲。右掌再由上往下蓋。同時左拳抽回左脇旁。同時上體復右閃身,卽向前冲出。眼平視西。如第四十四圖。
“Four!” Continuing from the previous posture, your left foot steps out to the east, the leg bending downward, your right leg straightening, making a left bow stance. At the same time, your left [right] fist withdraws in front of your chest, then both fists thrust out to the left and right, your right fist slightly higher, left fist slightly lower, the tiger’s mouths facing diagonally upward. Then your right fist becomes a palm and comes downward from above to cover by your left wrist as your left fist withdraws, your upper body twisting slightly to the left, and your right palm goes forward to carry upward as your left fist thrusts forward. Your right palm covering downward again as your left fist again withdraws beside your left ribs, then your upper body twists to the right as the fist thrusts out forward. Your gaze is level toward the west. See photo 44:

第十二段 口領數一二三四
SECTION 12 (The command counts “1… 2… 3… 4…”):

第四十五式
Posture 45
術名
Name of the technique:
七星拳
BIG-DIPPER POSTURE
用法
Function:
此式為收勢之準備法。
This posture serves as preparation for finishing the set.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數一,由上式,左脚撤回,與右脚竝立,脚尖北向。左臂平屈,仍握拳。右臂仍按掌於左腕。兩臂成環形。眼平視北。如第四十五圖。此圖係正面拍照,改攝側面,使閱者易明手法故耳,(又註)
“One!” Continuing from the previous posture, your left foot withdraws to stand next to your right foot, the toes of both feet pointing to the north, your left arm level and bent, the hand still grasped into a fist [the photo already showing a hook, which will occur in the following posture], your right palm still touching by your left wrist, your arms making a ring shape. Your gaze is level toward the north. See photo 45 (which shows a side view instead of a front view to make it easier to see what the hands are doing):

第四十六式
Posture 46
術名
Name of the technique:
順風擺柳
WILLOW BRANCHES SWAYING IN THE WIND
用法
Function:
此式為演式告終之法式。
This posture draws the set to a close.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數二,由上式兩脚仍竝立不動。上體轉向西。同時左拳變鈎。右掌豎起,隨上體向左轉。兩臂復向左右展開。眼平視西。如第四十六圖。
“Two!” Continuing from the previous posture, with your feet still standing next to each other, your upper body turns to the west. At the same time, your left fist becomes a hook and your right palm lifts as an upright palm, your arms going along with your body’s turning to the left by spreading apart to the sides. Your gaze is level toward the west. See photo 46:

第四十七式
Posture 47
術名
Name of the technique:
式法全
FINISHING POSTURE
用法
Function:
此式為體止式。
This is a posture of bringing everything to a close.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數三,由上式,兩脚仍竝立不動。上體向右轉,正面向北。同時兩臂左右下垂,變掌,經腰間兩掌卽分向左右後轉,卽握拳會於身前。兩臂成環形。眼正視北。如第四十七圖。
“Three!” Continuing from the previous posture, with your feet still standing next to each other, your upper body turns to the right to be facing to the north. At the same time, your arms hang down to the sides, both hands as palms, spreading along your waist to the rear, your palms arcing to each side, then they promptly grasp into fists and come together in front of your body, your arms making a ring shape. Your gaze is to the north. See photo 47:

第四十八式
Posture 48
術名
Name of the technique:
還原
RETURNING TO THE ORIGINAL POSITION
用法
Function:
此式為全章之恢復原狀之法。
This is for finishing the whole set by returning to your original posture.
說明
Description of the movement:
聞令數四,由上式,全身不動。兩拳撒開,抱肘於腰間,卽變掌,翻腕,徐徐緣大腿下按,垂於兩旁,恢復原來立正姿勢。如第四十八圖。
“Four!” Continuing from the previous posture, without moving the rest of your body, your fists spread apart, the elbows wrapping back beside your waist. Then the fists become palms, the wrists rotating, and they slowly push down along your thighs to be hanging at your sides, returning you to your original posture of standing at attention. See photo 48:

Corso Taiji Chen 2017 – 2018 c/o ASD Oriente – Livorno

Corso di Taiji della famiglia Chen 2017 – 2018

Per cause di forza maggiore questo anno, almeno fino a tutto Dicembre, il corso Chen c/o Oriente ASD di Livorno si svolgerà con la presenza saltuaria dell’insegnante.
Gli incontri di pratica sono finalizzati alla ripetizione ed all’approfondimento della Laojia Yilu.
Di seguito un breve vademecum a cui riferirsi.

 

Struttura dell’allenamento

Ogni singola seduta di allenamento dovrebbe essere strutturata come segue

    • Riscaldamento: rotazione polsi/caviglia, rotazione gioncchia, piegamento ed estensione ginocchia.
    • Changsi Gong: Changsi Gong a mano singola, a mano doppia, tutte le rotazioni sincrone ed alternate.
    • Ripetizione forme:
      • Laojia 13 movimenti
      • Laojia Yilu

      Ripetere le forme dall’inizio alla fine una volta. Senza interruzione e senza cercare altro che l’esecuzione della forma stessa. L’obbiettivo di questa parte di allenamento è l’esecuzione della forma, non il miglioramento tecnico o l’allenamento a destrezze specifiche. Se ci si scordano parti o ci si confonde pazienza. Si chiariranno nella fase di allenamento successiva dei Gruppi di movimenti.

    • Gruppo movimenti: scegliere massimo due gruppi di movimenti ed eseguirli ripetendoli fino a fine lezione. Ogni 2, 3 volte che si esegue il gruppo di movimenti riguardare il video di riferimento cercando di adottare un cambiamento significativo suggerito da chi guida la lezione.
      Ogni gruppo di movimenti è mezza linea delle 4 linee che compongono la Laojia Yilu. (divisione di Zhu Tiancai, come in video didattico) dunque con questa suddivisione ci sono 4 linee ed 8 gruppi di movimenti, cioè mezze linee.

 

Tempi e modi

Come programma di allenamento a media distanza, se si eseguono 2 sedute/settimana, si dovrebbe lavorare per 2 settimane sulla stessa coppia di gruppo di movimenti, cioè sulla stessa linea.
In 7, 8 settimane (2 mesi) sarà così allenata la Laojia Yilu tanto nella sua esecuzione completa, quanto nell’approfondimento tecnico e nella cura dei movimenti singoli.
La tempistica del singolo allenamento dipende dalla capacità di concentrazione e dal minimizzare i tempi morti tra un’esecuzione e l’altra, tra un passaggio da una parte di allenamento (ad esempio Changsigong) all’altra (ad esempio esecuzione della Laojia Yilu).
In media il Changsigong dovrebbe richiedere 20/25 minuti.
Laojia 13 movimenti circa 6/7 minuti; Laojia Yilu 15/17 minuti.
Ogni gruppo di movimenti dai 3 ai 4 minuti, idem per la ricognizione del video o l’osservazione dell’insegnante/studente di riferimento.
Se deve esser saltato qualcosa, saltare il Changsi Gong.

Archvio materiale di riferimento

Lungi dal supportare chi presume “d’imparare dai video”, supporto invece l’idea che un certo tipo di materiale multimediale e un certo utilizzo dei device costituiscano un ottimo supporto all’allenamento.
Di seguito l’elenco dei video di riferimento (Zhu Tiancai)per la divisione della Laojia Yilu in 8 gruppi di movimento (banduan – mezza linea) e materiale per il Changsi Gong (Zhu Xianghua).

 

Changsigong – Zhu Xianghua

      • [kad_youtube url=”https://youtu.be/oNW23MuFURM” ]
      • [kad_youtube url=”https://youtu.be/8rixwzyHmCo” ]

 

Laojia Yilu – Zhu Tiancai

 

 

 

Salvo contrordini, c/o ASD Oriente la sala è disponibile il Lunedì ed il Mercoledì sera dalle 21:30 alle 23:00. 

Zhu Xiangqian in Italia – Aprile 2017

Zhu Xiangqian in Italia – Aprile 2017

 

Zhu Xiangqian in Italia – Firenze, Aprile 2017

Zhu Xiangqian in Italia – Firenze, Aprile 2017

Zhu Xiangqian in Italia – 6 Aprile 2017

Zhu Xiangqian in Italia – 6 Aprile 2017

Zhu Xiangqian – Aprile 2017

Zhu Xiangqian in Italia, 5 Aprile 2017